Circular 200/2014/TT-BTC on Corporate Accounting System

CIRCULARS

INSTRUCTIONS ON BUSINESS ACCOUNTING MODES

Pursuant to the June 17, 06 Accounting Law;

Pursuant to the Government's Decree No. 129/2004/ND-CP dated May 31, 05 detailing and guiding the implementation of a number of articles of the Law on Accounting in business activities;

Pursuant to the Decree No. 215 / 2013 / ND-CP dated 13 / 12 / 2013 of the Government defining the functions, tasks, powers and organizational structure of the Ministry of Finance;

At the proposal of the Director of the Accounting and Auditing Regime Department,

The Minister of Finance promulgates a Circular guiding the enterprise accounting regime.

Chapter I

GENERAL RULES

Article 1. Subject of application

This Circular guides the accounting applicable to enterprises in all fields and all economic sectors. Small and medium enterprises that are doing accounting according to the accounting regime applicable to small and medium enterprises may apply the provisions of this Circular to make accounting in accordance with their business characteristics and management requirements. .

Article 2. Scope

This Circular guides the recording of accounting books, the preparation and presentation of financial statements, and does not apply to the determination of tax obligations of enterprises to the State budget.

Article 3. Currency in accounting

“Accounting currency” is Vietnam Dong (the national symbol is “đ”; the international symbol is “VND”) used to record the accounting books, prepare and present the financial statements of the enterprise. Karma. In case the accounting unit mainly collects and spends in foreign currencies, and meets the criteria specified in Article 4 of this Circular, it may choose a foreign currency as the currency unit for recording in accounting books.

Article 4. Selection of currency in accounting

1. Enterprises whose main activities of revenue and expenditure are in foreign currencies shall, based on the provisions of the Law on Accounting, consider and decide on the selection of a currency unit in accounting and take responsibility for such decision before the law. the law. When choosing a currency in accounting, the enterprise must notify the tax authority directly managing it.

2. Currency in accounting is the monetary unit:

a) Used mainly in sales transactions, providing services of the unit, having a great influence on the selling price of goods and providing services and is usually the currency used to list the selling price. and get paid; and

b) Used mainly in the purchase of goods and services, which greatly affects the cost of labor, raw materials and other production and business costs, usually the currency used to pay for those costs.

3. The following factors are also considered and provide proof of currency in the entity's accounting:

a) The currency used to mobilize financial resources (such as issuing stocks and bonds);

b) A currency that is regularly obtained from business activities and stored.

4. Currency in accounting reflects transactions, events and conditions related to the unit's operations. Once the accounting currency is determined, the unit must not be changed unless there is a material change in those transactions, events and conditions.

Article 5. Conversion of financial statements prepared in a foreign currency accounting currency into Vietnam Dong

1. Enterprises using foreign currency as the currency in accounting, concurrently with the preparation of financial statements in the accounting currency (foreign currency), must also convert their financial statements into Vietnam Dong. when announcing and submitting financial statements to State management agencies.

2. Principles of converting financial statements prepared in foreign currency into Vietnam Dong and presenting comparative information shall comply with the provisions of Chapter III of this Circular.

3. When converting financial statements prepared in foreign currencies into Vietnam Dong, enterprises must clearly disclose in the Notes to the Financial Statements the effects (if any) on the financial statements due to the conversion. Financial statements from foreign currencies to Vietnam Dong.

Article 6. Auditing of financial statements in case the accounting currency is a foreign currency

Financial statements that are legal to be disclosed to the public and submitted to the competent authorities in Vietnam are the financial statements presented in Vietnam Dong and subject to audit.

Article 7. Change in accounting currency

When there is a major change in management and business activities resulting in the currency unit used in economic transactions no longer satisfying the criteria mentioned in Clauses 2 and 3, Article 4 of this Circular, the enterprise Change the accounting currency. A change from one accounting currency to another is made only at the beginning of the new accounting period. Enterprises must notify the tax authority directly managing the change of currency in accounting no later than 10 working days from the end of the accounting year.

Article 8. Rights and responsibilities of enterprises for the organization of accounting at dependent accounting units without legal status (referred to as dependent accounting units)

1. Enterprises are responsible for organizing the accounting apparatus and accounting decentralization in dependent accounting units in accordance with their operation characteristics and management requirements and not contrary to the provisions of law.

2. The enterprise that decides on the accounting at the dependent accounting unit shall organize its own accounting apparatus for:

a) The recognition of business capital granted by the enterprise: The enterprise shall decide the dependent accounting unit to record it as a liability or equity;

b) For transactions of buying, selling, transferring internal products, goods and services: Revenue and cost prices are recorded separately at each dependent accounting unit if the circulation of products and goods is recorded separately. goods and services between internal stages in essence create added value in products, goods and services. The recognition of revenue from internal transactions for presentation in the financial statements of the entities does not depend on the form of accounting documents (invoices or internal circulation documents);

c) The accounting decentralization at the dependent accounting unit: Depending on the model of centralized or distributed accounting organization, the enterprise may assign the dependent accounting unit to reflect the undistributed profit after tax. or only reflect revenue and expenses.

Article 9. Registration for amendments to the accounting regime

1. For the accounting account system

a) Enterprises shall base themselves on the accounting account system of the enterprise accounting regime promulgated together with this Circular to apply and detail the system of accounting accounts suitable to the characteristics of production and business. , management requirements of each industry and each unit, but must be consistent with the content, structure and accounting method of the respective general accounts.

b) In case an enterprise needs to add level 1, level 2 accounts or amend level 1 and level 2 accounts in terms of names, symbols, contents and accounting methods for specific arising economic operations, the written approval of the Ministry of Finance before implementation.

c) Enterprises can open more level 2 accounts and level 3 accounts for accounts that do not have the regulations on level 2 accounts, level 3 accounts in the list of prescribed corporate accounting accounts. in Appendix 1 – This Circular is intended to serve the management requirements of enterprises without having to ask the Ministry of Finance for approval.

2. For Financial Statements

a) Enterprises shall base themselves on the forms and contents of the criteria of the financial statements in Appendix 2 of this Circular to detail the (available) criteria of the financial reporting system in accordance with the characteristics of the financial statements. production, business, management requirements of each industry and each unit.

b) In case the enterprise needs to add new or amend the form, the names and contents of items of the financial statements must be approved in writing by the Ministry of Finance before implementation.

3. For vouchers and accounting books

a) The accounting vouchers are of the type of guidance (optional), enterprises can choose to apply according to the form promulgated together with Appendix 3 of this Circular or design themselves in accordance with the characteristics. operation and management requirements of the unit, but must ensure to provide information in accordance with the provisions of the Law on Accounting and its amendment, supplement and replacement documents.

b) All forms of accounting books (including Ledgers and Journals) are optional. Enterprises can apply the book form according to the instructions in Appendix 4 of this Circular or supplement or modify the form of accounting book and card in accordance with the operation characteristics and management requirements, but must ensure the Present information fully, clearly, easy to check and control.

Article 10. Accounting regime applicable to foreign contractors

1. Foreign contractors with a permanent establishment or residence in Vietnam but the permanent establishment or residence is not an independent unit with legal status, shall implement the accounting regime in Vietnam as follows:

a) Contractors with specific characteristics apply according to the accounting regime issued by the Ministry of Finance specifically for contractors;

b) Contractors that do not have an accounting system specifically issued by the Ministry of Finance may choose to fully apply the Vietnamese corporate accounting system or apply some contents of the Vietnamese corporate accounting regime. in accordance with its operational characteristics and management requirements.

c) If the contractor chooses to fully apply the Vietnamese corporate accounting system, it must be done consistently for the entire accounting year.

d) The contractor must notify the tax authority of the applicable accounting regime no later than 90 days from the time of official commencement of operation in Vietnam. When changing the accounting regime, the contractor must notify the tax authority no later than 15 working days from the date of change.

2. The foreign contractor must make detailed accounting according to each contract of contract (each license of contractor), each transaction as the basis for finalization of the contract and tax settlement.

3. In case a foreign contractor fully applies the Vietnamese accounting regime for enterprises but wishes to supplement or amend it, it must register it according to the provisions of Article 9 of this Circular and only do so when it intends to do so. written approval of the Ministry of Finance. Within 15 working days from the date of receipt of a complete dossier, the Ministry of Finance is responsible for replying in writing to the foreign contractor about the registration of amendments and supplements to the accounting regime.

Chapter II

ACCOUNTING ACCOUNTS

Article 11. Principles of money accounting

1. Accountants must open accounting books to record daily continuously according to the order in which revenues, expenditures, outputs and imports of money and foreign currencies are generated, and calculate the number of funds and each account at the Bank at all times. points to facilitate inspection and comparison.

2. Money deposited by other enterprises and individuals at the enterprise shall be managed and accounted as the enterprise's money.

3. When collecting and paying, there must be receipts and payment slips and full signatures according to the regulations of the accounting voucher regime.

4. Accountants must keep track of money in original currency. When transactions in foreign currencies arise, accountants must convert foreign currencies into Vietnam Dong according to the following principles:

– The Debiter of money accounts applies the actual exchange rate;

– The Creditor of cash accounts applies the weighted average book rate.

5. At the time of making financial statements as prescribed by law, enterprises must re-evaluate the balance of foreign currency and monetary gold at the actual exchange rate.

Article 12. Account 111 – Cash

1. Accounting principles

a) This account is used to record revenue, expenditure and fund balance at the enterprise fund, including: Vietnamese currency, foreign currency and monetary gold. Only reflected in Account 111 “Cash” the actual amount of cash, foreign currency, monetary gold actually imported, exported, and in stock. For the proceeds that are immediately transferred to the bank (not through the cash fund of the enterprise), the debit side of Account 111 “Cash” is not recorded but the debit side of Account 113 “Cash in transit”.

b) Cash deposits deposited by other enterprises and individuals at the enterprise are managed and accounted as cash assets of the enterprise.

c) When entering and exiting the cash fund, there must be receipts and payment slips and full signatures of the recipient, the deliverer and the person authorized to allow the entry and exit of the fund in accordance with the accounting voucher regime. . In some special cases, a fund entry and exit order must be attached.

d) The cash fund accountant must be responsible for opening the cash fund accounting book, recording daily continuously according to the order in which the receipts, expenditures, exports and imports of cash and foreign currencies are generated, and calculate the outstanding balance of the cash fund. funds at all times.

dd) The cashier is responsible for managing and entering and exiting the cash fund. Every day, the cashier must inventory the actual cash balance, compare the cash book data and the cash accounting book. If there is a difference, the accountant and the treasurer must check again to determine the cause and recommend measures to handle the difference.

e) When transactions in foreign currencies arise, accountants must convert foreign currencies into Vietnam Dong according to the following principles:

– The Debiter of Account 1112 applies the actual exchange rate. Particularly in case of withdrawing foreign currency from the bank to enter the cash fund, the exchange rate recorded in the accounting books of Account 1122 shall be applied;

– The creditor of Account 1112 applies the weighted average carrying rate.

The determination of the actual transaction exchange rate is carried out in accordance with the instructions for account 413 – Exchange rate difference and related accounts.

g) Monetary gold reflected in this account is gold used for store of value functions, excluding gold classified as inventory used for the purpose of raw materials for production. produce products or goods for sale. The management and use of monetary gold must comply with current law provisions.

h) At all times of preparing financial statements as prescribed by law, the enterprise must re-evaluate the balance of foreign currency and monetary gold on the principle:

– The actual exchange rate applied when re-evaluating the cash balance in foreign currency is the foreign currency buying rate of the commercial bank where the enterprise regularly conducts transactions (selected by the enterprise) at the time of purchase. financial statements.

– Monetary gold is revalued at the purchase price on the domestic market at the time of preparation of the financial statements. The purchase price on the domestic market is the purchase price announced by the State Bank. In case the State Bank does not announce the purchase price of gold, it shall be calculated according to the purchase price announced by the units authorized to trade in gold according to the law.

2. Structure and contents of account 111 – Cash

Debtor:

– Cash, foreign currency, monetary gold deposited into the fund;

- Excess cash, foreign currency, monetary gold in the fund discovered during inventory;

– Exchange rate difference due to revaluation of foreign currency balance at the reporting time (in case the foreign currency rate increases against Vietnam Dong);

– The difference in revaluation of monetary gold increased at the reporting time.

Yes Party:

- Cash, foreign currency, monetary gold out of fund;

- Amount of cash, foreign currency, monetary gold in shortage detected by the fund during inventory;

– Exchange rate difference due to revaluation of reported foreign currency balance (in case the foreign currency rate decreases against Vietnam Dong);

– The difference in revaluation of monetary gold decreased at the reporting time.

Debit side balance:

Cash, foreign currency and monetary gold in cash balance at the reporting time.

Account 111 – Cash, has 3 tier 2 accounts:

– Account 1111 – Vietnam currency: Recording the revenue, expenditure and inventory of Vietnam money in the cash fund.

– Account 1112 – Foreign currency: Recording revenue, expenditure, exchange rate difference and foreign currency balance at cash fund according to the value converted into Vietnam Dong.

– Account 1113 – Monetary gold: Reflects the volatility and monetary gold value at the enterprise's fund.

3. Accounting method for some major economic transactions

3.1. When selling products, goods, providing services with immediate cash collection, revenue shall be recorded as follows:

a) For products, goods, services, investment real estate subject to VAT, excise tax, export tax, and environmental protection tax, the sales revenue shall be recorded and If the service is provided at the tax-exclusive selling price, these payable (indirect) taxes shall be segregated by each type as soon as revenue is recognized (including VAT payable by the direct method), the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 111 – Cash (total payment price)

Cr 511 – Revenue from sale of goods and provision of services (prices excluding tax)

Cr 333 – Taxes and other payables to the State.

b) In case the payable taxes cannot be immediately separated, the revenue shall be recorded including the payable tax. Periodically, when determining the payable tax obligation and recording a decrease in revenue, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 511 – Sales and service provision

Cr 333 – Taxes and other payables to the State.

3.2. When receiving money from the State budget for payment of subsidies or price subsidies in cash, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 111 – Cash

Cr 333 – Taxes and other payables to the State (3339).

3.3. When generating revenues from financial activities and other incomes in cash, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 111 – Cash (total payment price)

Cr 515 – Revenue from financial activities (price excluding VAT)

Cr 711 – Other income (price excluding VAT)

Account 3331 – VAT payable (33311).

3.4. Withdraw from bank deposits to cash fund; long-term and short-term loans in cash (Vietnamese dong or foreign currency recorded at the actual exchange rate), the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 111 – Cash (1111, 1112)

Account 112 – Bank deposits (1121, 1122)

Cr 341 – Loans and financial lease liabilities (3411).

3.5. Recovery of receivables, loans, deposits and deposits in cash; When receiving deposits and deposits from other businesses in cash, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 111 – Cash (1111, 1112)

There are accounts 128, 131, 136, 138, 141, 244, 344.

3.6. When selling short-term and long-term investments for cash, accountants record the difference between the proceeds and the cost of the investment (determined using the weighted average method) to operating income. finance or financial expenses, record:

Dr 111 – Cash (1111, 1112)

Dr 635 – Financial expenses

Account 121 – Trading securities (cost cost)

Accounts 221, 222, 228 (cost cost)

Cr 515 – Revenue from financial activities.

3.7. When receiving the owner's contributed capital in cash, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 111 – Cash

Cr 411 – Owner's investment capital.

3.8. When receiving money from parties in a business cooperation contract that do not establish a legal entity to cover common activities, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 111 – Cash

Cr 338 – Other payables and payables.

3.9. To withdraw cash fund and deposit it into an account at the Bank, make a deposit, make a deposit, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 112 – Bank deposits

Dr 244 – Mortgage, mortgage, deposit, deposit

Account 111 – Cash.

3.10. When issuing cash funds to buy securities, lend or invest in subsidiaries, invest in joint ventures, associates, etc., the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr. 121, 128, 221, 222, 228

Account 111 – Cash.

3.11. Cash out to buy inventory (according to regular declaration method), buy fixed assets, spend on capital construction investment activities:

- If input VAT is deductible, the accountant shall record the purchase price excluding VAT, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr. 151, 152, 153, 156, 157, 211, 213, 241

Dr 133 – Deductible VAT (1331)

Account 111 – Cash.

– If input VAT is not deductible, accounting reflects the purchase price including VAT.

3.12. Output cash fund to buy inventory (according to periodic inventory method), if input VAT is deductible, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 611 – Purchase (6111, 6112)

Dr 133 – Deductible VAT (1331)

Account 111 – Cash.

If input VAT is not deductible, accounting reflects the purchase price including VAT.

3.13. When buying raw materials with cash payment for immediate use in production and business, if input VAT is deductible, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Debits to accounts 621, 623, 627, 641, 642,...

Dr 133 – Deductible VAT (1331)

Account 111 – Cash.

If input VAT is not deductible, the cost includes VAT.

3.14. To release cash fund for payment of loans and payables, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Debits to accounts 331, 333, 334, 335, 336, 338, 341

Account 111 – Cash.

3.15. When issuing cash fund used for financial activities and other activities, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 635, 811, ...

Dr 133 - Deductible VAT (if any).

Account 111 – Cash.

3.16. For shortfalls of cash fund discovered during the inventory without clear reasons, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 138 – Other receivables (1381)

Account 111 – Cash.

3.17. For excess cash funds discovered during inventory without clear reasons, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 111 – Cash

Cr 338 – Other payables and payables (3381).

3.18. Accounting for government bond resale contracts: Comply with the provisions of the guidance in Account 171 – Transactions of purchase and resale of Government bonds.

3.19. Transactions involving foreign currency are cash.

a) When buying goods and services, payment in cash is a foreign currency.

– If there is an exchange rate loss, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Debit to Account 151,152,153,156,157,211,213,241, 623, 627, 641,642,133,... (according to the actual exchange rate at the transaction date)

Dr 635 – Financial expenses (loss on exchange rates)

Cr 111 (1112) (according to the exchange rate recorded in the accounting books).

– If there is an exchange rate interest, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Debits to accounts 151, 152, 153,156,157,211,213,241,623, 627, 641, 642,133,... (according to the actual exchange rate at the transaction date)

Cr 111 (1112) (according to the exchange rate recorded in accounting books)

Cr 515 – Financial income (interest on exchange rates).

b) When paying payables in foreign currencies:

– If there is a loss on exchange rate, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Debits of accounts 331, 335, 336, 338, 341,… (accounting exchange rate)

Dr 635 – Financial expenses (loss on exchange rates)

Cr 111 (1112) (accounting exchange rate).

– If there is an exchange rate interest, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Debits of accounts 331, 336, 341,… (accounting exchange rate)

Cr 515 – Financial income (interest on exchange rates)

Cr 111 (1112) (accounting exchange rate).

– In case of prepayment in foreign currency to the seller, the debit side of the payable account shall apply the actual exchange rate at the time of prepayment, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 331 – Payables to sellers (actual exchange rate at the time of prepayment)

Dr 635 – Financial expenses (loss on exchange rates)

Cr 111 (1112) (accounting exchange rate).

Cr 515 – Financial income (interest on exchange rates).

c) When generating revenue, other income in foreign currency is cash, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 111 (1112) (actual exchange rate)

There are accounts 511, 515, 711,… (actual exchange rate).

d) When collecting receivables in foreign currencies, the following accounts shall be recorded:

– If there is an exchange rate loss, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 111 (1112) (actual exchange rate at the transaction date)

Dr 635 – Financial expenses (loss on exchange rates)

There are accounts 131, 136, 138,... (accounting exchange rate).

– If there is an exchange rate interest, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 111 (1112) (actual exchange rate at the transaction date)

Cr 515 – Financial income (interest on exchange rates)

There are accounts 131, 136, 138,... (accounting exchange rate).

– In case of receiving money from the buyer in advance, the party with the account receivable shall apply the actual exchange rate at the time of advance receipt, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 111 (1112) (actual exchange rate at the time of advance receipt)

Account 131 (actual exchange rate at the time of advance receipt).

3.20. The accountant uses the actual transaction exchange rate (which is the buying rate of the bank) to re-evaluate foreign currencies as cash at the time of preparing the financial statements, the following accounts shall be recorded:

– If the foreign currency rate increases against Vietnam Dong, the accountant will record the exchange rate gain:

Dr 111 (1112)

Cr 413 – Exchange rate difference (4131).

– If the foreign currency rate decreases against Vietnam Dong, the accountant will record an exchange rate loss:

Dr 413 – Exchange rate difference (4131)

There is Cr 111 (1112).

– After offsetting exchange rate gains and losses arising from revaluation, the accountants transfer the difference in exchange rate profits and losses into financial income (if profit is greater than loss) or financial expense (if profit is greater than loss). profit is less than loss).

3.21. Accountants revaluation of monetary gold

- In case the revaluation price of monetary gold generates interest, the accountant shall record revenue from financial activities, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 1113 – Monetary gold (according to domestic purchase price)

Cr 515 – Revenue from financial activities.

- In case the re-evaluated price of monetary gold incurs a loss, the financial expense shall be recorded as follows:

Dr 635 – Financial expenses

Cr 1113 – Monetary gold (according to domestic purchase price).

Article 13. Account 112 – Bank deposits

1. Accounting principles

This account is used to record the current amount and the increase or decrease in demand deposits at the bank of the enterprise. The basis for accounting on account 112 “Bank deposit” is the Credit note, Debit note or the Bank statement together with the original documents (payment authorization, collection authorization, transfer check, check). Bao chi,…).

a) When receiving the documents sent by the Bank, the accountant must check and compare with the original documents attached. If there is a discrepancy between the data on the enterprise's accounting books, the data in the original voucher and the data on the bank's voucher, the enterprise must notify the Bank for the same comparison, verification and settlement. timely. At the end of the month, if the reason for the difference cannot be determined, the accountants shall record according to the Bank's data on the Debit note, Credit note or statement. The difference (if any) is recorded in the debit side of Account 138 “Other receivables” (1388) (if the accounting figures are larger than the Bank's data) or in the credit side of Account 338 "Other payables and payables". ” (3388) (if accounting figures are smaller than those of the Bank). Next month, continue to check, compare and determine the cause to adjust the book data.

b) In enterprises with dependent organizations and divisions that do not hold their own accounting, it is possible to open a specialized collection and expenditure account or open a suitable payment account to facilitate transactions and payments. . Accountants must open detailed books according to each type of deposit (Vietnam Dong, foreign currencies of all kinds).

c) To organize detailed accounting of the deposit amount according to each account at the Bank to facilitate checking and comparison.

d) A bank overdraft is not recorded on a bank deposit account but is reflected similarly to a bank loan.

dd) When transactions in foreign currencies arise, accountants must convert foreign currencies into Vietnam Dong according to the following principles:

– The Debiter of Account 1122 applies the actual exchange rate. Particularly in case of withdrawing cash fund in foreign currency deposited into the Bank, it must be converted into Vietnam Dong at the exchange rate recorded in the accounting books of account 1112.

– The Creditor of Account 1122 applies the weighted average book rate.

The determination of the actual transaction exchange rate is carried out in accordance with the instructions for account 413 – Exchange rate difference and related accounts.

e) Monetary gold reflected in this account is gold used for store of value functions, excluding gold classified as inventory used for the purpose of raw material production. produce products or goods for sale. The management and use of monetary gold must comply with current law provisions.

g) At all times of preparing financial statements as prescribed by law, the enterprise must re-evaluate the balance of foreign currency and monetary gold on the principle:

– The actual exchange rate applied when re-evaluating the balance of bank deposits in foreign currency is the foreign currency buying rate of the commercial bank where the enterprise opens a foreign currency account at the time of preparing the financial statements. . In case an enterprise has many foreign currency accounts at many different banks and the buying rates of the banks do not differ significantly, it is possible to choose the buying rate of one of the banks where the enterprise opens the account. foreign currency as a basis for revaluation.

– Monetary gold is revalued at the purchase price on the domestic market at the time of preparation of the financial statements. The purchase price on the domestic market is the purchase price announced by the State Bank. In case the State Bank does not announce the purchase price of gold, it shall be calculated according to the purchase price announced by the units authorized to trade in gold according to the law.

2. Structure and contents of account 112 – Bank deposits

Debtor:

– Amounts of money in Vietnam, foreign currencies, monetary gold deposited in the Bank;

– Exchange rate difference due to revaluation of foreign currency balance at the reporting time (in case the foreign currency rate increases against Vietnam Dong).

– The monetary gold revaluation difference increased at the reporting time

Yes Party:

– Amounts of money in Vietnam, foreign currency, monetary gold withdrawn from the Bank;

– Exchange rate difference due to revaluation of foreign currency balance at the end of the period (in case the foreign currency rate decreases against Vietnam Dong).

– Monetary gold revaluation spreads decrease at the reporting time

Debit side balance:

The amount of Vietnamese currency, foreign currency, and monetary gold currently deposited at the Bank at the reporting time.

Account 112 – Bank deposit, has 3 tier 2 accounts:

- Account 1121 – Vietnam Dong: Reflects the amount of money deposited, withdrawn and currently deposited at the Bank in Vietnam Dong.

- Account 1122 – Foreign currency: Reflects the amount of money deposited, withdrawn and currently deposited at the Bank in foreign currencies of all kinds converted into Vietnam Dong.

- Account 1123 – Currency Gold: Reflects the volatility and monetary gold value of the enterprise deposited at the Bank at the reporting time.

3. Accounting method for some major economic transactions

3.1. When selling products, goods or providing services with immediate collection by bank deposits, the revenue will be recorded as follows:

a) For products, goods, services, investment real estate subject to indirect tax (VAT, excise tax, export tax, environmental protection tax), the accounting records revenue from selling goods and providing services at the tax-exclusive selling price, payable indirect taxes are separated by each type of tax as soon as revenue is recognized (including VAT payable by the direct method), take note:

Dr 112 – Bank deposits (total payment price)

Cr 511 – Revenue from sale of goods and provision of services (prices excluding tax)

Cr 333 – Taxes and other payables to the State.

b) In case the payable taxes cannot be immediately separated, the revenue shall be recorded including the payable tax. Periodically, when determining the payable tax obligation and recording a decrease in revenue, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 511 – Sales and service provision

Cr 333 – Taxes and other payables to the State.

3.2. When receiving money from the State budget for payment of subsidies or price subsidies in bank deposits, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 112 – Bank deposits

Cr 333 – Taxes and other payables to the State (3339).

3.3. When generating revenues from financial activities and other incomes in bank deposits, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 112 – Bank deposits (total payment price)

Cr 515 – Revenue from financial activities (price excluding VAT)

Cr 711 – Other income (price excluding VAT)

Account 3331 – VAT payable (33311).

3.4. To withdraw the cash fund and deposit it into an account at the Bank, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 112 – Bank deposits

Account 111 – Cash.

3.5. When receiving the advance or when the customer pays the debt by wire transfer, based on the Bank's Credit note, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 112 – Bank deposits

Account 131 – Receivables from customers

Account 113 – Money in transit.

3.6. Recovery of receivables, loans, deposits, deposits with bank deposits; When receiving deposits and deposits from other enterprises by bank deposits, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 112 – Bank deposits (1121, 1122)

There are accounts 128, 131, 136, 141, 244, 344.

3.7. When selling short-term and long-term investments collected by bank deposits, accountants record the difference between the proceeds and the cost of the investment (determined by the weighted average method) as revenue. financial activities or financial expenses, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 112 – Bank deposits (1121, 1122)

Dr 635 – Financial expenses

Account 121 – Trading securities (cost cost)

Accounts 221, 222, 228 (cost cost)

Cr 515 – Revenue from financial activities.

3.8. When receiving the owner's contributed capital in cash, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 112 – Bank deposits

Cr 411 – Owner's investment capital.

3.9. When receiving money from parties in a business cooperation contract that do not establish a legal entity to cover common activities, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 112 – Bank deposits

Cr 338 – Other payables and payables.

3.10. Withdrawal from the bank to enter the cash fund, transfer the deposit to the bank for escrow or deposit, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 111 – Cash

Dr 244 – Mortgage, mortgage, deposit, deposit.

Account 112 – Bank deposits.

3.11. Buying securities, lending or investing in subsidiaries, joint ventures, associates, etc. with a bank deposit, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Debits to accounts 121, 128, 221, 222, 228

Account 112 – Bank deposits.

3.12. Purchase of inventory (according to the regular declaration method), purchase of fixed assets, expenditure for capital construction investment by bank deposit, the following accounts shall be recorded:

- If input VAT is deductible, the accountant shall record the purchase price excluding VAT, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr. 151, 152, 153, 156, 157, 211, 213, 241

Dr 133 – Deductible VAT (1331)

Account 112 – Bank deposits.

– If input VAT is not deductible, accounting reflects the purchase price including VAT.

3.13. Purchase of inventory by bank deposit (according to the periodic inventory method), if input VAT is deductible, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 611 – Purchase (6111, 6112)

Dr 133 – Deductible VAT (1331)

Account 112 – Bank deposits.

If input VAT is not deductible, accounting reflects the purchase price including VAT.

3.14. When buying raw materials with payment by bank deposit for immediate use in production and business, if input VAT is deductible, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Debits to accounts 621, 623, 627, 641, 642,...

Dr 133 – Deductible VAT (1331)

Account 112 – Bank deposits.

If input VAT is not deductible, the cost includes VAT.

3.15. Paying payable debts by bank deposit, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Debits to accounts 331, 333, 334, 335, 336, 338, 341

Account 112 – Bank deposits.

3.16. Financial expenses and other expenses in bank deposits, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 635, 811, ...

Dr 133 - Deductible VAT (if any).

Account 112 – Bank deposits.

3.17. To pay contributed capital or pay dividends and profits to capital contributors, pay bonus and welfare funds by bank deposits, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 411 – Owner's investment capital

Dr 421 – Undistributed profit after tax

Dr 353 – Bonus and welfare fund

Account 112 – Bank deposits.

3.18. Payment of trade discounts, sales discounts, sales returns by bank deposit, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 521 – Revenue deductions

Dr 3331- VAT payable (33311)

Account 112 – Bank deposits.

3.19. Accounting for government bond resale contracts: Follow the instructions in account 171 – Government bond resale transactions.

3.20. Economic transactions related to foreign currency: The accounting method for transactions related to foreign currency as bank deposits is similar to that of cash in foreign currency (see account 111).

3.21. Accountants revaluation of monetary gold

- In case the revaluation price of monetary gold generates interest, the accountant shall record revenue from financial activities, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 1123 – Monetary gold (according to domestic purchase price)

Cr 515 – Revenue from financial activities.

- In case the re-evaluated price of monetary gold incurs a loss, the financial expense shall be recorded as follows:

Dr 635 – Financial expenses

Cr 1123 – Monetary gold (according to domestic purchase price).

Article 14. Account 113 – Money in transit

1. Accounting principles

This account is used to record the money of the enterprise that has been paid to the Bank, the State Treasury, has been sent by post to the Bank but has not yet received a Yes notice, has been paid to another enterprise or has been paid to other enterprises. procedures to transfer money from the account at the Bank to pay to other businesses but have not received the Debit note or the Bank statement.

Money being transferred includes Vietnamese currency and foreign currency being transferred in the following cases:

– Collect cash or check directly to the Bank;

– Transfer money by post to pay other businesses;

– Collect sales proceeds and transfer directly to the Treasury for tax payment (the third-party handover between businesses and buyers and the State Treasury).

2. Structure and contents of account 113 – Money in transit

Debtor:

– Cash or checks in Vietnamese dong or foreign currencies already deposited in the Bank or sent by post to be transferred to the Bank but have not yet received the Credit Notice;

– Exchange rate difference due to revaluation of foreign currency balance is the money in transit at the reporting time.

Yes Party:

– Amount transferred to account 112 – Bank deposit, or related account;

– Exchange rate difference due to revaluation of foreign currency balance is the money in transit at the reporting time.

Debit side balance:

The funds are still in transit at the time of reporting.

Account 113 – Money in transit, there are 2 tier 2 accounts:

– Account 1131 – Vietnamese currency: Reflects the amount of money Vietnam is transferring.

– Account 1132 – Foreign currency: Reflects the amount of foreign currency being transferred.

3. Accounting method for some major economic transactions

a) Collecting sales proceeds, customers' debts or other incomes in cash or checks and deposited directly to the Bank (not through the fund) but not yet receiving the Bank's Credit note, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 113 – Cash in transit (1131, 1132)

Cr 131 – Receivables from customers (debt collection from customers)

Cr 511 – Revenue from sale of goods and provision of services

Cr 515 – Financial income

Account 711 – Other income

Account 3331 – VAT payable (33311) (if any).

b) Disburse cash fund to the Bank but have not received the Bank's Credit note, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 113 – Cash in transit (1131, 1132)

Account 111 – Cash (1111, 1112).

c) Carry out procedures to transfer money from the bank account to pay the creditor but the Bank's Debit note has not been received, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 113 – Cash in transit (1131, 1132)

Account 112 – Bank deposits (1121, 1122).

d) The customer prepaid the purchase by check, the enterprise has deposited the check in the Bank but has not received the Bank's Credit note, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 113 – Cash in transit (1131, 1132)

Account 131 – Receivables from customers.

dd) When the bank reports that the money is being transferred into the deposit account of the enterprise, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 112 – Bank deposits (1121, 1122)

Account 113 – Cash in transit (1131, 1132).

e) The bank reporting the Debit of the money being transferred has been transferred to the seller, the service provider, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 331 – Payables to sellers

Account 113 – Cash in transit (1131, 1132).

g) The revaluation of the balance of foreign currency as cash in transit is carried out similar to the accounting method for revaluation of the foreign currency balance as cash (see account 111).

Article 15. Account 121 – Trading securities

1. Accounting principles

a) This account is used to record the purchase, sale and payment of securities in accordance with the law, held for trading purposes (including securities with a maturity of more than 12 months of purchase, sold for profit). Trading securities include:

- Stocks and bonds listed on the stock market;

– Securities and other financial instruments.

This account does not reflect investments held to maturity, such as: Loans under escrow between two parties, bank deposits, bonds, commercial papers, bills, promissory notes, etc. to the due date.

b) Trading securities must be recorded in the accounting books at their historical cost, including: Purchase price plus (+) purchase costs (if any) such as brokerage, transaction, information provision, taxes, and fees. bank fees and charges. The original price of trading securities is determined according to the fair value of the payments at the time the transaction occurs. The time to recognize trading securities is the time when investors have ownership rights, specifically as follows:

– Listed securities are recorded at the time of order matching (T+0);

– Unlisted securities are recognized at the time of official ownership in accordance with the law.

c) At the end of the accounting year, if the market value of trading securities is lower than the historical cost, an allowance is made for devaluation.

d) Enterprises must fully and promptly record incomes from trading securities investment activities. Dividends divided by the period prior to the investment date are recorded as a decrease in the value of the investment. When the investor receives additional shares without paying due to the joint stock company using equity surplus, equity funds and undistributed after-tax profit (share dividend) In order to issue more shares, investors only track the number of additional shares on the notes to the financial statements, do not recognize the value of received shares, do not recognize financial income and do not recognize increase the value of the investment in the joint stock company.

For enterprises in which 100% of charter capital is held by the State, the accounting for dividends distributed in shares shall comply with the provisions of law applicable to the type of enterprise in which 100% of the capital is held by the State. regulations.

dd) In all cases of stock swap, the value of shares must be determined according to the fair value at the date of exchange. The fair value of shares is determined as follows:

– For shares of a listed company, the fair value of the shares is the closing price listed on the stock market at the date of exchange. In case the stock market is not traded at the date of exchange, the fair value of shares is the closing price of the previous trading session adjacent to the date of exchange.

– For unlisted shares traded on UPCOM, the fair value of shares is the closing trading price on UPCOM at the exchange date. In case the UPCOM exchange is not traded, the fair value of the shares is the closing price of the previous trading session adjacent to the exchange date.

– For other unlisted shares, the fair value of the shares is the price agreed upon by the parties under the contract or the book value at the time of exchange.

e) The accountant must open a detailed book to track in detail each type of trading securities that the enterprise is holding (for each type of securities; for each object, par value, actual purchase price, and each type of currency). used for investment…).

g) When liquidating, transferring and selling trading securities (calculated for each type of securities), the cost price is determined according to the moving average method (weighted average for each purchase).

2. Structure and contents of account 121 – Trading securities

Debtor: Value of trading securities purchased.

Yes Party: Book value of trading securities when sold.

Debit side balance: Value of trading securities at the reporting time.

Account 121 – Trading securities, with 3 level 2 accounts:

– Account 1211 – Stocks: Reflects the situation of buying and selling shares with the purpose of holding to sell for profit.

– Account 1212 – Bonds: Reflects the situation of buying, selling and paying for bonds held to sell for profit.

– Account 1218 – Securities and other financial instruments: Reflects the situation of buying and selling securities and other financial instruments in accordance with the law to make profit, such as fund certificates, stock options, warrants, call options, put options, contracts futures, commercial paper, etc. This account also reflects the purchase and sale of other valuable papers such as commercial paper, bill of exchange to sell for profit.

3. Accounting method for some major economic transactions

a) When buying trading securities, based on the actual purchase cost (purchase price plus (+) brokerage and transaction costs, information costs, fees, banking fees, etc.), the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 121 – Trading securities

There are accounts 111, 112, 331

Cr 141 – Advance

Account 244 – Pledge, mortgage, deposit, deposit.

b) Periodically collect interest on bonds and other securities:

- In case of receiving interest and using the interest to continue buying additional bonds or bills (not bringing money to the enterprise but using the interest to buy bonds immediately), the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 121 – Trading securities

Cr 515 – Revenue from financial activities.

- In case of receiving interest in cash, record;

Debts of accounts 111, 112, 138….

Cr 515 – Revenue from financial activities.

– In case of receiving investment interest, including accumulated investment profit before repurchasing such investment, this profit must be allocated. Only recognized as financial income is the profit portion of the periods in which the enterprise purchases this investment; The accrued interest before the enterprise buys back the investment is recorded as a decrease in the value of the investment itself, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Debits to accounts 111, 112, 138… (total interest earned)

Cr 121 – Trading securities (the accumulated investment profit before the enterprise buys back the investment)

Cr 515 – Financial income (the profit of the periods after the enterprise purchases the investment).

c) Accounting for dividends and distributed profits:

– In case of receiving dividends for the period after the investment date, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Debts of accounts 111, 112…

Dr 138 – Other receivables (not yet collected)

Cr 515 – Revenue from financial activities.

– In case of receiving dividends of the period before the investment date, record

Debits to accounts 111, 112, 138… (total interest earned)

Cr 121 – Trading securities (the accumulated investment profit before the enterprise buys back the investment).

- In case of receiving dividends and profits used to assess the increase in State capital, the equitized enterprise shall not record revenue from financial activities but record a decrease in the value of financial investments, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr. 112, 138

Account 121 – Trading securities.

d) When transferring trading securities, based on the selling price of securities:

- In case of profit, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Debits to accounts 111, 112, 131… (total payment price)

Cr 121 – Trading securities (weighted average cost)

Cr 515 – Financial income (the difference between the selling price and the cost price).

– In case of loss, record:

Dr. 111, 112, 131 (total payment price)

Dr 635 – Financial expenses (difference between selling price and cost)

Cr 121 – Trading securities (weighted average cost).

- Expenses for selling securities, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 635 – Financial expenses

There are accounts 111, 112, 331…

dd) Withdrawing or paying for trading securities that have matured, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr. 111, 112, 131

Account 121 – Trading securities

Cr 515 – Revenue from financial activities.

e) In case the enterprise transfers and sells trading securities in the form of stock swap, the enterprise must determine the fair value of the received shares at the time of exchange. The difference (if any) between the fair value of the received shares and the carrying amount of the exchanged shares is accounted for as financial income (if profit) or financial expense (if any). hole).

- In case of a profitable stock swap, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 121 – Trading securities (fair value of received shares)

Cr 121 – Trading securities (book value of exchange-traded shares calculated using the weighted average method)

Cr 515 – Financial income (the difference between the fair value of the received shares and the book value of the exchanged shares)

– In case of stock swap with loss, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 121 – Trading securities (fair value of received shares

Dr 635 – Financial expenses (the difference between the fair value of the received shares and the book value of the exchanged shares)

Cr 121 – Trading securities (book value of shares carried out for exchange calculated using the weighted average method).

g) Re-evaluate balances of securities that satisfy the definition of monetary items denominated in foreign currencies (such as bonds, commercial papers in foreign currencies, etc.).

- In case of profit, record:

Dr 121 – Trading securities (1212,1218 )

Cr 413 – Exchange rate difference.

- In case of loss, record:

Dr 413 – Exchange rate difference

Account 121 – Trading securities (1212,1218, XNUMX).

Article 16. Account 128 – Held-to-maturity investment

1. Accounting principles

a) This account is used to record the current amount and the increase and decrease of investments held to maturity (other than trading securities) such as: term deposits with banks. maturity (including bills, promissory notes), bonds, preferred shares that the issuer is obligated to redeem at a certain time in the future and held-to-maturity loans with for the purpose of earning periodic interest and other held-to-maturity investments.

This account does not reflect bonds and debt instruments held for the purpose of buying and selling for profit (reflected in account 121 – Trading securities).

b) The accountant must open a detailed book to monitor each investment held to maturity according to each term, each object, each type of original currency, each quantity, etc. When preparing financial statements, accountants shall base themselves remaining maturities (less than 12 months or 12 months or more from the reporting time) to present as short-term or long-term assets.

c) Enterprises must fully and promptly record revenue from financial activities arising from investments such as interest on deposits, interest on loans, profit and loss upon liquidation or sale of held investments. date due.

d) For held-to-maturity investments, if provision for doubtful debts has not been made as prescribed by law, accountants must assess the recoverability. Where there is solid evidence that part or all of the investment may not be recovered, the accountant must record the loss in financial expenses in the period. Where the amount of loss cannot be reliably determined, the investment may not be recorded as a reduction but must disclose in the financial statements the recoverability of the investment.

dd) At the time of preparation of financial statements, accountants must re-evaluate all investments classified as monetary items denominated in foreign currencies at the actual exchange rates at the end of the period:

- The exchange rate applicable to deposits in foreign currencies is the buying rate of the bank where the enterprise opens a deposit account;

– The exchange rate applicable to other held-to-maturity investments is the buying rate of the bank where the enterprise regularly conducts transactions (selected by the enterprise).

2. Structure and contents of account 128 – Held-to-maturity investment

Debtor:

The value of investments held to maturity increases.

Yes Party:

The value of investments held to maturity decreases.

Debit side balance:

Value of held-to-maturity investments available at the reporting time.

Account 128 – Hold-to-maturity investment has 3 tier 2 accounts:

– Account 1281 – Term deposit: Reflects the increase, decrease and the available amount of time deposit.

– Account 1282 – Bonds: Reflects the increase, decrease and the existing number of bonds that the enterprise has the ability and intention to hold to maturity.

- Account 1283 – Loans: Reflects the increase, decrease and the existing number of loans under escrow between the parties but cannot be bought and sold on the market like securities. Depending on the contract, escrow loans can be recovered once at maturity or gradually.

– Account 1288 – Other investments held to maturity: Reflects the increase, decrease and availability of other investments held to maturity (other than bank deposits, bonds and loans), such as preferred shares, which oblige the issuer to redeemable at a certain time in the future, commercial paper.

3. Accounting method for some major economic transactions

3.1. When depositing with term, lending, buying investments to hold to maturity in cash, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 128 – Investments held to maturity

There are accounts 111, 112.

3.2. Periodically, when the receivables from deposit interest, bond interest and loan interest are recorded, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 138 – Other receivables (1388)

Dr 128 – Held-to-maturity investment (principal interest)

Cr 515 – Revenue from financial activities.

3.3. When withdrawing investments held to maturity, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Debits to accounts 111, 112, 131, 152, 156, 211,….(according to fair value)

Dr 635 – Financial expenses (in case of loss)

Account 128 – Investments held to maturity (book value)

Cr 515 – Revenue from financial activities (if profit).

3.4. To convert held-to-maturity investments into investments in subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Drs 221, 222 (according to fair value)

Dr 635 – Financial expenses (in case of loss)

Account 128 – Investments held to maturity (book value)

Have relevant accounts (if additional investment is required)

Cr 515 – Revenue from financial activities (if profit).

3.5. Accounting for transactions related to held-to-maturity bonds:

a) In case of buying bonds that receive interest first:

- When paying for bonds to receive interest first, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 128 – Held-to-maturity investments (1282)

There are accounts 111, 112,… (actual amount spent)

Cr 3387 – Unrealized revenue (interest received in advance).

- Periodically, calculate and carry forward the interest of the accounting period according to the amount of interest receivable each period, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 3387 – Unrealized revenue

Cr 515 – Revenue from financial activities.

- To recover the bond's original price when it is due for payment, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 111, 112, ...

Account 128 – Investments held to maturity (1282).

b) In case of buying bonds with periodic interest:

– When paying for bonds, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 128 – Held-to-maturity investments (1282)

There are accounts 111, 112,…

- Periodically recording bond interest:

Dr. 111, 112, 138

Cr 515 – Revenue from financial activities.

- To recover the bond's original price when it is due for payment, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 111, 112, ...

Account 128 – Investments held to maturity (1282).

c) In case of buying bonds to receive the following interest:

– When paying for bonds, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 128 – Held-to-maturity investments (1282)

There are accounts 111, 112,…

- Periodically calculating bond interest and recording revenue according to the interest receivable each period, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 138 – Other receivables (1388)

Cr 515 – Revenue from financial activities.

– When the bond payment is due, and the bond principal and interest are recovered, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 111, 112, ...

Account 128 – Investments held to maturity (1282)

Account 138 – Other receivables (1388) (interest of previous periods)

Cr 515 – Financial income (maturity interest).

3.6. Accounting for loss due to non-recovery of investments held to maturity for which no provision has been made for doubtful debts:

When there is evidence that part or all of the investment may be unrecoverable (such as the issuer of an insolvent instrument, bankruptcy, etc.), accountants must assess the ability and determine the value. recoverable investment value. If the loss can be measured reliably, the difference between the recoverable amount and the carrying amount of the investment in finance should be recognized, and the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 635 – Financial expenses

Account 128 – Investments held to maturity (1281, 1282, 1288).

– In case after recording a loss, if there is solid evidence that the loss can be recovered, the accountant shall record the difference between the recoverable value and the book value. investment, record:

Dr 128 – Investments held to maturity (1281, 1282, 1288)

Account 635 – Financial expenses.

3.7. Revalue balances of investments held to maturity that are classified as monetary items denominated in foreign currencies:

- In case of profit, record:

Dr 128 – Investments held to maturity

Cr 413 – Exchange rate difference.

- In case of loss, record:

Dr 413 – Exchange rate difference

Account 128 – Investment held to maturity.

Article 17. Principles of accounting for receivables

1. Receivables are tracked in detail according to the receivable period, receivable object, type of receivable currency and other factors according to the management needs of the enterprise.

2. The classification of receivables as receivables from customers, internal receivables and other receivables is done according to the following principles:

a) Receivables from customers include trade receivables arising from purchase and sale transactions, such as: Receivables from sales, service provision, liquidation or sale of assets ( Fixed assets, investment properties, financial investments) between the enterprise and the buyer (an entity independent of the seller, including receivables between the parent company and its subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates). This receivable includes receivables from export sales of the entrusting party through the trustee;

b) Internal receivables include receivables between superior units and subordinate units without legal entity status for dependent accounting;

c) Other receivables include receivables of non-commercial nature, not related to purchase and sale transactions, such as:

– Receivables that generate revenue from financial activities, such as: receivables from loan interests, deposits, dividends and distributed profits;

– Payments on behalf of third parties are entitled to receive back; Amounts that the entrusting party must collect on behalf of the entrusting party;

– Non-commercial receivables such as property loans, fines, compensation, pending assets…

3. When preparing financial statements, accountants base on the remaining term of receivables to classify as long-term or short-term. Receivables items of the Balance Sheet may include amounts reflected in accounts other than accounts receivable, such as: Loans are recorded in Account 1283; Deposits and deposits are reflected in Account 244, advance in Account 141… The determination of provisions for doubtful receivables is based on items classified as short-term and long-term receivables. of the Balance Sheet.

4. Accountants must determine receivables that satisfy the definition of monetary items denominated in foreign currencies (detailed in account 413 – Exchange rate differences) for re-evaluation at the end of the period when financial statements.

Article 18. Account 131 – Receivables from customers

1. Accounting principles

a) This account is used to record receivables and the payment of receivables from the enterprise to customers in terms of proceeds from the sale of products, goods, investment real estate, fixed assets, and financial investments. main, providing services. This account is also used to record the receivables of the construction contractor and the principal about the completed construction work volume. Cash collection transactions are not reflected in this account.

b) Receivables from customers need to be accounted in detail for each object, each item of receivable, track in detail the collection period (over 12 months or no more than 12 months from the reporting time) and Record each payment. Receivables are customers who have economic relations with the enterprise in terms of purchasing products, goods, or providing services, including fixed assets, investment real estate, and financial investments.

c) The export entrusting party shall record in this account the receivables from the export entrusting party for the proceeds of export sales such as normal sales and service provision transactions.

d) In the detailed accounting of this account, the accountant must classify debts, types of debts that can be paid on time, bad debts or unrecoverable debts, in order to have a basis for determining the number of debts. make provision for doubtful debts or take measures to deal with uncollectible debts.

dd) In the relationship of selling products, goods or providing services as agreed upon between the enterprise and the customer, if the delivered products, goods or investment property or services provided are not in accordance with the agreement in the contract; In an economic contract, the buyer can request the enterprise to reduce the selling price or return the delivered goods.

e) Enterprises must keep detailed records of receivables from customers in each type of original currency. For receivables in foreign currencies, the following principles shall be applied:

– When receivables arise from customers (Debit side of account 131), accountants must convert them into Vietnam Dong at the actual exchange rate at the time of arising (which is the buying rate of the commercial bank). trade where the paying customer is designated). Particularly in case of pre-receipt from the buyer, when the conditions for revenue recognition are met, the Debiter of account 131 shall apply the actual actual book-keeping exchange rate for the amount received in advance;

– When collecting receivables from customers (the party has account 131), the accountant must convert into Vietnam Dong at the actual book-keeping exchange rate for each debtor (In case the debtor has many transactions). then the actual nominal exchange rate is determined as the moving average rate of transactions of that debtor). Particularly in case there is a transaction to receive money in advance from the buyer, the party with account 131 shall apply the actual exchange rate (which is the rate recorded on the debit side of the money account) at the time of advance receipt;

– Enterprises must re-evaluate receivables from customers denominated in foreign currencies at all times of preparing financial statements in accordance with law. Actual exchange rate when re-evaluating receivables from customers is the foreign currency buying rate of commercial banks where enterprises designate customers to pay at the time of preparing financial statements. In case an enterprise has many receivables and transacts at many banks, it is allowed to choose the buying rate of one of the commercial banks where the enterprise regularly conducts transactions. Units in the group are allowed to apply the same exchange rate set by the Parent Company (must be close to the actual exchange rate) to re-evaluate the receivables of customers with foreign currency origin arising from transactions within the group.

2. Structure and contents of account 131 – Receivables from customers

Debtor:

– Amounts receivable from customers arising in the period when selling products, goods, investment real estate, fixed assets, services, financial investments;

- The excess amount returned to the customer.

– Re-evaluate receivables in foreign currencies (in case the foreign currency rate increases against Vietnam Dong).

Yes Party:

– The amount the customer has paid;

– Amount received in advance, prepaid by customers;

– Discounts on goods sold to customers after they have been delivered and customers have complaints;

- Turnover of sold goods returned by buyers (with or without VAT);

– Amount of payment discount and trade discount for the buyer.

– Re-evaluate receivables in foreign currencies (in case the foreign currency rate decreases against Vietnam Dong).

Debit side balance:

Amounts still due from customers.

This account may have a Credit balance. Credit balance reflects the amount received in advance, or the amount collected is more than the customer's receivable amount detailed by each specific object. When preparing the Balance Sheet, the detailed balance for each receivable of this account must be taken to record both items on the side “Assets” and the side “Capital resources”.

3. Accounting method for some major economic transactions

3.1. When selling products, goods or providing services that have not been received immediately in cash (including receivables from export sales of the entrusting party), the revenue will be recorded as follows:

a) For products, goods, services, investment real estate subject to VAT, excise tax, export tax, and environmental protection tax, the sales revenue shall be recorded and providing services at the tax-exclusive selling price, payable indirect taxes shall be segregated upon revenue recognition (including VAT payable by the direct method), the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 131 – Receivables from customers (total payment price)

Cr 511 – Revenue from sale of goods and provision of services (prices excluding tax)

Cr 333 – Taxes and other payables to the State.

b) In case the payable taxes cannot be immediately separated, the revenue shall be recorded including the payable tax. Periodically, when determining the payable tax obligation and recording a decrease in revenue, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 511 – Sales and service provision

Cr 333 – Taxes and other payables to the State.

3.2. Accounting for goods returned by customers:

Dr 5213 – Returned sales (sales price excluding tax)

Dr. 333 – Taxes and other payables to the State (VAT amount of returned goods, details for each type of tax)

Account 131 – Receivables from customers.

3.3. Accounting for trade discounts and sales discounts

a) In case the amount of trade discount or sale price reduction is already written on the sales invoice, the revenue shall be recorded at the price minus the discount or discount (recognized as net revenue) and not reflect separately the number of discounts and rebates;

b) In case the sales invoice does not show the amount of trade discount or price reduction because the customer is not eligible to enjoy it or the amount to be discounted or reduced, the revenue will be recorded as follows: at price excluding discount (gross revenue). After the time of revenue recognition, if the customer is eligible to enjoy discounts or rebates, the accountant must separately record the discount and discount to periodically adjust the decrease in gross revenue, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 521 – Sales deductions (5211, 5212) (prices excluding tax)

Dr 333 – Taxes and other payables to the State (taxes on discounted goods, trade discounts)

Cr 131 – Receivables from customers (total discount).

3.4. The amount of payment discount payable to the buyer due to the buyer paying for the purchase before the specified time limit, deducted from the customer's receivable, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 111 – Cash

Dr 112 – Bank deposits

Dr 635 – Financial expenses (Discounted payment amount)

Account 131 – Receivables from customers.

3.5. When receiving money paid by customers (including interest on debts - if any), receiving advance payments from customers under sales or service provision contracts, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Debts of accounts 111, 112,….

Account 131 – Receivables from customers

Cr 515 – Financial income (interest).

In case of receiving an advance in foreign currency, the Credit Cr 131 shall record it at the actual exchange rate at the time of receiving the advance (buying rate of the bank where the transaction is performed).

3.6. Methods of accounting for receivables from contractors to customers related to construction contracts:

a) In case the construction contract stipulates that the contractor is paid according to the planned schedule:

– When the construction contract performance results can be estimated reliably, accountants base on the vouchers reflecting the revenue corresponding to the completed work (not the invoice) determined by the contractor themselves. define, write:

Dr 337 – Payment according to construction contract schedule

Cr 511 – Revenue from selling goods and providing services.

- Based on the invoice prepared according to the planned schedule to reflect the amount that the customer has to pay according to the schedule stated in the contract, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 131 – Receivables from customers

Cr 337 – Payment according to the construction contract schedule

Account 3331 – VAT payable (33311).

b) Where the construction contract stipulates that the contractor is paid according to the value of the performed volume, when the construction contract performance result is reliably determined and confirmed by the customer, the accountant must make an invoice on the basis of the completed work confirmed by the customer, based on the invoice, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 131 – Receivables from customers

Cr 511 – Revenue from sale of goods and provision of services

Account 3331 – VAT payable (33311).

c) Bonuses collected from customers paying extra for contractors when the contract performance reaches or exceeds a number of specific targets stated in the contract, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 131- Receivables from customers

Cr 511 – Revenue from sale of goods and provision of services

Account 3331 – VAT payable (33311).

d) Compensation obtained from the customer or other parties to cover costs not included in the contract value (such as delays, customer errors and disputes over changes in contract performance), record:

Dr 131 – Receivables from customers

Cr 511 – Revenue from sale of goods and provision of services

Account 3331 – VAT payable (33311).

dd) When receiving payment for completed work volume or advance from customer, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 111, 112, ...

Account 131 – Receivables from customers.

3.7. In case the customer does not pay in cash but pays by goods (by the method of barter), based on the value of exchanged supplies and goods (calculated according to the reasonable value stated in the VAT invoice or the invoice). customer's sales order) minus the customer's receivable, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 152 – Raw materials, materials

Dr 153 – Tools and instruments

Dr 156 – Goods

Dr 611- Purchases (inventories accounting according to the accounting method)

Dr 133 - Deductible VAT (if any).

Account 131 – Receivables from customers.

3.8. In case bad debts arise that are really uncollectible and must be written off, the following accounts shall be recorded according to the written record of settlement of bad debts:

Dr 229 – Provision for property loss (2293) (provision has been made)

Dr 642 – Administration expenses (not yet provisioned)

Account 131 – Receivables from customers.

3.9. Receivables for entrustment fees at the import-export trustee:

Dr 131 – Receivables from customers

Cr 511 – Revenue from sale of goods and provision of services (5113)

Account 3331 – VAT payable (33311)

3.10. When preparing the financial statements, the customer's receivable balance in foreign currencies is assessed at the actual exchange rate at the time of preparing the financial statements:

– If the foreign currency rate increases compared to the Vietnam Dong rate, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 131 – Receivables from customers

Cr 413 – Exchange rate difference (4131).

– If the foreign currency rate decreases compared to the Vietnamese Dong rate, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 413 – Exchange rate difference (4131)

Account 131 – Receivables from customers.

Article 19. Account 133 – Deductible Value Added Tax

1. Accounting principles

a) This account is used to record the deductible, deducted and deductible input VAT amounts of the enterprise.

b) Accountants must separately account deductible input VAT and non-deductible input VAT. In case it is not possible to do separate accounting, the input VAT amount shall be recorded to account 133. At the end of the period, the accountant must determine the deductible and non-deductible VAT amounts according to the provisions of the VAT law. .

c) The non-deductible input VAT shall be included in the value of the purchased property, the cost of goods sold or the cost of production and business, depending on each specific case.

d) The determination of input VAT to be deducted, declared, finalized and paid must comply with the provisions of the law on VAT.

2. Structure and contents of account 133 – Deductible VAT

Debtor:

Amount of input VAT to be deducted.

Yes Party:

- Amount of input VAT deducted;

- Transfer of non-deductible input VAT;

– Input VAT on goods purchased but returned and discounted;

– The amount of input VAT has been refunded.

Debit side balance:

The input VAT amount is still deductible, the input VAT amount is refunded but the state budget has not yet refunded.

Account 133 – Deductible VAT, has 2 level 2 accounts:

– Account 1331 – Deductible VAT on goods and services: Reflect deductible input VAT on supplies, goods and services purchased from outside used in the production and trading of goods and services subject to VAT calculated by the tax credit method.

– Account 1332 – Deductible VAT of fixed assets: Reflect input VAT of the process of investment and purchase of fixed assets used in production and trading of goods and services subject to VAT calculated by the tax credit method, of the purchase process buy investment property.

3. Accounting method for some major economic transactions

3.1. When purchasing inventory, fixed assets, and investment property, if input VAT is deductible, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Drs 152, 153, 156, 211, 213, 217, 611 (prices excluding VAT)

Dr 133 – Deductible VAT (1331, 1332)

There are accounts 111, 112, 331,… (total payment price).

3.2. When purchasing supplies, goods, tools and services for immediate use in production and business, if input VAT is deductible, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Debits to accounts 621, 623, 627, 641, 642, 241, 242,... (prices excluding VAT)

Dr 133 – Deductible VAT (1331)

There are accounts 111, 112, 331,… (total payment price).

3.3. When buying goods for immediate sale to customers (without going through warehouse), if VAT is deductible, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 632 – Cost of goods sold (purchase price exclusive of VAT)

Dr 133 – Deductible VAT (1331)

There are accounts 111, 112, 331,… (total payment price).

3.4. When importing materials, goods and fixed assets:

– Accounting records the value of imported supplies, goods and fixed assets, including the total amount to be paid to the seller (according to the actual exchange rate), import tax, excise tax, and protection tax. payable environment (if any), transportation costs, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr. 152, 153, 156, 211

Cr 331 – Payable to the seller

Account 3331 – VAT payable (33312) (if input VAT on imported goods is not deductible)

Cr 3332 – Special consumption tax.

Cr 3333 – Import and export tax (import tax details)

Cr 33381 – Environmental protection tax

There are accounts 111, 112, …

- If input VAT on imported goods is deductible, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 133 – Deductible VAT (1331, 1332)

Cr 333 – Taxes and other payables to the State (33312).

3.5. In case the goods have been purchased and returned or the goods have been purchased at a discount due to poor quality or poor quality: Based on the delivery documents returned to the seller and related documents, the accountant shall record the value of the goods already purchased. purchased and returned to the seller or the purchased goods are discounted, input VAT is not deductible, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr. 111, 112, 331 (total payment price)

Cr 133 – Deductible VAT (input VAT on returned or discounted goods)

Accounts 152, 153, 156, 211, etc. (purchase price exclusive of VAT).

3.6. In case it is not possible to separately account the deductible input VAT:

a) When purchasing supplies, goods and fixed assets, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr. 152, 153, 156, 211, 213 (purchase price exclusive of VAT)

Dr 133 – Deductible VAT (input VAT)

Cr 111, 112, 331, ...

b) At the end of the period, the accountant calculates and determines the deductible and non-deductible input VAT according to the provisions of the law on VAT. For the non-deductible input VAT included in the cost of goods sold in the period, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 632 – Cost of goods sold

Cr 133 – Deductible VAT (1331).

3.7. Purchased supplies, goods and fixed assets are damaged due to natural disasters, fires, are lost, determined due to the responsibility of organizations and individuals to be compensated, if input VAT on these goods is not paid. deduct:

- In case VAT on purchased supplies, goods and fixed assets is lost, the cause cannot be determined pending handling, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 138 – Other receivables (1381)

Cr 133 – Deductible VAT (1331, 1332).

- In case VAT on purchased supplies, goods and fixed assets is lost when there is a handling decision by a competent authority on compensation collected from organizations and individuals, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Debits of accounts 111, 334, etc. (compensation amount)

Dr 632 – Cost of goods sold (if included in expenses)

Account 138 – Other receivables (1381)

Cr 133 – Deductible VAT (if the cause is identified and a decision is made to handle it immediately).

3.8. At the end of the month, when determining the amount of input VAT to be deducted from output VAT when determining the payable VAT amount in the period, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 3331 – VAT payable (33311)

Account 133 – Deductible VAT.

3.9. When receiving a refund of input VAT on goods and services, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Debts of accounts 111, 112,….

Cr 133 – Deductible VAT (1331).

Article 20. Account 136 – Internal receivables

1. Accounting principles

a) This account is used to record receivables and the payment of receivables of the enterprise with its subordinate units or between subordinate units under the independent enterprise. The subordinate units in this case are the units without legal status, dependent accounting but having an organization of accounting work, such as branches, enterprises, project management board... for accounting purposes. business dependency.

b) The payment relationship between the enterprise and its member companies, enterprises, etc. is a unit with legal status, independent accounting is not reflected in this account, but is reflected as for subsidiaries.

c) Contents of internal receivables recorded in account 136 include:

In a superior enterprise:

+ Capital, fund or funding assigned or granted to subordinates;

+ Amounts payable by subordinates to their superiors according to regulations;

+ Amounts collected by subordinates;

+ Expenses already paid and paid to subordinates;

+ Amounts assigned to affiliated units to carry out the volume of internal contracts and receive back the value of internal contracts;

+ Other current receivables.

– In subordinate units without legal status, dependent accounting:

+ Amounts granted by superior enterprises but not yet received;

+ Value of products, goods and services transferred to superior units or other internal units for sale; Revenue from selling goods and providing services to internal units;

+ Amounts collected by superior enterprises or other internal units;

+ Expenditures, paid on behalf of superior enterprises and other internal units;

+ Other current internal receivables.

d) Account 136 must make detailed accounting for each subordinate unit with payment relationship and separately monitor each internal receivable. Enterprises need to take measures to urge the final settlement of internal receivables in the accounting period.

dd) At the end of the accounting period, it is required to check, compare and confirm the arising number and balance of account 136 "Internal receivables", account 336 "Internal payables" with related subordinate units. for each payment content. Clearing by each item of each related subordinate unit, and at the same time clearing on 2 accounts 136 “Internal receivables” and account 336 “Internal payables” (according to details). each object). When comparing, if there is a difference, the cause must be found and adjusted in time.

2. Structure and contents of account 136 – Internal receivables

Debtor:

- Amount of business capital assigned to subordinate units;

- Funds assigned by the investor to the PMU; Other amounts are recorded as an increase in receivables from the investor to the PMU;

– Amounts paid on behalf of the superior enterprise or internal units;

- Amounts payable by the superior enterprise and payable by the subordinate units;

- The amount of money that the subordinate unit must collect, the amount that the superior must hand over;

- Amounts receivable for products, goods and services between internal units.

– Other internal receivables.

Yes Party:

- Recovery of capital and funds in subordinate units;

- Make final settlement with subordinate units on the allocated and used non-business funds;

– Value of completed fixed assets transferred from the PMU; Other amounts are recorded as a decrease in receivables from the investor to the PMU;

– Amounts collected from internal receivables;

– Clearing receivables with payables internally of the same object.

Debit side balance: Receivable debts from internal units.

Account 136 – Internal receivables, there are 4 level 2 accounts:

- Account 1361 – Working capital in affiliated units: This account is only opened at the superior enterprise to reflect the existing business capital in the subordinate units that do not have the legal status of dependent accounting assigned by the superior enterprise.

This account does not reflect the amount of capital invested by the parent company in its subsidiaries or the amount of capital invested by the enterprise in affiliated units with independent legal status. Capital invested in the above entities in this case is reflected in account 221 “Investment in subsidiaries”.

– Account 1362 – Internal receivables for exchange rate differences: This account is only opened at enterprises that are investors who have established project management boards, used to reflect exchange rate differences arising from project management boards moved up.

– Account 1363 – Internal receivables for borrowing costs eligible for capitalization: This account is only opened in enterprises that are investors with established PMUs, used to record capitalized borrowing costs incurred at PMUs.

- Account 1368 – Other internal receivables: Reflect all other receivables between internal entities.

3. Accounting method for some major economic transactions

3.1. At the subordinate unit without legal entity status, dependent accounting

a) When paying on behalf of superior enterprises and other internal units:

Dr 136 – Internal receivables (1368)

There are accounts 111, 112.

b) Based on the notification of the superior enterprise about the amount of bonus and welfare funds allocated, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 136 – Internal receivables (1368)

Yes 353 – Bonus and welfare fund.

c) When selling products, goods or providing services to units within the enterprise, depending on the operation characteristics and decentralization of each unit:

- In case the dependent accounting unit is authorized to record revenue, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 136 – Internal receivables (1368)

Cr 511 – Revenue from sale of goods and provision of services (details of internal sales transactions)

Cr 333 – Taxes and other payables to the State.

At the same time, recording cost of capital, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 632 – Cost of goods sold

There are accounts 154, 155, 156.

- In case the dependent accounting unit is not decentralized to record revenue, the value of internally supplied products, goods and services is recorded as an internal receivable, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 136 – Internal receivables (1368)

There are accounts 154, 155, 156

Cr 333 – Taxes and other payables to the State.

dd) When receiving payment for receivables from superiors or other internal enterprises, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Debits to accounts 111, 112, 152, 153,…

Cr 136 – Internal receivables (1368).

e) Offsetting internal receivables with internal payables of the same object, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 336 – Internal payables (3368)

Cr 136 – Internal receivables (1368).

3.2. Accounting at superior enterprises

a) When a superior enterprise assigns business capital to a subordinate unit that has no legal status for dependent accounting:

- In case of handing over capital in cash, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 1361 – Working capital in affiliated units

There are accounts 111, 112.

- In case of capital allocation in fixed assets, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 136 – Internal receivables (residual value of fixed assets) (1361)

Dr 214 – Depreciation of fixed assets (amortization value of fixed assets)

Cr 211 – Tangible fixed assets (historical cost).

b) In case the subordinate units that do not have the legal status of dependent accounting receive business capital directly from the State budget as authorized by the superior enterprise, when the subordinate unit actually receives the capital, the superiors record:

Dr 136 – Internal receivables (1361)

Cr 411 – Owner's investment capital.

c) When the superior enterprise grants non-business and project funding to the subordinate unit, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 136 – Internal receivables (1368)

Cr 111, 112, 461, ...

d) In case the dependent accounting unit has no legal status and must return the business capital to the superior enterprise, when receiving the money submitted by the dependent accounting unit, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Debts of accounts 111, 112,….

Cr 136 – Internal receivables (1361).

dd) Based on the report of the dependent accounting unit on the amount of business capital the dependent accounting unit has paid into the State budget as authorized by the superior, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 411 – Owner's investment capital

Cr 136 – Internal receivables (1361).

e) When selling products, goods or providing services to units within the enterprise, depending on the operation characteristics and decentralization of each unit, the enterprise may recognize revenue at the time of sale. delivery of goods and services to dependent accounting units or at the time when the dependent accounting unit sells goods or provides services to outside parties:

- In case the enterprise recognizes revenue at the time of transferring goods or services to the dependent accounting unit, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 136 – Internal receivables (1368)

Cr 511 – Revenue from sale of goods and provision of services (details of internal sales transactions)

Cr 333 – Taxes and other payables to the State.

– In case the enterprise does not recognize revenue at the time of transferring goods or services to the dependent accounting unit:

+ When transferring goods or services, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 136 – Internal receivables (1368)

There are accounts 154, 155, 156

Cr 333 – Taxes and other payables to the State (if any).

+ When the dependent accounting unit announces that it has sold products, goods and services to a third party outside the enterprise, the revenue will be recorded as follows:

Dr 136 – Internal receivables (1368)

Cr 511 – Revenue from sale of goods and provision of services.

At the same time, recording cost of capital, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 632 – Cost of goods sold

Cr 136 – Internal receivables (1368).

g) Interest receivable from production, business and other activities at subordinate units, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 136 – Internal receivables (1368)

Cr 421 – Undistributed profit.

h) When making payments on behalf of subordinate units without legal status, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 136 – Internal receivables (1368)

There are accounts 111, 112,….

i) When receiving money paid by the subordinate unit for business profits, paying the amounts already paid on behalf of the subordinate unit, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 111, 112, ...

Cr 136 – Internal receivables (1368).

k) Offsetting internal receivables with internal payables of the same object, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 336 – Internal payables (3368)

Cr 136 – Internal receivables (1368).

3.3. Accountant at the Investor has established the Investment Project Management Board

a) When the investor has a decision to assign investment capital in cash, materials and fixed assets to the Investment Project Management Board, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 136 – Internal receivables (1361)

Dr 214 – Depreciation of fixed assets

There are accounts 111, 112, 152

Cr 211 – Tangible fixed assets.

b) Interest on bank deposits due to the temporary not using investment capital transferred by the Investment Project Management Boards to the Investor, the investor's accountant shall record:

Dr 136 – Internal receivables (1368)

Cr 515 – Revenue from financial activities.

c) The investor transfers borrowing costs eligible to be capitalized into the value of the works to the Investment Project Management Board for calculation into construction investment costs, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 136 – Internal receivables (1363)

There are accounts 111, 112, 242, 335.

d) When receiving revenue, revenue from financial activities and other income submitted by the Investment Project Management Boards, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 136 – Internal receivables (1362, 1368)

There are accounts 515, 711.

dd) When the Investment Project Management Units transfer the input VAT amount when purchasing materials, CCDC, fixed assets and services to implement the investment project to the Investor for deduction, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 133 – Deductible VAT

Cr 136 – Internal receivables (1368).

e) When receiving the cost of service provision, financial expenses and other expenses transferred by the Investment Project Management Boards, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr. 632, 635, 811

Account 136 – Internal receivables (1362, 1368).

g) When the project is completed and the project is handed over, the investor's accountant shall record:

– In case of handover of the settled work, the investor shall record the work value as the settled price, and record:

Dr. 111, 112, 152, 153, 211, 213, 217, 1557

Dr 133 - Deductible VAT (if any).

Account 136 – Internal receivables (1361)

There are accounts 331, 333, … (receiving payables if any).

- In case of receiving the handover of the work that has not been settled, the investor shall record the value of the work as the provisional price. When making the final settlement, the work value must be adjusted according to the settled price, the following accounts shall be recorded:

+ If the settled price is greater than the provisional price, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Debits to accounts 211, 213, 217, 1557

There are related accounts.

+ If the settled price is smaller than the provisional price, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Debit related accounts

There are accounts 211, 213, 217, 1557.

Article 21. Account 138 – Other receivables

1. Accounting principles

This account is used to record receivables outside the scope reflected in accounts receivable (accounts 131, 136) and payment of these receivables, including the following main contents:

- The value of the missing property has been discovered but the cause has not been determined and must be handled;

- Receivables for material compensation caused by individuals and groups (inside and outside the enterprise) such as loss or damage of supplies, goods, capital, etc. have been handled for compensation;

– Loans with non-monetary assets to other parties (if they are lent in cash, they must be recorded as loans on account 1283);

- Amounts spent on non-business activities, project expenses, capital construction investment expenses, production and business expenses but not approved by competent authorities must be recovered;

– Expenses that must be recovered, such as payments by the import-export trustee to the export-entrusting party in terms of bank fees, customs assessment fees, transportation fees, loading and unloading fees, and taxes. , …

– Receivables arising from the equitization of state-owned enterprises, such as: equitization costs, allowances for severance and job loss, support for retraining of employees in equitized enterprises, etc.

– Interest on loans, dividends, profits receivable from financial investment activities;

– Receivables other than the above.

2. Structure and contents of account 138 – Other receivables

Debtor:

– Value of missing assets pending settlement;

- Receivables from individuals and groups (inside and outside the enterprise) for the lack of assets, the cause clearly identified and the record of immediate handling;

- Amounts receivable from the amounts arising when equitizing state-owned enterprises;

- Receivables from loan interest, deposit interest, dividends, profit distributed from financial investment activities;

– Payments on behalf of third parties to be recovered, other receivable debts;

– Re-evaluate receivables in foreign currencies (in case the foreign currency rate increases against Vietnam Dong)

Yes Party:

- Transfer the missing asset value to relevant accounts according to the decision stated in the handling record;

– Transfer of receivables to the equitization of state-owned enterprises;

– Amounts collected on other receivables.

– Re-evaluate receivables in foreign currencies (in case the foreign currency rate decreases against Vietnam Dong)

Debit side balance:

Other receivables have not yet been collected.

This account may have a credit balance. Credit balance reflects more receivables than receivables (in individual cases and in details of each specific entity).

Account 138 – Other receivables, there are 3 level 2 accounts:

– Account 1381 – Pending missing assets: Reflects the value of the property's lack of clear cause, pending decision on handling.

In principle, in any case of detecting a lack of property, the cause and the offender must be traced to take specific handling measures. Only 1381 cases in which the cause of lack, loss or damage of assets of the enterprise cannot be determined, must be recorded into account. In case the reason for the shortage of assets has been identified and there is a record of handling immediately in the period, it shall be recorded in the relevant accounts, not through account 1381.

– Account 1385 – Receivables from equitization: Reflects the receivables on equitization that the enterprise has spent, such as: equitization costs, allowances for severance and job loss, support for retraining of employees in equitized enterprises, …

– Account 1388 – Other receivables: Reflects receivables of the enterprise outside the scope of receivables recorded in Accounts 131, 133, 136 and Accounts 1381, 1385, such as: Receivables of dividends, profits and interests; Receivables for compensation due to loss of money and property;

3. Accounting method for some major economic transactions

3.1. Tangible fixed assets used for production and business activities are found to be lacking, the cause is unknown, pending handling, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 138 – Other receivables (1381) (residual value of fixed assets)

Dr 214 – Depreciation of fixed assets (depreciation value)

Cr 211 – Tangible fixed assets (historical cost).

3.2. Tangible fixed assets used for non-business activities, projects or welfare activities discovered to be lacking, with unknown causes, pending handling, recording a decrease in fixed assets:

Dr 214 – Depreciation of fixed assets (depreciation value)

Dr 466 – Funding for fixed assets (residual value) (fixed assets used for non-business activities and projects)

Dr 3533 – Welfare fund has formed fixed assets (residual value) (fixed assets used for welfare activities)

Cr 211 – Tangible fixed assets (historical cost).

At the same time, reflecting the remaining value of pending assets, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 138 – Other receivables (1381)

Account 353 – Bonus and welfare fund (3532)

Cr 338- Other payables and payables (non-business fixed assets, projects).

3.3. In case cash in stock, supplies, goods, etc. is found to be lacking during inventory:

a) When the cause is not clearly identified, pending handling, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 138 – Other receivables (1381)

There are accounts 111, 152, 153, 155, 156.

b) When there is a record of handling by a competent authority for the missing property, the following accounts shall be recorded based on the handling decision:

Dr 111 – Cash (individuals, organizations pay compensation)

Dr 1388 – Other receivables (individuals, organizations must pay compensation)

Dr 334 – Payables to employees (compensation deducted from salary)

Dr 632 – Cost of goods sold (value of loss and loss of inventory after deducting compensation according to settlement decisions)

Dr 811 – Other expenses (remaining value of fixed assets missing through inventory must be included in the loss of the enterprise)

Cr 1381 – Shortage of assets pending settlement.

c) If the property is found to be lacking, the cause has been immediately identified and the responsible person, based on the cause or the person responsible for compensation, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 138 – Other receivables (1388 – Other receivables) (to be compensated)

Dr 334 – Payables to employees (compensation deducted from salary)

Dr 632 – Cost of goods sold (value of loss, loss of inventory after deducting compensation according to settlement decision)

Cr 621 – Cost of direct materials

Cr 627 – General production costs

There are accounts 152, 153, 155, 156

There are accounts 111, 112.

3.4. For temporary property loans, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 138 – Other receivables (1388)

There are accounts 152, 153, 155, 156,…

3.5. Payments to be recovered on behalf of third parties, other receivables,

Dr 138 – Other receivables (1388)

There are related accounts.

3.6. Accounting for import and export entrustment transactions at the entrusting party:

a) When the entrusting party pays on behalf of the entrusting party, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 138 – Other receivables (1388) (if the principal has not yet advanced)

Dr 3388- Other payables (deducted from the money received by the entrusting party)

There are accounts 111, 112,…

b) When being cleared by the export entrusting enterprise for payments made on behalf of the enterprise, the accountant of the entrusted export enterprise shall record:

Dr 338 – Other payables (3388)

Account 138 – Other receivables (1388).

c) Detailed accounting of entrustment import-export payment transactions made according to the instructions of account 338 – Other payables; Accounting for VAT on imported goods, excise tax, and import tax at the consignor and entrusting party shall comply with the instructions of account 333 – Taxes and other payables to the State.

3.7. Periodically, when determining loan interest, deposit interest, dividends and distributed profits receivable, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Debts of accounts 111, 112,…. (number of money collected)

Dr 138 – Other receivables (1388)

Cr 515 – Revenue from financial activities.

3.8. When collecting money from other receivables, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 111 – Cash

Dr 112 – Bank deposits

Account 138 – Other receivables (1388).

3.9. When there is a decision to handle other irrecoverable debts:

Dr 111 – Cash (compensation number of relevant individuals and collectives)

Dr 334 – Payables to employees (compensation deducted from salary)

Dr 229 – Provision for loss of assets (2293) (if offset by provision for bad debts)

Dr 642 – Administration expenses (accounting to expenses)

Account 138 – Other receivables (1388 – Other receivables).

3.10. When enterprises complete the procedure of selling other receivables (recorded on the balance sheet) to debt trading companies, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Debts of accounts 111, 112,…. (the proceeds from the sale of the receivable)

Dr 229 – Provision for loss of assets (2293) (the difference is offset by provision for bad debts)

Debts to related accounts (the difference between the original price of the bad debt and the amount collected from the sale of the debt and the amount that has been offset by the provision for bad debts)

Account 138 – Other receivables (1388).

3.11. When incurring expenses for equitization of state-owned enterprises, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 1385 – Receivables from equitization (details of equitization costs)

There are accounts 111, 112, 152, 331,…

3.12. At the end of the equitization process, the enterprise must report and finalize the equitization expenditures with the equitization decision-making body. The total cost of equitization, allowance for severance, job loss, support for labor retraining, etc. shall be deducted (-) from the proceeds from the sale of shares belonging to the State capital collected from the shares. privatization of state enterprises, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 3385 – Payables for equitization (receivables from selling shares of state capital)

Cr 1385 – Receivables from equitization.

3.13. Expenses for non-business activities, projects, capital construction investment, production and business expenses but not approved by competent authorities must be recovered, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 138 – Other receivables

There are accounts 161, 241, 641, 642,…

3.14. When preparing the financial statements, the balance of other receivables denominated in foreign currencies is assessed at the actual exchange rates at the time of preparation of the financial statements:

– If the foreign currency rate increases compared to the Vietnam Dong rate, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 138 – Other receivables

Cr 413 – Exchange rate difference (4131).

– If the foreign currency rate decreases compared to the Vietnamese Dong rate, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 413 – Exchange rate difference (4131)

Cr 138 – Other receivables

Article 22. Account 141 – Advance

1. Accounting principles

a) This account is used to record advances made by the enterprise to employees in the enterprise and the payment of such advances.

b) An advance is a sum of money or supplies assigned by an enterprise to an advance recipient to perform an approved production or business task or to settle a certain job. The advance recipient must be an employee working at the enterprise. For regular advance recipients (in the material supply, administration, and administration departments) they must be appointed in writing by the Director.

c) The advance recipient (individual or collective) must be responsible to the enterprise for the amount received and may only use the advance in accordance with the approved purpose and work contents. If the amount received in advance is unused or not used up, it must be returned to the fund. The advance recipient may not transfer the advance amount to another person for use.

When completing and finishing the assigned work, the advance recipient must make an advance payment table (enclosed with original documents) to pay in full and completely (in each installment) the amount of advance received. , the amount of the used advance and the difference between the amount received and the used amount (if any). If the advance is not used up, if it is not returned to the fund, it must be deducted from the salary of the advance recipient. In case the enterprise spends more than the amount received in advance, the enterprise will make an additional payment for the missing amount.

d) The advance payment of the previous period must be completely paid before receiving the advance for the next period. The accountant must open a detailed accounting book to monitor each advance recipient and fully record the situation of advance receipt and payment for each advance.

2. Structure and contents of account 141 – Advance

Debtor:

The money and materials have been advanced to the employees of the enterprise.

Yes Party:

– Advances have been paid;

– The amount of advance used is not exhausted, re-enter the fund or deducted from salary;

- The materials used are not exhausted and are re-entered into the warehouse.

Debit side balance:

Unpaid advance amount.

3. Accounting method for some major economic transactions

a) When advance money or supplies to employees in the enterprise, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 141 – Advance

Cr 111, 112, 152, ...

b) Upon completion of the assigned work, the advance recipient shall make an advance payment table enclosed with signed and approved original documents to finalize the advance, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Debits to accounts 152,153, 156, 241, 331, 621,623, 627, 642,...

Cr 141 – Advance.

c) For advances that are not fully spent (or used) and must be re-entered into the fund, re-stored or deducted from the salary of the advance recipient, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 111 – Cash

Dr 152- Raw materials, materials

Dr 334 – Payables to employees

Cr 141 – Advance.

d) In case the actual amount of approved payment is larger than the amount received in advance, the accountant shall make a payment slip to make additional payment to the advance recipient, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Debits to accounts 152, 153,156, 241, 621, 622, 627, etc.

Account 111 – Cash.

Article 23. Principles of accounting for inventories

1. The inventory account group is used to reflect the current value and changes in inventory of the enterprise (if the enterprise performs inventory accounting by the regular declaration method) or is used to reflect the value of inventory at the beginning and end of the accounting period of the enterprise (if the enterprise makes inventory accounting according to the periodic inventory method).

2. Inventories of an enterprise are assets purchased for production or for sale in the normal production and business period, including:

– Purchased goods are on the way;

- Raw materials, materials; Tools;

– Work in progress;

- Finished products and goods; consignment for sale;

- Goods are kept at the tax-suspension warehouse of the enterprise.

For work in progress, if the production and turnover period exceeds a normal business cycle, it is not presented as inventory on the balance sheet but as a long-term asset.

For supplies, equipment and spare parts with a reserve period of more than 12 months or more than a normal production and business cycle, they are not presented as inventories on the balance sheet but presented as inventories. is a long-term asset.

3. Products, goods, supplies, assets received for custody, consignment, entrusted import and export, processing... that are not under the ownership and control of the enterprise shall not be reflected. is inventory.

4. Inventory accounting must comply with the provisions of the Accounting Standard "Inventories" when determining the original cost of inventory, the method of calculating the inventory value, and determining the net realizable value. available, make provision for devaluation of inventory and recognize expenses.

5. Principles of determining the original cost of inventories are specified for each type of supplies and goods, according to the source of formation and the time of price calculation.

6. Non-refundable taxes are included in the value of inventories such as: Input VAT on non-deductible inventories, excise tax, import tax, and environmental protection tax payable upon arrival. purchase inventory.

7. When purchasing inventory, if additional products, goods, equipment, and spare parts are received (in case of damage), the accountant must identify and record separately the products, spare parts and equipment. replaced at fair value. The value of purchased products and goods is determined by the total value of purchased goods minus the value of products, equipment and spare parts.

8. When selling inventories, the original cost of sold inventories is recorded as production and business expenses in the period in accordance with the recognized revenue related to them and in accordance with the nature of the transaction. In case of exporting inventory for promotion or advertisement, the following principles shall be followed:

a) In case inventory is exported for promotion or advertisement without collecting money, without other conditions such as having to buy products, goods, etc., the value of inventory shall be recorded to selling expenses. (details of promotional and advertising goods);

b) In case of exporting inventory for promotion and advertising, but customers are only allowed to receive promotional and advertising goods with other conditions such as having to buy products and goods (for example, buying 2 products and getting free gifts). 1 product, etc.), the accountant must allocate the proceeds to calculate the revenue for both promotional goods, the value of promotional goods shall be included in the cost price (in this case, the nature of the transaction is a reduction in the sale price). .

9. When determining the value of ending inventory, enterprises shall apply one of the following methods:

a) Method of calculation according to the nominal price: The method of calculating according to the nominal price is applied based on the actual value of each purchased goods and each product produced, so it is only applicable to enterprises with few items or items are stable and identifiable.

b) Weighted average method: According to the weighted average method, the value of each type of inventory is calculated according to the average value of each type of inventory at the beginning of the period and the value of each type of inventory purchased. or produced during the period. The average value can be calculated for each period or after each imported shipment, depending on the specific conditions of each enterprise.

c) First-in, first-out (FIFO): First-in, first-out (FIFO) method is based on the assumption that the value of inventory purchased or manufactured first is sold out first, and the value of inventory balance at the end of the period is the value of inventory purchased or produced near the end of the period. According to this method, the value of inventory is calculated according to the price of the goods in stock at the beginning of the period or near the beginning of the period, the value of the ending inventory is calculated according to the price of the goods in stock at the end of the period. or near the end of the period in stock.

Each inventory valuation method has its own advantages and disadvantages. The level of accuracy and reliability of each method depends on management requirements, qualifications, professional capacity and level of equipment with calculation tools and information processing facilities of enterprises. At the same time, it also depends on preservation requirements, complexity of types, specifications and fluctuations of materials and goods at the enterprise.

10. For inventory purchased in foreign currency, the purchase price must be based on the actual exchange rate at the time of arising to record the value of inventory already in stock (unless there is an advance for the seller, the inventory value corresponding to the advance is recognized at the exchange rate at the time of advance). The payable import tax is determined according to the import tax calculation rate of the customs office in accordance with the law. Details of accounting for exchange rate differences shall comply with the provisions of Article 69 – guidance on accounting methods for exchange rate differences.

11. At the end of the accounting year, if it is deemed that the value of inventories cannot be fully recovered due to damage, obsolescence, reduced selling prices, or an increase in finishing or selling expenses, a decrease in price must be recorded. cost of inventories equals the net realizable value of the inventory. Net realizable value is the estimated selling price of inventories in the normal course of business, less (-) the estimated costs of perfecting the products and the estimated costs necessary to sell them. they.

Depreciation of inventories to net realizable value is made by making provision for devaluation of inventories. An allowance for devaluation of inventories is made as the difference between the cost of inventories and their net realizable value.

All differences between the provision for devaluation of inventories to be made at the end of this accounting period are greater than the allowance for devaluation of inventories made at the end of the previous accounting period, and the inventories, after deducting (-) compensation for personal liability, and unallocated general production costs, are recorded as production and business expenses in the period. In case the provision for devaluation of inventories made at the end of this accounting period is smaller than the provision for devaluation of inventories made at the end of the previous accounting period, the smaller difference must be reversed and recorded as a decrease in expenses. production and business costs.

12. The inventory accountant must simultaneously make detailed accounting of both the value and the kind according to each item, type and specification of materials and goods according to each management and use location, always ensuring the integrity of the inventory. match, both in value and in kind, between the reality of materials and goods and the general and detailed accounting books.

13. In an enterprise (one accounting unit) only one of two inventory accounting methods can be applied: the perpetual declaration method, or the periodical inventory method. The selection of inventory accounting method to be applied at the enterprise must be based on the characteristics, nature, quantity and types of supplies and goods and management requirements for appropriate application and must be performed consistently during the accounting period.

Inventory accounting methods.

a) Regular declaration method: Regular declaration method is a method of regularly, continuously and systematically monitoring and reflecting on the situation of import, export and inventory of supplies and goods in accounting books. In the case of applying the regular declaration method, the inventory accounting accounts are used to reflect the current number, the increase or decrease in the amount of materials and goods. Therefore, the book value of inventory can be determined at any point in the accounting period.

At the end of the accounting period, based on the actual inventory data, compare and contrast with the inventory data on the accounting books. In principle, the actual inventory must always match the inventory in the accounting books. If there is a difference, it is necessary to find the cause and have solutions to handle it in a timely manner. The regular declaration method is usually applied to manufacturing enterprises (industry, construction and installation…) and commercial enterprises dealing in items of great value such as machinery, equipment, technical goods, etc. High Quality…

b) Periodic inventory method:

Periodic inventory method is an accounting method based on actual inventory results to reflect the value of ending inventory of materials and goods in the general accounting book and from that to calculate the value of goods. , materials exported during the period according to the formula:

– According to the periodic inventory method, all movements of materials and goods (inventory, warehousing) are not tracked and reflected in the inventory accounting accounts. The value of supplies and goods purchased and stocked during the period is tracked and recorded in a separate accounting account (account 611 “Purchase”).

- Inventory of supplies and goods is carried out at the end of each accounting period to determine the actual value of materials and goods in stock, the value of materials and goods out of stock in the period (consumption for production). or sold) as the basis for recording in the accounting books of account 611 “Purchase”. Thus, when applying the periodic inventory method, inventory accounting accounts are only used at the beginning of the accounting period (to carry forward the opening balance) and at the end of the accounting period (to reflect the actual value of the inventory). ending inventory).

- Periodic inventory method is usually applied in enterprises that have many types of goods and materials with very different specifications and designs, low value, goods and materials used or sold regularly. Retail store…). The method of periodic inventory of inventory has the advantage of being simple, reducing the workload of accounting. But the accuracy of the value of materials and goods used and sold is affected by the quality of management at warehouses, counters, and yards.

Article 24. Account 151 – Purchased goods in transit

1. Accounting principles

a) This account is used to record the value of goods and supplies (raw materials, materials; tools, instruments; goods) purchased outside the enterprise's possession and still in transit. transported, at the port, yard, bonded warehouse or have arrived at the enterprise but are waiting for the receipt of the warehouse.

b) Goods and supplies that are considered to be under the ownership of the enterprise but have not yet been warehoused, including:

- Goods and supplies purchased from outside have paid or have been accepted for payment but are still in the seller's warehouse, at the port or yard or in transit;

– Goods and supplies purchased from outside have arrived at the enterprise but are waiting for testing and receipt for warehousing.

c) Accounting for goods purchased in transit is recorded on account 151 according to the historical cost principle specified in Accounting Standard “Inventories”.

d) Every day, when the purchase invoice is received, but the goods have not been delivered to the warehouse, the accountant has not yet recorded the book, but compares it with the economic contract and stores the invoice in a separate file: “The purchased goods are in transit. Street".

During the month, if the goods are delivered to the warehouse, the accountant based on the warehouse receipt and the purchase invoice shall record directly into account 152 "Raw materials and materials", account 153 "Tools and tools", account 156 "Tools". account 158 “Goods”, account XNUMX ​​“Tax-suspension warehouse goods”.

dd) If the goods have not arrived at the end of the month, the purchase invoice shall be recorded in account 151 "Purchased goods are on the way". Accountants must open details to track purchased goods in transit according to each type of goods, supplies, each shipment, and each economic contract.

2. Structure and content of account 151 – Purchases are on the way

Debtor:

- Value of purchased goods and supplies on the way;

- Carrying forward the actual value of purchased supplies and materials in transit at the end of the period (in case the enterprise accounts for inventory using the periodic inventory method).

Yes Party:

- Value of purchased goods and supplies on the way and have been stored in warehouses or delivered directly to customers;

- Carrying forward the actual value of purchased goods and supplies in transit at the beginning of the period (in case the enterprise accounts for inventories by the periodic inventory method).

Debit side balance: Value of goods and supplies purchased but still on the way (not yet returned to the enterprise's warehouse).

3. Accounting method for some major economic transactions

a) In case the enterprise accounts for inventories according to the regular declaration method.

- At the end of the accounting period, based on the purchase invoices of purchased goods that have not yet been brought into the warehouse, if input VAT is deductible, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 151 – Goods purchased on the way (prices do not include VAT)

Dr 133 – Deductible VAT

Cr 331 – Payables to sellers; or

Cr 111, 112, 141, ...

– In case input VAT is not deductible, the purchase value includes VAT

- Next month, when the goods arrive at the warehouse, according to the invoice and the warehouse receipt, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 152 – Raw materials, materials

Dr 153 – Tools and instruments

Dr 156 – Goods

Cr 151 – Purchased goods are on the way.

– In the case that the next month, purchased goods and supplies are not stored in the warehouse, but delivered directly to the customer under the economic contract at the vehicle, at the seller's warehouse, at the port or yard, or sent directly to the customer. customer, consignment agent, consignment, record:

Dr 632 – Cost of goods sold; or

Dr 157 – Goods sent for sale

Cr 151 – Purchased goods are on the way.

- In case of loss or loss of goods purchased on the way, the loss is detected immediately upon arising or at the end of period inventory, based on the record of loss or loss, the value of the lost inventory shall be recorded. cool, loss, write:

Dr 1381 – Debt pending assets

Cr 151 – Purchased goods are on the way.

b) In case the enterprise accounts for inventory according to the periodic inventory method.

- At the beginning of the period, according to the actual value of goods and supplies in transit, which has been carried forward at the end of the period before the actual value of goods and supplies in transit at the beginning of the period, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 611 – Purchases

Cr 151 – Purchased goods are on the way.

- At the end of the period, based on the inventory results, the accountants determine the actual value of purchased goods and supplies but have not yet returned to warehouse (still in transit at the end of the period), the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 151 – Purchased goods are on the way

Account 611 – Purchase.

Article 25. Account 152 – Raw materials and materials

1. Accounting principles

a) This account is used to record the current value and the increase or decrease in raw materials and materials in the enterprise's warehouse. Raw materials and materials of enterprises are labor objects purchased from outside or processed by themselves for production and business purposes of enterprises. Raw materials and materials reflected in this account are classified as follows:

– Raw materials, main materials: These are raw materials and materials that, when involved in the production process, constitute the physical entity, the main entity of the product. Therefore, the concept of raw materials and main materials is associated with each specific manufacturing enterprise. In commercial and service enterprises, the concept of main materials and auxiliary materials is not set forth. Raw materials and main materials also include semi-finished products purchased from outside for the purpose of continuing the production and manufacturing process.

- Auxiliary materials: These are materials that, when participating in the production process, do not constitute the main entity of the product but can be combined with the main materials to change the color, taste, appearance, and quality. of the product or to facilitate the normal manufacturing process of the product, or to serve the needs of technology, engineering, preservation and packaging; service for the labor process.

- Fuel: These are things that provide heat in the production and business process, creating conditions for the production of products to take place normally. Fuel can exist in liquid, solid and gaseous states.

- Substitute materials: These are the materials used to replace and repair machinery, equipment, means of transport, tools, production tools, etc.

– Basic construction materials and equipment: Materials and equipment used for basic construction work. For basic construction equipment, including equipment that needs to be installed or not, tools, tools and structural objects used to be installed in basic construction works.

b) Accounting for input, output and inventory of raw materials and materials on account 152 must be performed according to the original cost principle specified in the standard “Inventories”. Contents of the original prices of raw materials and materials are determined depending on each source of import.

– Original price of raw materials and materials purchased from outside, including: Purchase price stated on the invoice, import tax, excise tax, VAT on imported goods, payable environmental protection tax (if any), transportation, loading and unloading, preservation costs, classification, insurance, etc. raw materials and materials from the place of purchase to the warehouse of the enterprise, the travel expenses of the purchasing officer, the cost of the independent purchasing department, and other directly related expenses. to the purchase of raw materials and the amount of natural loss in the norm (if any):

+ In case VAT on imported goods is deductible, the value of purchased raw materials is recorded at the purchase price exclusive of VAT. If VAT on imported goods is not deductible, the value of purchased raw materials includes VAT.

+ For raw materials, materials purchased in foreign currency shall comply with the provisions of Article 69 - guidance on accounting methods for exchange rate differences.

– Original price of raw materials, self-processed materials, including: Actual price of raw materials for processing and processing costs.

– Original price of raw materials and materials outsourced for processing, including: Actual price of raw materials, outsourced materials for processing, costs of transporting materials to the processing place and from the processing place to the enterprise, outsourced processing fee.

– Original price of raw materials received for joint venture capital contribution, shares is the value agreed upon by the parties to the joint venture.

c) Calculation of the value of raw materials in stock shall be done by one of the following methods:

– The no-name pricing method;

– Weighted average method after each entry or at the end of the period;

- First-in, first-out method.

Which valuation method the enterprise chooses, must ensure consistency throughout the accounting year.

d) Detailed accounting of raw materials and materials must be made according to each warehouse, each type, each group, type of raw material and materials. In case an enterprise uses the accounting price in the detailed accounting of import and export of raw materials and materials, at the end of the accounting period, the difference between the actual price and the accounting price of raw materials must be calculated for calculation. the actual cost of raw materials, exported materials used in the period according to the following formula:

dd) Not recorded in this account for raw materials not under the ownership of the enterprise such as materials received for custody, raw materials received for processing, materials received from the import-export entrustment party. password…

2. Structure and contents of account 152 – Raw materials and materials

Debtor:

- Actual value of raw materials and materials in stock due to purchase from outside, self-manufacturing, outsourcing, processing, capital contribution or other sources;

- Value of raw materials, excess materials discovered during inventory;

- Carrying forward the actual value of raw materials and materials in stock at the end of the period (in case the enterprise accounts for inventory by the periodic inventory method).

Yes Party:

- Actual value of raw materials and materials exported from warehouses used in production, business, for sale, outsourced for processing, or used for capital contribution;

- The value of raw materials and materials returned to the seller or discounted for purchased goods;

- Trade discount for raw materials and materials when purchased;

- Value of lost and lost raw materials and materials discovered during inventory;

- Carrying forward the actual value of raw materials and materials in stock at the beginning of the period (in case the enterprise accounts for inventory by the periodic inventory method).

Debit side balance:

Actual value of raw materials and materials in stock at the end of the period.

3. Accounting method for some major economic transactions

3.1. In case the enterprise accounts for inventories according to the regular declaration method.

a) When purchasing raw materials and materials for warehousing, according to invoices, warehouse receipts and relevant documents, reflecting the value of warehoused raw materials and materials:

– If input VAT is deductible, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 152 – Raw materials (purchase price exclusive of VAT)

Dr 133 – Deductible VAT (1331)

There are accounts 111, 112, 141, 331,… (total payment price).

– If input VAT is not deductible, the value of raw materials includes VAT.

b) Accounting for materials returned to the seller, trade discounts or sales discounts received when purchasing raw materials:

- In case of returning raw materials to the seller, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 331 – Payables to sellers

Cr 152 – Raw materials, materials

Account 133 – Deductible VAT.

- In case the commercial discount or sale price reduction received after purchasing raw materials (including fines for breach of economic contract, which substantially reduces the value to be paid by the buyer), the The accountant must base on the fluctuation of raw materials to allocate the amount of trade discount or sale discount to be entitled to based on the amount of raw materials in stock, the quantity used for production of products or for operations. construction investment or identified as consumption during the period:

Debts of accounts 111, 112, 331,….

Cr 152 – Raw materials and materials (if raw materials are still in stock)

Accounts 621, 623, 627, 154 (if exported materials are used for production)

Cr 241 – Construction in progress (if exported materials are used for construction investment)

Cr 632 – Cost of goods sold (if the products made up of such raw materials have been determined to be sold in the period)

Cr 641, 642 (NVL used for sales and management activities)

Cr 133 – Deductible VAT (1331) (if any).

c) In case the enterprise has received the purchase invoice but the raw materials and materials have not been delivered to the enterprise's warehouse, the accountant shall save the invoice in a separate file "Purchased goods in transit".

– If the goods arrive in the month, based on the invoice, the warehouse receipt to record into account 152 “Raw materials and materials”.

– If by the end of the month, raw materials and materials have not been returned, based on the invoice, the accountant shall record according to the provisional price:

Dr 151 – Purchased goods are on the way

Dr 133 – Deductible VAT (1331)

Cr 331 – Payables to sellers; or

Cr 111, 112, 141, ...

- Next month, when raw materials and materials are stocked, based on invoices and warehouse receipts, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 152 – Raw materials, materials

Cr 151 – Purchased goods are on the way.

d) When paying to the seller, if the payment discount is granted, the actual payment discount will be recognized in financial income, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 331 – Payables to sellers

Cr 515 – Revenue from financial activities (discount payment).

dd) For imported raw materials and materials:

- When importing raw materials, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 152 – Raw materials, materials

Cr 331 – Payable to the seller

Account 3331 – VAT payable (33312) (if input VAT on imported goods is not deductible)

Cr 3332- Special consumption tax (if any).

Cr 3333 – Import and export tax (import tax details).

Cr 33381 – Environmental protection tax.

- If input VAT on imported goods is deductible, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 133 – Deductible VAT

Account 3331 – VAT payable (33312).

– In case of purchase of raw materials with advance payment to the seller in a foreign currency, the value of raw materials corresponding to the prepaid amount is recorded at the actual exchange rate at the time of advance. The unpaid portion of raw materials in foreign currency is recorded at the actual exchange rate at the time of raw material purchase.

e) Expenses for purchasing, loading and unloading and transporting raw materials and materials from the place of purchase to the enterprise warehouse, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 152 – Raw materials, materials

Dr 133 – Deductible VAT (1331)

There are accounts 111, 112, 141, 331,…

g) For raw materials and materials imported to warehouses that are outsourced for processing:

- When exporting raw materials or materials for processing, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 154 – Unfinished production and business expenses

Cr 152 – Raw materials, materials.

- When incurring expenses for outsourcing outsourcing, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 154 – Unfinished production and business expenses

Dr 133 – Deductible VAT (1331) (if any)

There are accounts 111, 112, 131, 141,…

- When re-entering the warehouse the number of raw materials and materials outsourced to be processed or processed, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 152 – Raw materials, materials

Cr 154 – Production and business expenses in progress.

h) For raw materials and materials imported from the warehouse because they are homemade:

- When releasing raw materials and materials for self-processing, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 154 – Unfinished production and business expenses

Cr 152 – Raw materials, materials.

- When importing raw materials, homemade materials, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 152 – Raw materials, materials

Cr 154 – Production and business expenses in progress.

i) For excess raw materials and materials discovered during inventory and the cause has been identified, the excess cause shall be recorded in the book; if the cause cannot be determined, the excess raw material value shall be based on the value of excess raw materials and materials. , take note:

Dr 152 – Raw materials, materials

Cr 338 – Other payables and payables (3381).

- When there is a decision to handle raw materials, excess materials detected in the inventory, based on the handling decision, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 338 – Other payables and payables (3381)

There are related accounts.

– If it is determined right after the inventory of raw materials, excess materials belong to other enterprises, when they have not been recorded as an increase in account 152, they will not be recorded in the Credit account 338 (3381), but the enterprise actively records and follows them. tracked in the management system and presented in the notes to the financial statements.

k) When stocking raw materials and materials used in production and business, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Debits to accounts 621, 623, 627, 641, 642,...

Cr 152 – Raw materials, materials.

l) Exporting raw materials and materials used for capital construction investment or major repair of fixed assets, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 241 – Construction in progress

Cr 152 – Raw materials, materials.

m) For raw materials and materials used to contribute capital to subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates: When exporting raw materials and materials, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr. 221, 222 (according to revaluation value)

Dr 811 – Other expenses (revaluated price is less than book value)

Cr 152 – Raw materials (according to book value)

Cr 711 – Other income (revalued price is greater than book value).

n) When exporting raw materials and materials used to redeem capital contributions in subsidiaries, joint ventures or associates, the following accounts shall be recorded:

– To recognize revenue from selling raw materials and investments in subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Drs 221, 222 (according to fair value)

Cr 511 – Revenue from sale of goods and provision of services

Account 3331 – Output VAT payable.

– Record cost of raw materials used to buy back contributed capital in subsidiaries, joint ventures, associates, record

Dr 632 – Cost of goods sold

Cr 152 – Raw materials, materials.

o) For raw materials, missing materials detected during inventory:

Every case of shortage of raw materials or materials in the warehouse or at the place of management and preservation detected during the inventory must make a record and trace the cause and identify the offender. Based on the inventory record and handling decision of the competent authority to record in accounting books:

- If by mistake or not in the books, it is necessary to make additional entries or readjust the data in the accounting books;

– If the value of wasted materials and materials is within the allowable loss range (material loss in the norm), the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 632 – Cost of goods sold

Cr 152 – Raw materials, materials.

- If the loss or loss of which the cause has not yet been determined must be handled, based on the loss value, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 138 – Other receivables (1381 – Debt pending assets)

Cr 152 – Raw materials, materials.

- When there is a handling decision, based on the decision, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 111 – Cash (the offender pays compensation)

Dr 138 – Other receivables (1388) (compensation of the offender)

Dr 334 – Payables to employees (minus wages of offenders)

Dr 632 – Cost of goods sold (the remaining value of loss and loss of raw materials and materials must be included in cost of goods sold)

Cr 138 – Other receivables (1381 – Shortage of assets pending).

p) For stagnant raw materials and scrap, it is not necessary to use:

- When liquidating, transferring and selling raw materials and scrap, the cost price shall be recorded as follows:

Dr 632 – Cost of goods sold

Cr 152 – Raw materials, materials.

- When recording revenue from selling raw materials and scrap, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr. 111, 112, 131

Cr 511 – Revenue from sale of goods and provision of services (5118)

Cr 333 – Taxes and other payables to the State.

3.2. In case the enterprise accounts for inventory according to the periodic inventory method.

a) At the beginning of the period, when carrying forward the value of raw materials and materials in stock at the beginning of the period, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 611 – Purchases

Cr 152 – Raw materials, materials.

b) At the end of the period, based on the inventory results to determine the value of raw materials and materials in stock at the end of the period, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 152 – Raw materials, materials

Account 611 – Purchase.

Article 26. Account 153 – Tools and instruments

1. Accounting principles

a) This account is used to record the current value and the increase or decrease of tools and instruments of the enterprise. Tools and instruments are labor materials that do not meet the standards on value and duration of use prescribed for fixed assets. Therefore, tools and instruments are managed and accounted for as raw materials. According to current regulations, the following labor documents, if they do not meet the criteria for recognition of fixed assets, are recorded as tools and instruments:

- Scaffolding, formwork, tools, specialized mounting tools for construction production;

- Packages sold with goods are charged separately, but in the process of preserving goods transported on the road and stored in warehouses, the value of wear and tear is calculated to gradually deduct the value of the packaging;

- Tools and utensils made of glass, crockery and porcelain;

- Management means, office supplies;

– Clothes and shoes used for working, …

b) Accounting for import, export and inventory of tools and instruments on account 153 is performed at cost. The principle of determining the original cost of inventory of tools and tools is the same as that of raw materials (see explanation in Account 152).

c) The calculation of the value of inventory tools and instruments is also done by one of the following three methods:

- First in first out;

– Actual facts;

- Equality in family.

d) Detailed accounting of tools and instruments must be made according to each warehouse, each type, each group, each type of tool and tool. Output tools and instruments used for production, business or lease must be tracked in kind and their value in detailed accounting books according to the place of use, the lessee and the person responsible for the material. For tools and instruments of great value and rarity, special preservation methods are required.

dd) For tools and implements of small value when exported for production and business, the entire amount must be recorded once in production and business expenses.

e) In case tools, tools, packaging are rotated, utensils are leased out for use or leased related to production and business activities for many accounting periods, they shall be recorded to account 242 “Expenses prepaid” and gradually allocated to production and business expenses.

g) Instruments and instruments related to transactions in foreign currencies shall comply with the provisions of Article 69 – guidance on accounting methods for exchange rate differences.

2. Structure and contents of account 153 – Tools and instruments

Debtor:

- Actual value of tools, tools imported from warehouse, purchased from outside, homemade, outsourced processing, received capital contribution;

- Value of rental tools and tools to be re-entered into the warehouse;

- Actual value of redundant tools and instruments discovered during inventory;

- Carrying forward the actual value of the tools and supplies in stock at the end of the period (in case the enterprise accounts for the inventory using the periodic inventory method).

Yes Party:

- Actual value of tools and instruments out of stock used for production, business, lease or capital contribution;

- Trade discount when buying tools, enjoy tools;

- Value of tools, tools returned to the seller or discounted by the seller;

- Value of tools, missing tools detected in the inventory;

- Carrying forward the actual value of the tools and supplies in stock at the beginning of the period (in case the enterprise accounts for the inventory using the periodic inventory method).

Debit side balance: Actual value of inventory tools and instruments.

Account 153 – Tools, tools, has 4 level 2 accounts:

– Account 1531 – Tools and instruments: Reflects the current value and fluctuations of tools and instruments.

– Account 1532 – Rotating packaging: Reflects the current value and fluctuations of the types of packaging used for production and business of the enterprise. Rotating packaging is a type of packaging used many times, for many production and business cycles. The value of packaging in circulation when exported and used is gradually allocated to production and business expenses of many accounting periods.

– Account 1533 – Rental equipment : Reflects the existing value and fluctuations of tools and specialized tools used by enterprises for leasing. Only account in this account for tools and equipment purchased by the enterprise for the purpose of leasing. , business of the enterprise, in addition to accounting on the level 1531 account, must also record the transfer of tools and tools on the level 1 account.

– Account 1534 – Equipment and spare parts: Reflects the current value and changes of equipment and spare parts that do not meet the standards of fixed assets used for production and business of the enterprise. The value of equipment and spare parts that can be used immediately upon export shall be included in production and business expenses or gradually allocated to production and business expenses if they are used as tools or instruments.

3. Accounting method for some major economic transactions

3.1. In case the enterprise accounts for inventories according to the regular declaration method.

a) When buying tools and tools for storage, if input VAT is deductible, the value of the tools and tools is reflected at the purchase price exclusive of VAT, based on invoices, warehouse receipts and other documents. relevant documents, record:

Dr 153 – Tools and supplies (prices exclusive of VAT)

Dr 133 – Deductible VAT (input VAT) (1331)

There are accounts 111, 112, 141, 331,… (total payment price).

If input VAT is not deductible, the value of purchased tools and equipment includes VAT.

b) In case the commercial discount or sale price reduction received after purchasing the tool (including fines for breach of the economic contract, which substantially reduces the value to be paid by the buyer) then the accountant must base on the fluctuation of tools and instruments to allocate the amount of trade discount or sale price reduction to be entitled to based on the number of tools and tools in stock or the quantity that has been exported for the operation. production and business activities:

Debts of accounts 111, 112, 331,….

Cr 153 – Tools and instruments (if tools and tools are still in stock)

Cr 154 – Production and business expenses in progress (if tools have been exported)

used for production and business) Cr 641, 642 (if exported tools are used for sales and business management)

Cr 242 – Prepaid expenses (if amortized)

Cr 632 – Cost of goods sold (if the products made up of such tools and instruments have been determined to be sold during the period)

Cr 133 – Deductible VAT (1331) (if any).

c) When returning purchased tools and instruments to the seller, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 331 – Payables to sellers

Cr 153 – Tools, tools (value of tools, tools returned)

Cr 133 – Deductible VAT (if any) (input VAT of tools and tools returned to the seller).

d) Reflecting the payment discount to be enjoyed (if any), the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 331 – Payables to sellers

Cr 515 – Revenue from financial activities.

dd) Exporting tools and instruments used for production and business:

– If the value of tools, instruments, circulating packaging, rental equipment related to an accounting period is included in one-time production and business expenses, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Debits to accounts 623, 627, 641, 642

Cr 153 – Tools and instruments (1531, 1532).

– If the value of tools, instruments, circulating packaging, rental equipment related to many accounting periods is gradually amortized to production and business expenses, the following accounts shall be recorded:

+ When exporting tools, instruments, rotating packaging, rental equipment, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 242 – Prepaid expenses

Cr 153 – Tools and instruments.

+ When allocating to production and business expenses for each accounting period, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Debits to accounts 623, 627, 641,642,…

Account 242 – Prepaid expenses.

- To record revenue from rental of tools and instruments, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Debits to accounts 111, 112, 131,…

Cr 511 – Revenue from sale of goods and provision of services (5113)

Account 3331 – VAT payable (33311).

– When receiving the rental tools and equipment, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 153 – Tools and instruments (1533)

Cr 242 – Prepaid expenses (remaining value not included in expenses).

g) For imported tools and instruments:

– When importing tools and instruments, record:

Dr 153 – Tools and instruments

Cr 331 – Payable to the seller

Account 3331 – VAT payable (33312) (if input VAT on imported goods is not deductible)

Cr 3332- Special consumption tax (if any).

Cr 3333 – Import and export tax (import tax details)

Cr 33381 – Environmental protection tax.

- If input VAT on imported goods is deductible, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 133 – Deductible VAT

Account 3331 – VAT payable (33312).

- In case of purchase of tools and instruments with prepayment to the seller in a foreign currency, the value of the tools and tools corresponding to the prepaid amount is recorded at the actual exchange rate at the time of application. prior to. The unpaid value of tools and instruments in foreign currencies is recorded at the actual exchange rate at the time of purchase of tools and instruments.

h) When the inventory detects that tools and tools are redundant, missing, lost or damaged, the accountant shall handle them similarly to raw materials (see Account 152).

i) For tools, tools that do not need to be used:

- When liquidating or selling accounting tools and instruments, the cost cost is recorded:

Dr 632 – Cost of goods sold

Cr 153 – Tools and instruments.

- When recording revenue from selling tools and instruments, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr. 111, 112, 131

Cr 511 – Revenue from sale of goods and provision of services (5118)

Cr 333 – Taxes and other payables to the State.

3.2. In case the enterprise accounts for inventory according to the periodic inventory method.

a) At the beginning of the accounting period, when carrying forward the actual value of tools and supplies in stock at the beginning of the period, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 611 – Purchases

Cr 153 – Tools and instruments.

b) At the end of the accounting period, based on the inventory results to determine the value of tools and supplies in stock at the end of the period, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 153 – Tools and instruments

Account 611 – Purchase.

Article 27. Account 154 – Production and business in progress

1. Accounting principles

a) This account is used to record the total cost of production and business in service of calculating the cost of products and services in enterprises applying the regular declaration method in accounting for inventories. In enterprises that apply the periodic inventory method in accounting for inventories, account 154 only reflects the actual value of products and services in progress at the end of the period.

b) Account 154 “Production and business in progress” records production and business expenses incurred in the period; production and business costs of the volume of products and services completed in the period; costs of production and business in progress at the beginning and end of the period of main and auxiliary production and business activities and outsourced processing in manufacturing enterprises or in service businesses. Account 154 also reflects production and business costs of production, processing, or service provision activities of commercial enterprises, if these types of activities are organized.

c) Production and business expenses recorded on account 154 must be detailed according to the location where the costs are incurred (workshops, production departments, production teams, construction sites,...); by type, product group, or product detail, division; by type of service or by each service stage.

d) Production and business expenses recorded in account 154 include the following expenses:

- Cost of direct materials and materials;

- Direct labor costs;

– Expenses for using construction machines (for construction and installation activities);

- General production costs.

dd) Costs of raw materials, materials, labor costs in excess of the normal level and unallocated fixed production overheads shall not be included in the value of inventories but must be included in the cost of goods sold of the next period. maths.

e) At the end of the period, allocate and transfer fixed production overheads to processing costs for each product unit according to normal capacity (Cr 627, Dr 154). In case the actual production level is lower than the normal capacity, the accountant must calculate and determine the fixed general production cost to be allocated to the processing cost for each product unit according to the normal capacity. . Unallocated fixed production overheads (not included in product costs) are recognized in cost of goods sold during the period (Cr. 627, Dr. 632). Variable manufacturing overhead is fully allocated to the processing cost per unit of product according to the actual costs incurred.

g) Failing to record into account 154 the following expenses:

- Selling expenses;

- Enterprise Cost Management;

- Financial expenses;

- Other costs;

– Corporate income tax expenses;

- Non-business expenses, project expenses;

- Expenses for capital construction investment;

– Expenses to be covered by other sources.

2. The method of applying account 154 in the industry

a) Account 154 – “Expenses of production and business in progress” applied in the industry is used to collect, aggregate production costs and calculate product costs of workshops or production divisions. product manufacturing. For manufacturing enterprises that outsource outsourcing, processing, providing labor and services to outside parties or serving the production of products, the costs of these activities are also included in the account. 154.

b) Only the following expenses may be recorded in account 154:

- Cost of direct materials and materials for the production and manufacture of products;

– Direct labor costs for the production and manufacture of products;

- General production costs directly serving the production and manufacturing of products.

c) Account 154 in industrial production enterprises is recorded in detail by location where costs are incurred (workshop, production division), by type, product group, product, or division details. product.

d) For industrial production enterprises that have outsourced outsourcing, processing, provision of services or services, or for the production of products, the costs of this activity shall also be collected. merged into account 154.

3. Method of application of account 154 in agriculture

a) Account 154 “Expenses of production and business in progress” applied in the agricultural sector is used to collect total production costs and calculate product costs of farming, product processing or service activities. agricultural service. This account must be accounted for in detail by agribusiness (cultivation, breeding, processing, etc.), by location where costs are incurred (workshop, production team, ...) types of seedlings and each type of product, each product or service.

b) Actual production costs of agricultural products are determined at the end of the harvest season, or at the end of the year. Products harvested in any year will calculate the cost in that year, which means that the costs will be spent this year, but only after harvesting the products, the next year will calculate the cost.

c) For the cultivation industry, expenses must be accounted in detail according to 3 types of trees:

- Short-term crops (rice, potatoes, cassava,...);

- Plants are harvested once and many times (pineapple, banana, ...);

– Perennial plants (tea, coffee, rubber, pepper, fruit trees, ...).

For crops that grow 2 or 3 crops in a year, or are planted this year, harvested next year, or have both a new planting area and an area of ​​care and harvest in the same year, etc. must be based on the actual situation to record and clearly reflect the costs of this crop with another, of this area with another area, of the previous year with this year and next year, etc.

d) Failure to record in this account expenses for reclamation, new planting and care of perennial plants in the construction period, selling expenses, administrative expenses, financial operating expenses, and other expenses. .

dd) In principle, production costs of crop production are recorded in detail to the debit side of account 154 "Costs of production and business in progress" according to each expense collection object. For some types of expenses related to many accounting objects, or related to many cases or periods, they must be reflected in separate accounts and then allocated to the cost of related products. Important factors such as: Cost of irrigation, cost of land preparation and new planting in the first year of crops once, harvested many times (this cost is not part of capital construction investment), ...

e) On the same cultivated area, if two or more types of short-term agricultural crops are intercropped, the costs incurred directly related to which type of tree shall be collected separately for that type of tree (such as: Seeds and seeds). seeds, costs of planting, harvesting, ...), costs incurred in common for many types of plants (costs of plowing, irrigation, etc.) are collected separately and distributed to each type of tree according to the sown area. planted, or according to a suitable criterion.

g) For perennial plants, the process from land preparation, planting and tending to the beginning of production (collecting, divination) is accounted for as the process of capital construction investment to form fixed assets. expenses in Account 241 "Construction in progress". Expenses for perennial orchards in the production and business process include costs for care and harvesting.

h) When accounting for livestock production costs on account 154, it is necessary to pay attention to the following points:

- The cost of livestock production must be detailed for each type of livestock production (such as raising cattle, raising pigs, etc.), for each group or each type of cattle and poultry;

- Baby animals of basic or fat-raised herds born after separating from their mothers may open separate detailed monitoring books according to actual costs;

– For basic animals, when they are eliminated, they will be converted into large and fat-raised animals, which shall be recorded to account 154 according to the residual value of the basic animals;

– Objects for calculating cost in the livestock industry are: 1 kg of fresh milk, 1 standard cow, the cost of 1 kg of meat increases, the cost of 1 kg of live meat, the cost of 1 day/animal, etc.

i) The cost of raw materials, direct labor costs that are above the normal level, and fixed manufacturing overheads that are not allocated are not included in the product cost but are included in the cost of goods sold of the period. accountant.

4. Method of applying account 154 in the service industry

a) Account 154 “Expenses of production and business in progress” applies to service businesses such as: transportation, post office, tourism, service, etc. This account is used to collect total costs (raw materials, direct materials, direct labor, manufacturing overhead) and calculate the cost of the volume of services performed.

b) For the transport industry, this account is used to collect costs and calculate the cost of road transport (car, tram, transport by other rudimentary means...) railway transport, waterways, airways, pipeline transport, etc. Account 154 applicable to the transportation industry must be opened in detail for each type of activity (passenger transport, freight transport, etc.) business or service business.

c) During the transportation process, the tires are worn out at a faster rate than the front end, so they often have to be replaced many times, but the value of the replacement tires is not included in the transportation cost immediately after being used. replaced, but must be gradually moved every month. Therefore, every month, automobile transport enterprises are entitled to deduct the cost of tires and tubes into their transport costs (payable costs) according to the provisions of the current financial regime.

d) The cost of raw materials, materials, direct labor costs that are above the normal level and the part of fixed general production costs that are not allocated are not included in the product cost but are included in the cost of goods. sales of the accounting period.

dd) For tourism business, this account is opened in detail according to each type of activity such as: tour guide, hotel business, tourist transport business, etc.

e) In hotel business, account 154 must be opened in detail according to each type of service such as: Food, drink, room service, entertainment services, other services (laundry, ironing, etc.) haircut, telegraph, sports, etc.).

5. Method of applying account 154 in the construction industry

a) For construction and installation business activities, only the method of accounting for inventories according to the method of regular declaration shall be applied, not the method of accounting for inventories according to the method of periodic inventory, so the 154 is used to collect production and business costs, serving the calculation of production costs of industrial construction products and services of construction and installation enterprises.

b) The cost of direct raw materials, direct materials, direct labor costs that are above the normal level and the unallocated fixed general production costs are not included in the cost of construction works but are accounted for. cost of goods sold for the accounting period.

c) This account in the Construction industry has 4 level 2 accounts:

– Account 1541 – Construction: Used to collect costs, calculate production costs of construction products and reflect the value of work in progress at the end of the period;

– Account 1542 – Other products: Used to collect costs, calculate production costs of other products and reflect the value of other work in progress at the end of the period (finished products, construction components,...);

– Account 1543 – Services: Used to collect costs, calculate service costs and reflect the cost of services in progress at the end of the period;

– Account 1544 – Construction and installation warranty expenses: Used to collect warranty costs for construction and installation works actually incurred in the period and value of construction and unfinished warranty works at the end of the period.

d) The collection of production costs and calculation of construction and installation product costs must be based on each work, work item and cost item specified in the construction and installation estimate, including:

- Cost of materials;

- Labor costs;

- Expenses for using construction machines;

- General expenses.

Particularly, general expenses are collected on the debit side of Account 1541 "Construction": Only general costs incurred at the contractor team or construction site are included. Management expenses of construction and installation enterprises (which are part of general expenses) are collected on the debit side of account 642 "Business administration expenses". This cost will be transferred to the debit side of account 911 “Determination of business results” participating in the cost of all construction products completed and sold during the period.

dd) Real estate construction investors use this account to collect costs for construction of finished real estate products. In case real estate is built for multiple purposes (for office, for rent or for sale, for example, a mixed-use apartment building), the following principles must be followed:

– If there are sufficient grounds to separately account or determine the proportion of the cost of construction of real estate for sale (finished real estate products) and the cost of construction of real estate for lease or office use ( Fixed assets or investment properties) must be recorded separately in Account 154, the cost of construction of finished real estate products. Construction cost of fixed assets or investment property is recorded separately in Account 241 – Construction in progress.

– In case it is not possible to separately account or determine the proportion of construction costs for finished components of real estate, fixed assets or investment real estate, the accounting costs incurred directly related to the investment shall be recorded. construction investment on account 241. When the work or project is completed, handed over and put into use, the accountants shall base on the actual way of using assets to transfer the construction investment costs in accordance with the nature of the project. each asset class.

6. Structure and contents of account 154 – Production and business in progress

Debtor:

- Costs of direct materials, direct materials, direct labor costs, costs of using construction machines, manufacturing overheads incurred in the period related to product production and service performance costs. ;

– Costs of direct materials, direct materials, direct labor costs, costs of using construction machines, general production costs incurred in the period related to the cost of construction products or construction costs. construction and installation according to internal contract prices;

- Carrying forward the cost of production and business in progress at the end of the period (in case the enterprise accounts for inventories according to the periodic inventory method).

Yes Party:

– Actual production cost of finished products, which are stored, transported for sale, consumed internally or used immediately in construction activities;

- Cost of production of finished construction and installation products, partially handed over, or sold in whole during the period; or handed over to the main contractor for construction and installation (superior or internal); or the cost of finished construction and installation products waiting for consumption;

– Actual cost of completed service volume provided to customers;

- Value of recovered scrap, value of damaged products that cannot be repaired;

- Value of raw materials, materials and processed goods that have been re-entered into the warehouse;

– Reflects the cost of raw materials, labor costs in excess of normal levels and unallocated fixed manufacturing overheads that are not included in the inventory value but must be included in the cost of goods sold of the accounting period. . For an enterprise that manufactures to order, or an enterprise with a long production cycle for which the fixed manufacturing overhead is transferred every accounting period to account 154 until the product is completed, it can be determined. Fixed production overheads are not included in the inventory value but must be included in the cost of goods sold (Cr 154, Dr 632);

- Carrying forward the cost of production and business in progress at the beginning of the period (in case the enterprise accounts for inventory using the periodic inventory method).

Debit side balance: Unfinished production and business expenses at the end of the period.

7. Accounting method for some major economic transactions in Industry

7.1. In case of accounting for inventory using the perpetual declaration method

a) At the end of the period, the direct cost of raw materials and materials shall be transferred to each cost object, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 154 – Unfinished production and business expenses

Dr 632 – Cost of goods sold (above normal cost of raw materials)

Cr 621 – Cost of direct materials.

b) At the end of the period, accountants transfer direct labor costs for each object of cost collection, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 154 – Unfinished production and business expenses

Dr 632 – Cost of goods sold (labor costs above normal)

Cr 622 – Direct labor costs.

c) In case the actual production level is higher or equal to the normal capacity, at the end of the period, the accountant shall calculate, allocate and transfer all the general production costs (general production variable and fixed manufacturing overhead) for each cost object, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 154 – Unfinished production and business expenses

Cr 627 – General production costs.

d) In case the actual production level is lower than the normal capacity, the accountant must calculate and determine the fixed general production cost which is allocated to the processing cost for each product unit according to the capacity level. normal. Unallocated fixed manufacturing overhead (not included in the product cost) the difference between the actual total fixed manufacturing overhead costs and the fixed manufacturing overhead included in the production cost products) is recognized in cost of goods sold in the period, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 154 – Unfinished production and business expenses

Dr 632 – Cost of goods sold (fixed manufacturing overhead not allocated to product cost)

Cr 627- General production costs.

dd) Value of outsourced raw materials and materials for re-processing and re-entering the warehouse, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 152 – Raw materials, materials

Cr 154 – Production and business expenses in progress.

e) Value of damaged products that cannot be repaired, the person causing damage to damaged products must compensate, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 138 – Other receivables (1388)

Dr 334 – Payables to employees

Cr 154 – Production and business expenses in progress.

g) For enterprises with long production and business cycles, in the accounting period, the cost of direct materials, direct materials, direct labor costs and general production costs has been transferred to account 154, when can determine the cost of raw materials, materials, direct labor costs in excess of the normal level and fixed general production costs not included in the product cost, accounting reflects the cost of raw materials, materials, labor costs exceeding normal levels and fixed production overheads which are not allocated (not included in the value of inventories) but must be included in the cost of goods sold of the accounting period, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 632 – Cost of goods sold

Cr 154 – Production and business expenses in progress (in case expenses have been transferred from Account 621, 622, 627 to Account 154).

h) Cost of products actually stocked in the period, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 155 – Finished products

Cr 154 – Production and business expenses in progress.

i) In case the manufactured products are used for immediate internal consumption or continue to be exported for capital construction activities without going through the warehouse, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr. 641, 642, 241

Cr 154 – Production and business expenses in progress.

k) In case, after the raw materials have been released into production, if they receive a commercial discount or a reduction in the sale price (including fines for breach of an economic contract, which substantially reduces the value of payable by the purchaser) related to such raw materials, the accountant shall record a reduction in the cost of production in progress for the portion of trade discount or sale price reduction to be enjoyed in proportion to the quantity of raw materials exported for production. Production of work in progress:

Debts of accounts 111, 112, 331,….

Cr 154 – Production and business expenses in progress (trade discounts, sales discounts are enjoyed in proportion to the amount of raw materials exported used to produce work in progress)

Cr 133 – Deductible VAT (1331) (if any).

l) Accounting for trial production:

– The production costs of trial products are collected on account 154 as for other products. When recalling (selling, liquidating) trial products, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr. 111, 112, 131

Cr 154 – Production and business expenses in progress

Account 3331 – VAT payable (if any).

- Transferring the difference between trial production costs and the amount recovered from the sale and liquidation of trial production products:

+ If the cost of trial production is higher than the amount recovered from the sale or liquidation of trial-produced products, an increase in the value of construction investment assets shall be recorded, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 241 – Construction in progress

Cr 154 – Production and business expenses in progress.

+ If the cost of trial production is smaller than the amount recovered from the sale or liquidation of trial production products, a decrease in the value of construction investment assets shall be recorded, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 154 – Unfinished business expenses

Account 241 – Construction in progress.

m) In case the product is finished producing, it is not stored in warehouse but transferred directly to the buyer (electricity, water, etc.), the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 632 – Cost of goods sold

Cr 154 – Production and business expenses in progress.

7.2. In case of accounting for inventory using the periodic inventory method:

a) At the end of the accounting period, based on the actual inventory results, determine the actual value of production and business costs in progress and carry out the transfer, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 154 – Unfinished production and business expenses

Cr 631 – Production cost.

b) At the beginning of the accounting period, when actual costs of production and business in progress are transferred, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 631 – Production cost

Cr 154 – Production and business expenses in progress.

8. Accounting method for some major economic transactions in the Agriculture sector

8.1. In case of accounting for inventory using the perpetual declaration method

a) At the end of the period, accountants calculate and transfer direct raw materials costs according to the object of collection of production and business expenses, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 154 – Unfinished production and business expenses

Dr 632 – Cost of goods sold (above normal cost of raw materials)

Cr 621 – Cost of direct materials.

b) At the end of the period, accountants calculate and transfer direct labor costs for each object of cost collection, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 154 – Unfinished production and business expenses

Dr 632 – Cost of goods sold (labor costs above normal)

Cr 622 – Direct labor costs.

c) At the end of the period, the accountant shall calculate, allocate and transfer the general production cost for each object of cost collection, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 154 – Unfinished production and business expenses

Dr 632 – Cost of goods sold (fixed manufacturing overhead not allocated to product cost)

Cr 627 – General production costs.

d) Value of recovered by-products, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 152 – Raw materials, materials

Cr 154 – Production and business expenses in progress.

dd) Value of recovered scrap, raw materials and raw materials outsourced for processing and then re-entered into the warehouse, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 152 – Raw materials, materials

Cr 154 – Production and business expenses in progress.

e) Value of young livestock and fattening animals converted to working animals, or breeding animals, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 211 – Tangible fixed assets (2116 )

Cr 154 – Production and business expenses in progress.

g) Actual production cost of products that have been manufactured, stored or immediately consumed, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 155 – Finished products

Dr 632 – Cost of goods sold

Cr 154 – Production and business expenses in progress.

h) In case the manufactured products are used for internal consumption without going through the warehouse, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr. 641, 642, 241

Cr 154 – Production and business expenses in progress.

8.2. In case of accounting for inventory using the periodic inventory method:

The method of accounting for some major economic activities in account 154 in Agriculture is similar to that of Industry.

9. Accounting method for some major economic transactions in the service business industry

The accounting method for some major economic activities in account 154 in service businesses is similar to that of industry. Also note:

a) The actual cost-to-price transfer of the service volume completed and transferred to the buyer and determined to be sold during the period, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 632 – Cost of goods sold

Cr 154 – Production and business expenses in progress.

b) When using services for internal consumption, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr. 641, 642

Cr 154 – Production and business expenses in progress.

10. Accounting method for some major economic transactions in the construction industry

10.1. Method of accounting for collection of construction and installation costs (Debit side to account 1541 “Construction”):

a) Accounting for direct materials and materials:

- Direct materials and materials cost items include: Actual value of main materials, auxiliary materials, components or loose parts, circulating materials participating in constituting the construction product entity. , install or assist in the implementation and completion of the construction and installation volume (excluding auxiliary materials for machinery, construction vehicles and materials included in the general cost).

- Principles of accounting for direct materials and materials items: Raw materials and materials used for the construction of any work item must be directly calculated for the product of that work item on the basis of original documents according to the number actual quantity used and at actual ex-warehousing price (weighted average price; First-in, first-out, actual named price).

- At the end of the accounting period or when the work is completed, inventory the remaining materials at the place of production (if any) to record the deduction of the cost of raw materials and materials directly exported for the work.

- In the fact that the actual production and installation does not allow direct cost of raw materials and materials for each work or work item, the enterprise may apply the method of allocating materials to the users. according to reasonable criteria (proportion with consumption norms of raw materials, materials, ...).

- Based on the table of material allocation for each work, work item, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 154 – Production and business in progress (material costs)

Dr 632 – Cost of goods sold (direct materials cost above normal)

Cr 621 – Cost of direct materials.

b) Direct labor cost entry: Accounting similar to industry

c) Calculating expenses for using construction machines:

– The item of expenses for using construction machines includes: Expenses for construction machines to carry out the volume of construction and installation work by machines. Construction machinery is a type of machine directly serving construction and installation. Those are machines that are powered by steam, diesel, gasoline, electricity, etc. (including machines for construction and installation).

– Expenses for using construction machines include: recurrent costs and temporary costs. Regular expenses for the operation of construction machines, including: Costs of labor to operate the machine, service the machine,...; Cost of materials; Tools and equipment cost; Depreciation expenses of fixed assets; Expenses for services purchased from outside (small repair costs, electricity, water, car insurance, machinery,...); Other expenses in cash.

– Temporary expenses for the operation of construction machines, including: Expenses for major repair of construction machines (overhaul, overhaul, etc.) are not eligible to record an increase in the original cost of construction machines; Temporary construction costs for construction machines (tents, shacks, pedestals, railway tracks, etc.). The temporary costs of the machine may be incurred first (recorded to Debit of Account 242) and then gradually allocated to Debit to Account 623 “Expenses for using construction machines"; Or incurred later, but must be included in production and construction costs in the period (due to the actual use of construction machinery in the period). In this case, the expense must be deducted in advance, credit to account 352 "Reserves payable", debit account 623 "Expenses for using construction machines".

– The collection of costs and the calculation of the cost of using construction machines must be accounted separately for each construction machine (see instructions in Account 623 “Expenses for using construction machines”).

- Based on the table of allocation of costs for using construction machines (actual machine shift costs) calculated for each work, work item, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 154 – Unfinished production and business expenses

Dr 632 – Cost of goods sold (above normal expenses)

Cr 623 – Expenses for using construction machines.

d) Accounting for the item of general production costs:

- General production costs reflect the production costs of the team and construction site, including: Salary of workshop manager, team, construction team; The deduction for social insurance, health insurance, and trade union funding is calculated according to the prescribed ratio on the salary payable to direct construction workers, employees using construction machines and workshop managers. teams; Depreciation of fixed assets used for the team's activities and other expenses related to the team's activities, etc. When these expenses are incurred during the period, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 627 – General production costs

Dr 133 - Deductible VAT (if any).

There are accounts 111, 112, 152, 153, 214, 242, 334, 338,…

– When determining the reserve number to be returned for warranty of construction works, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 627 – General production costs

Cr 352 – Provision for payables.

– When incurring repair and warranty costs, such as costs of raw materials, direct materials, direct labor costs, costs of using construction machines, general production costs, accounting reflects In the relevant expense accounts, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 621 – Cost of direct materials and materials

Dr 622 – Direct labor costs

Dr 623 – Expenses for using construction machines

Dr 627 – General production costs

Dr 133 - Deductible VAT (if any).

There are accounts 112, 152, 153, 214, 331, 334, 338,…

– At the end of the period, the actual costs incurred in the period in terms of raw materials, direct materials, direct labor, costs of using construction machines, general production costs related to repair and maintenance activities. When performing construction and installation works to summarize repair and warranty costs and calculate warranty costs, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 154 – Unfinished production and business expenses

Cr 621 – Cost of direct materials

Cr 622 – Direct labor costs

Cr 623 – Expenses for using construction machines

Cr 627 – General production costs.

– When the repair and warranty work of construction works is completed and handed over to customers, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 352 – Provision for payables

Cr 154 – Production and business expenses in progress.

- At the end of the warranty period for construction works, if the works are not subject to warranty or the reserve payable for warranty for construction works is larger than the actual costs incurred, the difference must be reversed, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 352 – Provision for payables

Cr 711 - Other income.

– At the end of the accounting period, based on the table of distribution of general production costs to allocate and transfer the general production costs to related works and work items (in proportion to labor costs), take note:

Dr 154 – Unfinished production and business expenses

Dr 632 – Cost of goods sold (the unallocated fixed production overheads are not included in the cost of construction works)

Cr 627 – General production costs.

10.2. Method of accounting and transferring construction costs (Corresponding party 1541 “Construction”):

a) The costs of the contract cannot be recovered (for example: Not legally enforceable such as in doubt as to its validity, or the contract for which the customer is unable to perform his obligations. ...) must be recognized immediately as an expense in the period, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 632 – Cost of goods sold

Cr 154 – Production and business expenses in progress.

b) Costs directly related to each contract may be reduced if there are other revenues not included in the contract's revenue. Example: Revenues from the sale of surplus raw materials and materials and the liquidation of construction machinery and equipment at the end of a construction contract:

- When entering the warehouse of raw materials and surplus materials at the end of the construction contract, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 152 – Raw materials (at cost)

Cr 154 – Production and business expenses in progress.

- When the scrap is recovered, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 152 – Raw materials (at recoverable prices)

Cr 154 – Production and business expenses in progress.

– In case the recovered materials and scraps are not sent to warehouse but sold immediately, the income from the sale of surplus materials and scraps shall be recorded as a decrease in expenses:

Debits to accounts 111, 112, 131,… (total payment price)

Account 3331 – VAT payable (33311)

Cr 154 – Production and business expenses in progress.

– Accounting for liquidation of specialized construction machinery and equipment for a construction contract and this fixed asset has been fully depreciated at cost at the end of the construction contract:

+ To reflect revenue from liquidation of construction machinery and equipment, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Debits to accounts 111, 112, 131,…

Account 3331 – VAT payable (33311)

Cr 154 – Production and business expenses in progress.

+ To reflect expenses for liquidation of machinery and equipment (if any), the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 154 – Unfinished production and business expenses

Dr 133 Deductible VAT (1331)

There are accounts 111, 112,…

+ Record a decrease in fully depreciated fixed assets being liquidated specialized construction machinery and equipment, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 214 – Depreciation of fixed assets

Cr 211 – Tangible fixed assets.

c) At the end of the accounting period, based on the production cost of actually completed construction and installation products, it is determined to be sold (partial or complete handover to the Construction Management Board - Party A); or hand over to the main internal contractor:

– In case of handing over to Party A (including handing over the completed construction and installation volume under the internal contract, to the contracted enterprise having its own accounting organization), the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 632 – Cost of goods sold

Cr 154 – Costs of production and business in progress (1541).

– In case of finished construction products awaiting sale (building houses for sale,…) or construction and installation products completed but not yet handed over, based on the cost of finished construction products awaiting sale, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 155 – Finished products

Cr 154 – Production and business in progress (1541).

– In case of handing over completed construction and installation products to the main contractor for construction and installation (superior, internal units – due to the performance of internal construction and installation contract, the contracted unit has its own accounting organization but only accounting for construction and installation costs), the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 336 – Internal payables (3368)

Cr 154 – Production and business in progress (1541).

Article 28. Account 155 – Finished products

1. Accounting principles

a) This account is used to record the current value and fluctuations of finished products of the enterprise. Finished products are products that have finished processing, manufactured by the enterprise's production departments or outsourced, and have been tested in accordance with technical standards and stored in warehouses.

In the entrustment export transaction, this account is only used at the entrusting party, not at the entrusting party (the party receiving the custody).

b) Finished products produced by the main and secondary production divisions of the enterprise must be evaluated according to the production cost (original price), including: Cost of raw materials, direct materials, costs direct labor, manufacturing overhead, and other directly attributable costs of producing the product.

– For variable manufacturing overheads, it is fully allocated to processing costs for each product unit according to actual costs incurred in the period.

– For fixed production overheads, it is allocated to processing costs for each product unit based on the normal capacity of production machinery and equipment. Normal capacity is the average amount of product achieved under normal production conditions.

– In case the actual production level is higher than the normal capacity, the fixed production overhead is allocated to each product unit according to the actual costs incurred.

– In case the actual production level is lower than the normal capacity, the fixed production overhead is only allocated to the processing cost for each product unit according to the normal capacity. Unallocated manufacturing overhead is recognized as an expense to determine business results (recorded to cost of goods sold) in the period.

c) The following costs are not included in the original price of finished products:

- Cost of raw materials, materials, labor costs and other production and business expenses incurred above the normal level;

– Cost of inventory preservation minus costs of inventory preservation necessary for the next production process and storage costs specified in Accounting Standard “Inventories”;

- Selling expenses;

- Enterprise Cost Management.

d) Finished products outsourced for processing are assessed according to the actual cost of processing, including: Costs of direct materials, materials, outsourcing costs and other directly related costs. to the machining process.

dd) The calculation of the value of finished goods in stock shall be done by one of three methods: the actual actual price method; The weighted average method; First In - First Out method.

e) In case the enterprise accounts for inventory by the regular declaration method, if the daily accounting details of the daily import and export of finished goods, the book shall be recorded at the accounting price (which can be the planned cost or the cost of imported goods). unified warehouse). At the end of the month, the accountant must calculate the actual cost of finished goods in stock and determine the coefficient of difference between the actual cost and the accounting price of the finished product (including the difference of the finished product at the beginning of the period) as a basis. determine the actual cost of finished goods imported and exported in the period (using the calculation formula mentioned in the explanation of account 152 "Raw materials").

g) Detailed accounting of finished products must be done according to each warehouse, each type, group, and type of finished product.

2. Structure and contents of account 155 – Finished products

Debtor:

- Value of finished goods in stock;

- Value of surplus finished products when taking inventory;

- Carrying forward the value of finished goods in stock at the end of the period (in case the enterprise accounts for inventories by the periodic inventory method).

Yes Party:

- Actual value of finished goods shipped;

– Value of finished products lacking when taking inventory;

- Carrying forward the actual value of finished goods in stock at the beginning of the period (in case the enterprise accounts for inventory using the periodic inventory method).

Debit side balance: Actual cost of finished goods inventory at the end of the period.

Account 155 – Finished products, with 2 tier 2 accounts:

– Account 1551 – Finished goods in stock: Reflect the current value and fluctuations of finished products that have been stocked (except for finished products which are real estate);

– Account 1557 – Real estate finished products: Reflects the current value and fluctuations of the enterprise's finished real estate products. Real estate products include: Land use rights; home; or houses and land use rights; infrastructure built by the enterprise for sale in the normal course of business.

3. Accounting method for some major economic transactions

3.1. In case the enterprise accounts for inventory according to the regular declaration method.

3.1.1. When entering the warehouse of finished products manufactured or outsourced by the enterprise, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 155 – Finished products

Cr 154 – Production and business expenses in progress.

3.1.2. When finished goods are shipped to be sold to customers, the cost of finished products shall be recorded, the following accounts shall be recorded:

a) For finished products other than real estate

Dr 632 – Cost of goods sold

Cr 155 – Finished products.

b) For real estate finished products (for works the enterprise is the investor)

b1) The original cost of real estate products includes all expenses directly related to the investment and construction of real estate (including costs of investment and construction of infrastructure attached to the real estate). property) to make real estate available for sale.

b2) Expenses directly related to the investment and construction of real estate must ensure that the actual costs have been incurred, the expenses have been recorded in the acceptance report of the volume.

b3) In case the enterprise has not yet gathered sufficient documents and documents on expenses directly related to the investment and construction of real estate but has generated revenue from selling real estate, the enterprise shall be entitled to receive income from selling real estate. deduct part of expenses to temporarily calculate cost of goods sold. When sufficient documents and documents are gathered or when the real estate is completely completed, the enterprise must finalize the pre-deducted expenses into the cost of goods sold. The difference between the accrued expenses and the actual incurred expenses is adjusted to reduce the cost of goods sold of the period when the final settlement is made.

b4) The prepayment of expenses to temporarily calculate the cost of finished real estate products must comply with the following principles:

– Enterprises are only allowed to deduct in advance from the cost of goods sold for expenses already included in the investment and construction cost estimates but do not have enough documents and documents to test and take over the volume and must explain in detail the reasons for this. due, content of expenses deducted for each work item in the period.

- Enterprises are only allowed to deduct expenses in advance to temporarily calculate cost of goods sold for the part of real estate that has been completed, determined to have been sold in the period and qualified for revenue recognition as prescribed in this Circular.

- The amount of temporarily calculated advance expenses and the actual incurred expenses recorded in the cost of goods sold must correspond to the cost norm calculated according to the total estimated cost of the determined real estate part. is sold (determined by area).

b5) Accounting method for cost of finished goods of real estate determined to be sold.

- For the value of finished products, when selling, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 632 – Cost of goods sold

Cr 155 – Finished products.

- When deducting expenses to temporarily calculate the cost of finished real estate products sold in the period, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 632 – Cost of goods sold

Account 335 – Expenses payable.

- The actual incurred investment and construction expenses, which have sufficient dossiers and documents and have been tested and accepted, are collected to calculate the real estate construction investment costs, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 154 – Unfinished production and business expenses

Dr 133 – Deductible VAT

There are related accounts.

- When the prepaid expenses have enough records and documents proving that they have actually been incurred, the accountant shall record a decrease in the accrued expenses and a decrease in the cost of production and business in progress, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 335 – Expenses payable

Cr 154 – Production and business expenses in progress.

– When the whole real estate project is completed, the accountant must finalize and record a decrease in the balance of the remaining prepaid expenses (if any), the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 335 – Expenses payable

Cr 154 – Production and business expenses in progress

Cr 632 – Cost of goods sold (the difference between the remaining prepaid expenses is higher than the actual costs incurred).

3.1.3. When exporting finished products to be sold or unloaded to establishments receiving and selling goods as agents or consignees, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 157 – Goods sent for sale (sold to agents)

Cr 155 – Finished products.

3.1.4. When the buyer returns the number of sold finished products: In case the returned finished product is subject to VAT by the deduction method, the returned sales will be recorded at the VAT-exclusive selling price. , take note:

Dr 521 – Sales deductions (5213)

Dr 3331 – VAT payable (33311)

There are accounts 111, 112, 131,… (total value of returned goods).

At the same time, recording the cost of finished products sold back to the warehouse, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 155 – Finished products

Cr 632 – Cost of goods sold.

3.1.5. Accounting for internal consumer products:

Debits to accounts 641, 642, 241, 211

Cr 155 – Finished products.

3.1.6. Export finished goods to transfer to dependent accounting units within the enterprise:

- In case the dependent accounting unit is decentralized to record revenue and cost, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 632 – Cost of goods sold

Cr 155 – Finished products.

- In case the dependent accounting unit is not decentralized to record revenue, cost, the value of products circulated between stages within the enterprise is an internal receivable, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 136 – Internal receivables

Cr 155 – Finished products

Cr 333 – Taxes and other payables to the State (details of each type of tax).

3.1.7 When finished goods are released from stock and used to contribute capital to subsidiaries, joint ventures or associates, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr. 221, 222 (according to revaluation value)

Dr 811 – Other expenses (the difference between the revaluation price is less than the book value of the finished product)

Cr 155 – Finished products

Cr 711 – Other income (the difference between the revaluation price is greater than the book value of the finished product).

3.1.8 When releasing finished products used to buy back the capital contribution in subsidiaries, joint ventures or associates, the following accounts shall be recorded:

– When revenue from semi-finished products and investments in subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates are recorded, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Drs 221, 222 (according to fair value)

Cr 511- Revenue from sale of goods and provision of services

Account 3331 – Output VAT payable.

- To record the cost of finished products used to buy back the contributed capital in subsidiaries, joint ventures or associates, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 632 – Cost of goods sold

Cr 155- Finished products.

3.1.9. All cases of detecting excess or lack of finished products during inventory must make a record and trace the cause to identify the offender. Based on the inventory record and handling decision of the competent authority to record in accounting books:

- If there is excess or shortage of finished products due to mistake or not yet recorded in the accounting books, additional recording or adjustment of data must be made in the accounting books;

- In case the cause of excess or deficiency cannot be determined, pending handling:

+ If redundant, write:

Dr 155 – Finished goods (at fair value)

Cr 338 – Other payables and payables (3381).

When there is a handling decision of the competent authority, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 338 – Other payables and payables.

There are related accounts.

+ If missing, write:

Dr 138 – Other receivables (1381 – Debt pending assets)

Cr 155 – Finished products.

- When there is a handling decision of the competent authority, the accountant shall record:

Debts of accounts 111, 112,…. (if the individual commits a crime, compensate in cash)

Dr 334 – Payables to employees (deduct from salary of the individual committing the offence)

Dr 138 – Other receivables (1388) (receivables from offenders)

Dr 632 – Cost of goods sold (remaining loss or loss after deducting compensation)

Account 138 – Other receivables (1381).

3.1.10. In case an enterprise uses manufactured products for gifts, promotions or advertisements (according to the law on commerce), when producing products for promotional and advertising purposes:

a) In case products are produced for gifting, promotion or advertising without collecting money, without other conditions such as having to buy products, goods, etc., the product's value shall be recorded to selling expenses. goods (details of promotional and advertising goods), record:

Dr 641 – Selling expenses

Cr 155 – Finished products (product production costs).

b) In case of producing products for promotion and advertising, but customers are only allowed to receive promotional and advertising goods with other conditions such as having to buy products (for example, buy 2 products, get 1 product free... .) then the accountant must allocate the proceeds to calculate revenue for both promotional goods, the value of promotional goods shall be included in the cost of goods sold (in this case, the nature of the transaction is a reduction in the sale price).

- When selling promotional goods, the value of promotional goods shall be recorded in the cost of goods sold, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 632 – Cost of goods sold (production cost)

Cr 155 – Finished products.

- To recognize revenue from promotional goods on the basis of allocating the proceeds to both sold products and promotional and advertising products, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Debits to accounts 111, 112, 131…

Cr 511 – Revenue from sale of goods and provision of services

Account 3331 – VAT payable (33311) (if any).

c) If a gift is given to an cadre or employee to be covered by the bonus and welfare fund, the accountant must record the revenue and cost cost like a normal sales transaction, the following accounts shall be recorded:

– Record the cost of goods sold for the value of products used as gifts or gifts for employees and employees:

Dr 632 – Cost of goods sold

Cr 155 – Finished products.

- When revenue of products covered by bonus and welfare funds is recorded, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 353 – Bonus and welfare fund (total payment price)

Cr 511 – Revenue from sale of goods and provision of services

Account 3331 – VAT payable (33311) (if any).

3.1.11. Accountants pay employees with products

- Turnover of products used to pay wages to employees, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 334 – Payables to employees (total payment)

Cr 511 – Revenue from sale of goods and provision of services

Account 3331 – VAT payable (33311)

Cr 3335 – Personal income tax (if any).

– Record the cost of goods sold for the value of products used to pay salaries to employees and employees:

Dr 632 – Cost of goods sold

Cr 155 – Finished products.

3.1.12. Reflecting the cost of finished products that are stagnate and unnecessary when liquidating, transferring, selling, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 632 – Cost of goods sold

Cr 155 – Finished products.

3.2. In case the enterprise accounts for inventory according to the periodic inventory method.

a) At the beginning of the period, according to the results of inventory of finished goods carried at the end of the previous period, the value of finished goods in stock at the beginning of the period shall be transferred to account 632 "Cost of goods sold", the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 632 – Cost of goods sold

Cr 155 – Finished products.

b) At the end of the accounting period, based on the results of inventory of finished products in stock, the value of finished goods in stock at the end of the period, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 155 – Finished products

Cr 632 – Cost of goods sold.

Article 29. Account 156 – Goods

1. Accounting principles

a) This account is used to record the current value and the increase or decrease in goods of the enterprise, including goods in warehouses, stalls, and real estate goods. Goods are materials and products purchased by enterprises for the purpose of selling (wholesale and retail). In case the purchased goods are used both for sale and for production and business without clearly distinguishing between the two purposes of resale or use, they will still be recorded in account 156 “Goods”.

In the entrustment import-export transaction, this account is only used at the entrusting party, not at the entrusting party (the party receiving the custody). The purchase and sale of goods related to transactions in foreign currencies shall comply with the provisions of Article 69 - guidance on accounting for exchange rate differences.

b) The following cases are not reflected in account 156 “Goods”:

- Goods are sold on behalf of, or kept on behalf of, other businesses;

– Goods purchased for production and business activities (record in account 152 “Raw materials and materials”, or account 153 “Tools, tools”,…).

c) Accounting for import, export and inventory of goods on account 156 is recorded according to the original cost principle specified in the Accounting Standard “Inventories”. Original price of purchased goods, including: purchase price, purchasing cost (transportation, loading and unloading, preservation of goods from the place of purchase to the enterprise warehouse, insurance costs, etc.), import tax, consumption tax especially, environmental protection tax (if any), VAT on imported goods (if not deductible). In case an enterprise buys goods for resale but for some reason it is necessary to process, preliminarily process, refurbish, and selectively classify to increase the value or sellability of the goods, the purchase value including processing and pre-processing costs.

– The original price of purchased goods is calculated according to each input source and must be tracked and reflected separately the purchase value and the cost of purchasing goods.

– To calculate the value of inventory, accountants can apply one of the following methods:

+ First-in-first-out method;

+ Actual method by name;

+ The weighted average method;

– Some special units (eg supermarkets or similar) may apply the technique of determining the value of ending inventory using the retail price method. This method is commonly used in the retail industry to calculate the value of inventory with large quantities of rapidly changing items and similar profit margins that cannot be used with other costing methods. Cost of inventory is determined by subtracting the fair percentage profit from the selling price of the inventory. The rate used takes into account that items are discounted to less than their original selling price. Typically, each retail division will use its own average percentage.

– The cost of purchasing goods in the period is calculated for goods consumed in the period and inventories at the end of the period. The selection of criteria for allocating the cost of purchasing goods depends on the specific situation of each enterprise, but must follow the principle of consistency.

d) In case of purchase of goods received together with replacement products, goods and spare parts (in case of damage), accountants must determine and record separately the products, goods and spare parts according to their value. reasonable. The value of warehoused goods is the price minus the value of products, goods, equipment and spare parts.

dd) Detailed accounting of goods must be made according to each warehouse, each type and each group of goods.

2. Structure and contents of account 156 – Goods

Debtor:

– Purchase value of goods according to the purchase invoice (including non-refundable taxes);

– Cost of purchasing goods;

– Value of outsourced goods (including purchase price and processing cost);

- The value of the sold goods returned by the buyer;

- Value of goods discovered in excess during inventory;

- Carrying forward the value of ending inventories (in case the enterprise accounts for inventory by the periodic inventory method);

– Value of real estate purchased or transferred from investment property.

Yes Party:

- Value of goods released from warehouse for sale, delivery to agents or to dependent enterprises; outsourced processing, or used for production and business;

– Purchasing expenses allocated to goods sold in the period;

– Trade discount for purchased goods;

– Discounts on purchased goods are enjoyed;

- Value of goods returned to the seller;

- The value of goods found to be lacking during the inventory;

- Carrying forward the value of goods in stock at the beginning of the period (in case the enterprise accounts for inventory by the periodic inventory method);

– Value of real estate sold or converted into investment property, owner-occupied property or fixed assets.

Debit side balance:

- Purchase value of inventory;

- Cost of purchasing inventory.

Account 156 – Commodities, has 3 tier 2 accounts:

– Account 1561 – Purchase price of goods: Reflect the current value and changes of goods purchased and stocked (calculated according to the purchase value);

– Account 1562 – Cost of purchasing goods: Reflects the cost of purchasing goods incurred related to the number of goods in stock in the period and the allocation of the cost of purchasing existing goods in the period to the volume of goods sold in the period and the actual inventory at the end of the period (including inventory in stock and goods sent for sale, goods sent to agents, and consigned goods that have not yet been sold). The cost of purchasing goods recorded in this account only includes expenses directly related to the process of purchasing goods such as: Cargo insurance, warehouse rent, yard rental, etc. transporting, loading, unloading, preserving and bringing goods from the place of purchase to the enterprise's warehouse; natural losses in the norm arising in the process of purchasing goods.

– Account 1567 – Real estate goods: Reflects the current value and fluctuations of real estate goods of the enterprise. Real estate goods include: Land use rights; home; or houses and land use rights; purchased-for-sale infrastructure in the normal course of business; Investment property turns into inventory when the owner begins to deploy it for sale.

a) Structure and contents of account 1561 – Purchase price of goods

Debtor:

- The value of purchased goods that have been stocked according to the purchase invoice;

– Import tax or excise tax on imported goods or VAT on imported goods, input VAT – if not deductible, calculated for the quantity of goods purchased outside that have been stocked;

- The value of goods delivered for processing, finished processing and brought into warehouse, including: purchase price and processing cost;

- Value of goods received as capital contribution;

- Value of sold goods returned to warehouse;

- Value of goods discovered in excess during inventory;

- Carrying forward the value of inventory at the end of the period (in case the enterprise accounts for inventory using the periodic inventory method).

Yes Party:

- Actual value of goods delivered from stock in the period (exported for sale, exchanged, given as a gift, delivered to an agent, dependent accounting unit, exported for internal use, contributed capital to a joint venture or association);

– Trade discount for purchased goods;

– Discounts on purchased goods are enjoyed;

- Value of goods returned to the seller;

- Value of goods lost or damaged;

- Carrying forward the value of inventory at the beginning of the period (in case the enterprise accounts for inventory by the periodic inventory method).

Debit side balance: Actual cost of goods in inventory at the end of the period.

b) Structure and contents of account 1562 – Cost of purchasing goods

Debtor: Actual cost of purchasing goods is related to the volume of goods purchased and stocked during the period.

Credit side: OLDThe cost of purchasing goods is calculated for the volume of goods sold in the period.

Debit side balance: The remaining cost of purchasing goods at the end of the period.

c) Structure and contents of account 1567 – Real estate goods

Debtor:

- Actual value of real estate purchased for sale;

– Residual value of investment property converted into inventory;

– Expenses for repair, renovation, upgrading and deployment for the purpose of sale are recorded as an increase in the original price of the goods pending for sale.

Yes Party:

- Actual value of real estate sold in the period;

– Actual value of real estate goods converted into investment real estate or converted into fixed assets.

Debit side balance: Actual value of the remaining real estate goods at the end of the period.

3. Accounting method for some major economic transactions

3.1. In case the enterprise accounts for inventories according to the regular declaration method.

3.1.1 Goods purchased outside the enterprise's warehouse, based on invoices, warehouse receipts and relevant documents:

a) When buying goods, if input VAT is deductible, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 156 – Goods (1561) (details of purchased goods and goods used as replacements to prevent damage)

Dr 1534 – Equipment and spare parts (fair value)

Dr 133 – Deductible VAT (1331) (Input VAT)

There are accounts 111, 112, 141, 331,… (total payment price).

If input VAT is not deductible, the value of purchased goods includes VAT.

b) When importing goods:

- When importing goods, record:

Dr 156 – Goods

Cr 331 – Payable to the seller

Account 3331 – VAT payable (33312) (if input VAT on imported goods is not deductible)

Cr 3332- Special consumption tax (if any)

Cr 3333 – Import and export tax (import tax details)

Cr 33381 – Environmental protection tax.

- If input VAT on imported goods is deductible, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 133 – Deductible VAT

Account 3331 – VAT payable (33312).

- In case of purchase of goods with prepayment to the seller in a foreign currency, the part of the purchase value corresponding to the prepaid amount is recorded at the actual exchange rate at the time of advance. The unpaid foreign currency purchase value is recorded at the actual exchange rate at the time of purchase.

– Purchase of goods in the form of import entrustment shall comply with the provisions of account 331 – Payable to the seller.

3.1.2 In case the seller's invoice has been received but by the end of the accounting period, the goods have not been delivered to the warehouse, the following accounts shall be recorded based on the invoice:

Dr 151 – Purchased goods are on the way

Dr 133 - Deductible VAT (if any).

Cr 111, 112, 331, ...

– In the next accounting period, when purchased goods are on their way to warehouse, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 156 – Goods (1561)

Cr 151 – Purchased goods are on the way.

3.1.3 In case the trade discount or sale price reduction is received (including fines for breach of economic contract, which substantially reduces the value payable by the buyer) after the purchase, the accountant must base on the fluctuation of goods to allocate the amount of trade discount and sale discount to enjoy based on the number of goods in stock, the quantity sold in the period:

Debts of accounts 111, 112, 331,….

Cr 156 – Goods (if they are still in stock)

Cr 632 – Cost of goods sold (if sold during the period)

Cr 133 – Deductible VAT (1331) (if any).

3.1.4 The value of goods purchased from outside in accordance with the specifications and quality according to the economic contract must be returned to the seller, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 111, 112, ...

Dr 331 – Payables to sellers

Cr 156 – Goods (1561)

Cr 133 – Deductible VAT (1331) (if any).

3.1.5 Reflecting the cost of goods purchase, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 156 – Goods (1562)

Dr 133 - Deductible VAT (if any).

There are accounts 111, 112, 141, 331,…

3.1.6. When purchasing goods by mode of deferred payment or installment payment, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 156 – Goods (according to the purchase price and pay immediately)

Dr 133 - Deductible VAT (if any).

Dr 242 – Prepaid expenses {deferred interest is the difference between the total amount to be paid minus (-) the immediate purchase price minus VAT (if deductible)}

Cr 331 – Payable to the seller (total payment price).

Periodically, when calculating into financial expenses the interest on deferred payment and installment payment payable, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 635 – Financial expenses

Account 242 – Prepaid expenses.

3.1.7. When buying real estate goods for sale, the accountant shall record the purchase price and expenses directly related to the purchase of real estate goods, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 1567 – Real estate goods (purchase price exclusive of VAT)

Dr 133 – Deductible VAT (1332)

Cr 111, 112, 331, ...

3.1.8. In case the investment property is converted into inventory when the owner decides to repair, renovate or upgrade it for sale:

- When there is a decision to repair, renovate or upgrade investment property for sale, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 156 – Commodities (Account 1567) (residual value of investment property)

Dr 214 – Depreciation of fixed assets ((2147) – Accumulated depreciation)

Cr 217 – Investment real estate (original cost).

– When incurring expenses for repairing, renovating, upgrading and deploying for sale purposes, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 154 – Unfinished production and business expenses

Dr 133 – Deductible VAT

There are accounts 111, 112, 152, 334, 331,…

- At the end of the period of repair, renovation, upgrading and deployment for the purpose of sale, all expenses shall be recorded as an increase in the value of real estate goods, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 156 – Goods (1567)

Cr 154 – Production and business expenses in progress.

3.1.9. The value of goods sold for sale determined as consumption, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 632 – Cost of goods sold

Cr 156 – Goods (1561).

At the same time, accounting records sales revenue:

- If indirect taxes can be immediately separated at the time of revenue recognition, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Debits to accounts 111, 112, 131,… (total payment price)

Cr 511 – Revenue from sale of goods and provision of services

Cr 333 – Taxes and other payables to the State.

– If the tax cannot be separated immediately, the accountant will record the revenue including tax. To periodically determine the payable tax amount and record a decrease in revenue, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 511 – Revenue from sale of goods and provision of services (total payment price)

Cr 333 – Taxes and other payables to the State.

3.1.10. In case of outsourcing and processing goods:

- When releasing goods for processing, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 154 – Unfinished production and business expenses

Cr 156 – Goods (1561).

- Expenses for processing and processing goods, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 154 – Unfinished production and business expenses

Dr 133 - Deductible VAT (if any).

Cr 111, 112, 331, ...

– When the processing is completed, re-enter the warehouse, record:

Dr 156 – Goods (1561)

Cr 154 – Production and business expenses in progress.

3.1.11. When unloading goods to be sent to customers or from warehouses to agents, consignee-receiving enterprises, etc., the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 157 – Goods sent for sale

Cr 156 – Goods (1561).

3.1.12. When exporting goods to dependent accounting units within the enterprise for sale:

- In case the dependent accounting unit is decentralized to record revenue and cost, the accountant shall record the cost of sold goods, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 632 – Cost of goods sold

Cr 156 – Goods.

At the same time, the accountants record revenue from sales and service provision, and the following accounts shall be recorded:

Debits to accounts 111, 112, 131,… (total payment price)

Cr 511 – Revenue from sale of goods and provision of services

Cr 333 – Taxes and other payables to the State.

- In case the dependent accounting unit is not authorized to record revenue, cost, the value of goods circulated between stages within the enterprise is an internal receivable, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 136 – Internal receivables

Cr 156 – Goods

Cr 333 – Taxes and other payables to the State.

3.1.13. When exporting goods for internal consumption, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Debits to accounts 641, 642, 241, 211

Cr 156 – Goods.

3.1.14. In case an enterprise uses goods for gifting, promotion or advertising (according to the law on commerce), when exporting goods for promotion or advertising purposes:

a) In case goods are exported for gifting, promotion or advertising without collecting money, without other conditions such as having to buy products, goods, etc., the value of goods shall be recorded in selling expenses. goods (details of promotional and advertising goods), record:

Dr 641- Selling expenses

Cr 156 – Commodities (cost cost).

b) In case of exporting goods for promotion and advertising, but customers can only receive promotional and advertising goods with other conditions such as having to buy products and goods (for example, buy 2 products, get 1 free). products, etc.), the accountant must allocate the proceeds to calculate revenue for both promotional goods, the value of promotional goods shall be included in the cost of goods sold (in this case, the nature of the transaction is a reduction in the sale price of goods sold. ).

- When exporting promotional goods, the accountant shall record the value of promotional goods in the cost of goods sold, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 632 – Cost of goods sold (production cost)

Cr 156 – Goods.

- To recognize revenue from promotional goods on the basis of allocating the proceeds to both products, sold goods and promotional and advertising goods, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Debits to accounts 111, 112, 131…

Cr 511 – Revenue from sale of goods and provision of services

Account 3331 – VAT payable (33311) (if any).

c) If goods donated to officials and employees are covered by bonus and welfare funds, the accountant must record revenue and cost cost as normal sales transactions, the following accounts shall be recorded:

– Record the cost of goods sold for the value of goods used as gifts or gifts for employees and employees:

Dr 632 – Cost of goods sold

Cr 156 – Goods.

- To record revenue from goods covered by bonus and welfare funds, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 353 – Bonus and welfare fund (total payment price)

Cr 511 – Revenue from sale of goods and provision of services

Account 3331 – VAT payable (33311) (if any).

d) In case the enterprise is a commercial distributor, it is entitled to receive goods (without paying) from the manufacturer to advertise and promote for customers to buy goods from the manufacturer or distributor.

– When receiving goods from the manufacturer (without paying) for promotion and advertising to customers, the distributor must track the details of the quantity of goods in their internal management system and explain on the copy. notes to the financial statements for the goods received and the number of goods used to promote the buyer.

– At the end of the promotion program, if the unused promotional goods are not returned to the manufacturer, the other income shall be recorded as the value of the promotional goods that must not be returned, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 156 – Goods (at fair value)

Cr 711 - Other income.

3.1.15. Accountants pay workers with goods

- Accounting to recognize revenue, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 334 – Payables to employees (total payment)

Cr 511 – Revenue from sale of goods and provision of services

Cr 333 – Taxes and other payables to the State

Account 3335 – Personal income tax.

– Record the cost of goods sold for the value of goods used to pay salaries to employees and employees:

Dr 632 – Cost of goods sold

Cr 156 – Goods.

3.1.16. Goods sent to contribute capital to subsidiaries, joint ventures or associates, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr. 221, 222 (according to revaluation value)

Dr 811 – Other expenses (the difference between the revaluation price is less than the book value of the goods)

Cr 156 – Goods

Cr 711 – Other income (the difference between the revaluation price is larger than the book value of the goods).

3.1.17. At the end of the period, when allocating purchasing costs to goods determined to be sold in the period, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 632 – Cost of goods sold

Cr 156 – Goods (1562).

3.1.18. Any case of detecting excess goods at any stage in the business must make a record and find out the cause. Accounting based on the identified causes to handle and account:

– If by mistake, weigh, measure, measure, count, forget to record, etc., adjust the accounting books.

– If the surplus goods are owned by another enterprise, the value of the surplus goods shall be actively monitored by the enterprise in the management system and recorded in the notes to the financial statements.

- If the cause cannot be determined, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 156 – Goods

Cr 338 – Other payables and payables (3381).

- When there is a decision of a competent authority on handling of excess goods, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 338 – Other payables and payables (3381)

There are related accounts.

3.1.19. Any case of detecting shortage or loss of goods at any stage of business must make a record and trace the cause. Accountants shall base on handling decisions of competent authorities according to each cause to handle and record in accounting books:

- Reflecting the value of missing goods with unknown causes, pending handling, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 138 – Other receivables (Account 1381- Debt pending assets)

Cr 156 – Goods.

- When there is a handling decision of the competent authority, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Debts of accounts 111, 112,... (if caused by individuals, compensation must be paid in cash)

Dr 334 – Payables to employees (caused by individuals must be deducted from salary)

Dr 138 – Other receivables (1388) (receivables from offenders)

Dr 632 – Cost of goods sold (remaining loss or loss)

Account 138 – Other receivables (1381).

3.1.20. The value of real estate goods determined to be sold in the period, based on the VAT invoice or the sale invoice, the minutes of handing over of real estate, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 632 – Cost of goods sold

Cr 156 – Commodities (1567 – Real estate goods).

At the same time, the accounting records the revenue from selling real estate:

Debits to accounts 111, 112, 131,…

Cr 511 – Revenue from sale of goods and provision of services (5117)

Account 3331 – VAT payable (33311) (if any).

3.1.21. Reflecting the cost of goods that are stagnate and not needed when selling or liquidating, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 632 – Cost of goods sold

Cr 156 – Goods.

3.2. In case the enterprise accounts for inventory according to the periodic inventory method.

a) At the beginning of the period, based on the value of goods carried forward at the end of the period before the value of goods in stock at the beginning of the period, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 611 – Purchases

Cr 156 – Goods.

b) At the end of the accounting period:

- Conduct inventory to determine the quantity and value of ending inventory. Based on the total value of ending inventories, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 156 – Goods

Account 611 – Purchase.

- Based on the results of determining the total value of sold goods, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 632 – Cost of goods sold

Account 611 – Purchase.

Article 30. Account 157 – Goods sent for sale

1. Accounting principles

a) Goods consigned for sale reflected in account 157 are made according to the historical cost principle specified in Accounting Standard Inventory. Only reflect to account 157 “Consigned goods” the value of goods and finished products sent to customers, agents, consignments, completed services and handed over to customers according to business contracts. sales or orders, but not yet determined to have been sold (not yet counted as sales revenue in the period for goods, finished products, and services provided to customers).

b) Goods and finished products reflected in this account are still under the ownership of the enterprise, the accountant must open a detailed book to monitor each type of goods, finished products, each time of consignment from the time of dispatch until the date of shipment. identified as sold.

c) Do not reflect to this account the cost of shipping, loading and unloading, etc. to pay for the customer. Account 157 can be opened in detail to track each type of goods, finished products sent for sale, and services provided to each customer and to each agent.

2. Structure and contents of account 157 – Goods for sale

Debtor:

– Value of goods and finished products sent to customers, or sent to agents or consignments; send dependent accounting to subordinate units;

– Value of services provided to customers, but not yet determined to have been sold;

– At the end of the closing period, the value of goods and finished products sent for sale has not been determined to be sold at the end of the period (in case the enterprise accounts for inventory using the periodic inventory method).

Yes Party:

- Value of goods, finished products sent for sale or services provided, determined to be sold;

– Value of goods, finished products and services returned by customers;

- At the beginning of the closing period, the value of goods, finished products sent for sale or services provided has not been determined to be sold at the beginning of the period (in case the enterprise accounts for inventory using the periodic inventory method).

Debit side balance:

The value of goods, finished products, and services provided have not been determined to be sold in the period.

3. Accounting method for some major economic transactions

3.1. In case the enterprise accounts for inventories according to the regular declaration method.

a) When sending goods and finished products to customers, exporting goods and finished products to enterprises receiving and selling agents or consigned under economic contracts, according to the ex-warehousing note, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 157 – Goods sent for sale

Cr 156 – Goods

Cr 155 – Finished products.

b) The service has been completed and handed over to the customer but has not been determined to be sold in the period, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 157 – Goods sent for sale

Cr 154 – Production and business expenses in progress.

c) When goods are sold and completed services are handed over to customers, they are determined to be sold during the period:

- If indirect tax can be immediately separated at the time of revenue recognition, the accountant shall record the revenue from selling goods, finished products or providing services at the tax-exclusive selling price, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 131 – Receivables from customers

Cr 511 – Revenue from sale of goods and provision of services

Cr 333 – Taxes and other payables to the State.

– If indirect tax cannot be immediately separated, revenue is recognized including tax. Periodically, when recording a decrease in revenue for the payable indirect tax amount, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 511 – Sales and service provision

Cr 333 – Taxes and other payables to the State.

- Concurrently recording the cost value of goods, finished products and services sold in the period, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 632 – Cost of goods sold

Cr 157 – Goods sent for sale.

d) In case goods and finished products have been sent for sale but are returned by customers:

- If goods or finished products are still salable or repairable, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 156 – Goods; or

Dr 155 – Finished products

Cr 157 – Goods sent for sale.

– If damaged goods or finished products cannot be sold and cannot be repaired, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 632 – Cost of goods sold

Cr 157 – Goods sent for sale.

3.2. In case the enterprise accounts for inventory according to the periodic inventory method.

a) At the beginning of the accounting period, the value of goods and finished products that have been sent to customers but have not been determined to be sold in the period, goods sent for sale to agents or consignments (not considered sold in the period) shall be carried forward. ), the value of services handed over to the orderer but not yet determined to be sold in the period, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 611 – Purchases (for goods)

Dr 632 – Cost of goods sold (for finished products and services)

Cr 157 – Goods sent for sale.

b) At the end of the accounting period, based on the results of the inventory of inventories, determine the value of goods, products (finished products, semi-finished products), and services provided to customers; by selling agents, consignments are not considered as sold at the end of the period:

– Value of goods sent to customers but not yet accepted for payment; goods consigned for sale by agents or consignments; send to subordinate units for dependent accounting that has not been considered sold at the end of the period, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 157 – Goods sent for sale

Account 611 – Purchase.

– At the end of the period, accountants transfer the value of finished products supplied to customers or sold by agents or consignees; value of services provided to orderers but not yet determined to be sold at the end of the period, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 157 – Goods sent for sale

Cr 632 – Cost of goods sold.

Article 31. Account 158 ​​– Tax-suspension warehouse goods

1. Accounting principles

a) This account is used to record the increase, decrease and the existing quantity of goods put into the tax-suspension warehouse. Tax-suspension warehouses are only applicable to foreign-invested enterprises in service of the production of export goods, and are entitled to a special customs management regime, whereby raw materials and supplies are imported to serve the production of goods. Exports of enterprises which are put into storage at the tax-suspension warehouse are not yet subject to calculation and payment of import tax and other related taxes.

b) Imported raw materials and supplies and products stored at the tax-suspension warehouse include only raw materials and supplies used for production and products produced by that enterprise.

c) The enterprise must open a detailed book to reflect the quantity and value of each type of raw material, supplies and goods for each time of import and export.

2. Structure and contents of account 158 ​​– Tax-suspension warehouse goods

Debtor: Value of raw materials, materials, finished products and goods imported into the tax-suspension warehouse in the period.

Yes Party: Value of raw materials, materials, finished products and goods exported from the tax-suspension warehouse in the period.

Debit side balance: Value of raw materials, materials, finished products and goods remaining at the end of the period at the tax-suspension warehouse.

3. Accounting method for some major economic transactions

a) When importing raw materials and materials for the production of export products, or processing exported goods, if they are put into the tax-suspension warehouse, the enterprise must not pay import tax and VAT on imported goods, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 158 – Tax-suspension warehouse goods

Cr 331 – Payable to the seller.

b) When exporting raw materials and imported materials from the tax-suspension warehouse to produce products or process exported goods, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 621 – Cost of direct materials and materials

Cr 158 – Tax-suspension warehouse goods.

c) When exporting finished goods or exported goods, processed goods for export and put into tax-suspension warehouse (if any), the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 158 – Tax-suspension warehouse goods

There are accounts 156, 155,…

d) When exporting goods from the tax-suspension warehouse (if any):

- To reflect the cost price of exported goods in the tax-suspension warehouse, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 632 – Cost of goods sold

Cr 158 – Tax-suspension warehouse goods.

- To reflect the turnover of exported goods in the tax-suspension warehouse, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Debits to accounts 111, 112, 131,…

Cr 511 – Revenue from selling goods and providing services.

dd) If the export rate is lower than the tax-suspension rate at the enterprise that must pay import tax and VAT on imports (if any) for the difference between the quantity of products to be exported and the actual quantity of products to be exported. For export, enterprises must pay import tax and VAT on imported goods (if any):

- When determining payable import tax (if any), the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 632 – Cost of goods sold

Cr 333 – Taxes and other payables to the State (3333).

- When determining VAT payable on imported goods (if any), the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 133 – Deductible VAT (1331)

Cr 333 – Taxes and other payables to the State (33312).

- When actually paying import tax and VAT on imported goods (if any), the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 333 – Taxes and other payables to the State (3333, 33312)

There are accounts 111, 112,….

e) Where an enterprise is permitted by a competent authority to sell goods in a tax-suspension warehouse in the Vietnamese market, the enterprise must pay import tax and other taxes as prescribed.

– When being allowed to use goods in the tax-suspension warehouse, the enterprise must carry out procedures for exporting goods from the tax-suspension warehouse, re-entering the enterprise's product and goods warehouse and paying tax on these goods, recording :

Dr. 155, 156

Cr 158 – Tax-suspension warehouse goods.

- When determining payable import tax (if any), the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr. 155, 156

Cr 333 – Taxes and other payables to the State (3333).

- When determining VAT payable on imported goods (if any), the following accounts shall be recorded:

Debit of Accounts 155, 156 (if not deducted)

Dr 133 – Deductible VAT (1331)

Cr 333 – Taxes and other payables to the State (33312).

- When actually paying import tax and VAT on imported goods, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 333 – Taxes and other payables to the State (33312, 3333)

There are accounts 111, 112,….

g) In case of export and sale of goods stored at a tax-suspension warehouse in the domestic market:

- To reflect the cost value of goods sold in the tax-suspension warehouse, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 632 – Cost of goods sold

Cr 158 – Tax-suspension warehouse goods.

At the same time, accountants must determine and record the amount of import tax and VAT on imports of these products, goods, raw materials and materials.

- To reflect the turnover from tax-suspension warehouse goods sold in the domestic market, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Debits to accounts 111, 112, 131,…

Cr 511 – Revenue from sale of goods and provision of services

Cr 333 – Taxes and other payables to the State (33311).

h) In case materials and goods are brought into the tax-suspension warehouse, if they are damaged or have poor quality and do not meet export requirements, they must be re-imported or destroyed:

- In case of re-import, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Debts of accounts 155, 156,….

Cr 158 – Tax-suspension warehouse goods.

- At the same time, must pay import tax and import VAT payable on these goods, raw materials and materials, determine the payable tax amount recorded as entry (e); When actually paying tax, record:

Dr 333 – Taxes and other payables to the State (33312, 3333)

There are accounts 111, 112,….

– In case of re-export (returned to the seller), the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 331- Accounts payable to sellers

Cr 158 – Tax-suspension warehouse goods.

- In case of destruction of goods, raw materials and materials stored at the tax-suspension warehouse, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 632 – Cost of goods sold (destroyed goods and materials)

Cr 158 – Tax-suspension warehouse goods.

Article 32. Account 161 – Non-business expenses

1. Accounting principles

a) This account reflects non-business expenses and project expenses to perform economic, political and social tasks assigned to the enterprise by the State or superiors in addition to production and business tasks and does not for corporate profit. Non-business expenditures and projects shall be covered by non-business funding sources, project funding sources provided by the State Budget or granted by superior enterprises, or aided or non-refundable. This account is only used in enterprises whose non-business activities, project activities are funded by the State Budget or superiors, or are aided, sponsored by non-refundable, or are collected from event revenues. business to cover expenses.

b) Must open accounting books detailing non-business and project expenditures according to each funding source, according to the accounting year, budget year and according to the classification of the state budget index.

c) Accounting for non-business expenses and project expenses must be consistent with the work of cost estimates and must ensure the correct and consistent match between accounting books and vouchers and financial statements.

d) Record into this account expenditures belonging to the enterprise's annual non-business budget and project budget, including both recurrent and non-recurring expenses according to the current financial regime.

dd) At the end of the accounting year, if the final settlement has not been approved, all non-business expenses and project expenses in the year will be transferred from the credit side of account 1612 "This year's non-business expenses" to the debit side of account 1611 "Expenses". previous year's career" to follow up until the final settlement report is approved.

2. Structure and contents of account 161 – Non-business expenses

Debtor: Non-business expenses and actual project expenses incurred.

Yes Party:

- Non-business expenses and project expenses that are not approved, must be paid for recovery;

- Amount of non-business expenses and project expenses approved for settlement with non-business funding sources and project funding sources.

Debit side balance: Non-business expenses and project expenses that have not been settled or have not yet been approved.

Account 161 – Non-business expenses, have 2 level 2 accounts:

– Account 1611 – Previous year’s non-business expenses: Reflects non-business expenses and project expenses under the non-business budget and project budget of the previous year that have not been finalized yet.

– Account 1612 – This year’s career expenses: Reflects non-business expenses and project expenses this year.

3. Accounting method for some major economic transactions

a) When disbursing money for non-business activities, programs and projects under non-business funding sources, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 161 – Non-business expenses (1612)

There are accounts 111,112, XNUMX,…

b) Wages and other amounts payable to employees of enterprises, goods sellers and service providers, included in non-business expenses and project expenses, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 161 – Non-business expenses (1612)

Cr 334 – Payables to employees

Cr 331 – Payable to the seller.

c) When stocking supplies, tools and instruments used for non-business activities and projects, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 161 – Non-business expenses (1612)

Cr 152 – Raw materials, materials

Cr 153 – Tools and instruments.

d) When receiving funds from superiors or when withdrawing estimates of non-business expenditures or projects to spend directly on non-business activities or project activities, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 161 – Non-business expenses (1612)

Cr 461 – Non-business funding.

If withdrawing the estimate of non-business expenses and projects for use, enterprises actively monitor and record to suit the characteristics of the business..

dd) When transferring expenses for major repair of completed fixed assets to be used for non-business activities or project activities, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 161 – Non-business expenses (1612)

Cr 241 – Construction in progress (2413 – Major repair of fixed assets).

e) In case of purchasing fixed assets or investing in capital construction for non-business activities and projects with non-business funds or project funds:

- When purchasing fixed assets, completing construction, and handing over them to use, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 211 – Tangible fixed assets

There are accounts 111, 112, 331, 241, 461,…

– Also write:

Dr 161 – Non-business expenses (1612)

Cr 466 – Funding for fixed assets.

If the enterprise withdraws estimates of non-business expenses and projects to purchase fixed assets, enterprises actively monitor and record accordingly.

g) When deducting social insurance, health insurance, unemployment insurance and personal income insurance from employees participating in non-business activities and projects of the enterprise, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 161 – Non-business expenses (1612)

Account 338 – Other payables and payables (3382, 3383, 3384, 3386).

h) At the end of the fiscal year, if the final settlement has not been approved, the accountant will transfer the debit balance of Account 1612 “This year's non-business expenses" to Account 1611 "Last year's non-business expenses", the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 1611 – Previous year's non-business expenses

Cr 1612 – This year's non-business expenses.

i) When the final settlement report is approved, the non-business expenses and project expenses are settled with the non-business funding sources, the project budgets, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 461 – Non-business funding (4611- Previous year's non-business fund)

Cr 161 – Non-business expenses (1611- previous year's non-business expenses).

k) Expenses in contravention of regulations that are not approved by competent authorities must be paid for recovery, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 138 – Other receivables (1388)

Cr 161 – Non-business expenses (1611- previous year's non-business expenses).

Article 33. Account 171 – Purchase and resale of Government bonds

1. Accounting principles

a) This account is used to record transactions of buying and selling government bonds arising in the period. This account only records the value of the Government bond resale contract, not the coupon that the buyer receives for the seller at the time(s) within the contract term.

b) Enterprises must strictly comply with the regulations on the form of transactions, the transaction duration and income from Government bonds in the resale transaction as prescribed in the current financial mechanisms on buying and selling transactions. resale of government bonds.

c) The bond purchaser under the resale contract is not recognized as a revenue when receiving the seller's bond coupon at the time(s) within the term of the resale transaction, but it is recognized as a Payable, other filed.

2. Structure and contents of account 171 – Purchase and resale of Government bonds

Debtor:

- The value of government bonds re-purchased by the seller upon the expiration of the contract;

– The purchase value of bonds by the buyer when the Government bond resale contract comes into effect;

– Allocate the difference between the resale price and the purchase price of Government bonds according to the Government bond resale contract to the buyer.

Yes Party:

– The value of Government bonds when sold under the purchase and sale contract of Government bonds of the buyer when the contract expires;

– The selling value of bonds by the seller when the Government bond resale contract comes into effect;

– Allocate the difference between the resale price and the repurchase price of government bonds according to the government bond resale contract to the seller.

Debit side balance: The value of the buyer's government bonds before the expiration of the resale contract term.

Credit balance: The value of the seller's government bonds before the end of the resale contract term.

3. Accounting method for some major economic transactions

3.1. Accounting for government bond sellers under repurchase contracts (Repo)

a) When the Government bond resale contract takes effect, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 111,112 (amount based on selling price)

Cr 171 – Transaction of buying and selling Government bonds.

b) Periodically, the seller allocates the difference between the selling price and the repurchase price of government bonds of the government bond resale contract to expenses, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 635- Financial expenses (units other than securities companies)

Account 171 – Transactions of buying and selling government bonds (allocation time is consistent with the contract period).

c) When the term of the Government bond resale contract expires, the company receives back the securities and pays the money stated in the Government bond resale contract, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 171 – Transactions of buying and selling Government bonds

Account 111,112 (according to the redemption price stated in the contract).

d) When the buyer pays the seller the coupon that the buyer receives for the seller at the time(s) within the contract term, the seller records:

Dr. 111,112,138

Cr 515 – Revenue from financial activities (units other than securities companies) (coupon number of bonds).

3.2. Accounting for government bond buyers under repurchase contracts (Repo)

a) When the contract comes into effect, based on the payment voucher and other documents, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 171 – Transactions of buying and selling Government bonds

Account 111, 112 (amount to be paid according to the purchase price).

b) Periodically, the buyer allocates the difference between the resale price and the purchase price of government bonds of the government bond resale contract to revenue, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 171 – Transactions of buying and selling Government bonds

Cr 515 – Revenue from financial activities (units other than securities companies) (allocated over the duration of the contract).

c) When receiving the coupon of the seller's bond at the time(s) within the contract term, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 111,112, …

Cr 338 – Other payables and payables (3388).

d) At the end of the contract term, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr. 111,112,138

Cr 171 – Transaction of buying and selling Government bonds.

At the same time, carry out the procedures to pay back the coupon number of the seller's bond at the time(s) within the contract term that the buyer receives on behalf of, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 338 – Other payables and payables

There is account 111,112…

Article 34. Accounting principles for fixed assets, investment real estate and capital construction in progress

1. Fixed assets, investment real estate and capital construction in progress must be monitored, settled, managed and used in accordance with current law.

2. Accountants must track in detail the source of fixed assets in order to appropriately allocate depreciation according to the following principles:

- For fixed assets formed from loans or equity in service of production and business, depreciation shall be included in production and business expenses;

- For fixed assets formed from welfare funds, science and technology development funds or funding sources, depreciation is recorded as a decrease in funds and funding sources for the formation of such fixed assets.

3. Accountants classify fixed assets and investment properties according to the purpose of use. In case an asset is used for many purposes, for example a mixed-use building that is used as an office, for rent and partly for sale, the accountant must make an estimate of the fair value. of each part to be properly recognized for its intended use.

- Where a material part of an asset is used for a specific purpose different from the use purpose of the remaining parts, accounting may classify the whole according to the degree of materiality. assets according to that material part;

- In case there is a change in the use function of parts of the asset, the accountant may reclassify the asset according to the purpose of use in accordance with the provisions of the relevant Accounting Standards.

4. When purchasing fixed assets, if they are received with additional equipment and spare parts (in case of failure), the accountant must determine and separately record the replacement products, spare parts and equipment at their fair value. If equipment and spare parts are qualified as fixed assets, they are recorded as fixed assets; if they do not meet the criteria for fixed assets, they are recorded as inventories. The historical cost of purchased fixed assets is determined by the total value of the purchased assets minus the value of products, equipment and spare parts.

5. Accounting for fixed assets, investment real estate and capital construction investment costs related to foreign currencies shall comply with the provisions of Article 69 – guidance on accounting methods for exchange rate differences.

Article 35. Account 211 – Tangible fixed assets

1. Accounting principles

a) This account is used to record the current value and the increase or decrease in all tangible fixed assets of the enterprise at cost.

b) Tangible fixed assets are assets with physical form held by enterprises for use in production and business activities in accordance with the recognition criteria of tangible fixed assets.

c) Tangible assets with independent structure, or many separate asset parts linked together into a system to perform one or a number of certain functions, if any part is missing. in which the whole system cannot operate, if all four criteria below are simultaneously satisfied, it is considered as a fixed asset:

- It is probable that future economic benefits will be derived from the use of the asset;

– The historical cost of assets must be determined reliably;

- Have a period of use from 1 year or more;

- Valid according to current regulations.

Where a system consists of many individual asset parts linked together, in which each component part has a different useful life and if a certain part is missing, the whole system can still perform its function. Its main activities, but due to the requirements of management and use of fixed assets, requires separate management of each asset part and each part of that asset if they simultaneously satisfy the four criteria of fixed assets. is treated as an independent tangible fixed asset.

For working animals or for products, if each animal simultaneously satisfies the four criteria of fixed assets, it is considered a tangible fixed asset.

For perennial orchards, if each piece of orchard, or tree simultaneously satisfies the four criteria of fixed assets, it is also considered a tangible fixed asset.

d) Value of tangible fixed assets is recorded in account 211 at cost. Accountants must keep track of the historical cost of each fixed asset. Depending on the source of formation, the historical cost of tangible fixed assets is determined as follows:

d1) The historical cost of tangible fixed assets due to procurement includes: Purchase price (except for trade discounts and rebates), taxes (excluding refundable taxes) and directly related expenses. The next step is to bring the asset into a ready-to-use state such as site preparation costs, initial shipping and handling costs, installation and commissioning costs (minus (-) product recalls , trial run waste), specialist costs and other directly related costs. Interest expense incurred when purchasing completed fixed assets (fixed assets that can be used immediately without going through the construction investment process) are not capitalized into the historical cost of fixed assets.

– In case of purchase of fixed assets with additional equipment and spare parts, the replacement equipment and spare parts must be identified and recorded separately according to their fair value. The historical cost of purchased fixed assets is the total costs directly related to bringing the asset to the ready-for-use state minus the value of equipment and spare parts.

- The historical cost of purchased tangible fixed assets is paid by deferred payment method: is the purchase price paid at the time of purchase plus directly related expenses up to the time of putting the asset into ready-to-use state (not including: including refundable taxes). The difference between the purchase price of deferred payment and the purchase price of immediate payment shall be accounted into production and business expenses according to the payment term.

– Historical cost of fixed assets being real estate: When purchasing real estate, the unit must separate the value of land use rights and assets on land according to the provisions of law. The value of assets on land is recorded as tangible fixed assets; The value of land use rights shall be accounted as intangible fixed assets or prepaid expenses, depending on the case according to the provisions of law.

d2) Original cost of tangible fixed assets formed by the completion of capital construction investment

- Historical cost of fixed assets by method of contract assignment: is the settlement price of construction works as prescribed in the current Regulation on investment and construction management, other directly related costs and registration fee (if applicable). Yes). For fixed assets that are working animals or for products or perennial orchards, the historical cost is all actual expenses spent on that animal or garden from the time of formation until the date of establishment. put into operation, use and other directly related costs.

- Self-constructed or self-produced tangible fixed assets:

The original cost of self-constructed tangible fixed assets is the settlement value of the work when it is put into use. In case fixed assets have been put into use but have not yet been finalized, the enterprise shall record the historical cost at the provisional price and adjust it after the settlement of the completed work.

The original cost of self-manufactured tangible fixed assets is the actual cost of the tangible fixed assets plus (+) direct costs related to bringing the fixed assets to a ready-for-use state.

– In both cases above, the historical cost of the fixed asset includes installation and trial running costs minus the value of products recovered during the trial run and trial production. Enterprises are not allowed to include in the historical cost of tangible fixed assets internal profits and unreasonable expenses such as wasted raw materials, materials, labor or other expenses used in excess of the normal level during the period. build sequence or self-manufacture.

d3) The historical cost of a tangible fixed asset purchased in the form of exchange for a dissimilar tangible fixed asset or another asset, determined according to the fair value of the received tangible fixed asset, or the fair value of the property brought. exchange, after adjusting for amounts or cash equivalents paid or received plus costs directly attributable to bringing the asset to its intended use (excluding refundable taxes) .

The historical cost of a tangible fixed asset purchased in the form of an exchange for a similar tangible fixed asset, or which can be formed by being sold in exchange for ownership of a similar asset (similar asset is an asset with similar uses). same line of business and of equivalent value). In this case any gain or loss is recognized during the exchange. The original cost of the fixed asset received is equal to the residual value of the exchanged fixed asset.

d4) The historical cost of the allocated or transferred tangible fixed assets includes: The residual value in the accounting books of the fixed assets at the issuing enterprise or transferring enterprise or the value according to the actual assessment of the Council. forwarder or professional valuation organization in accordance with the law and directly related costs such as transportation, loading and unloading, costs of upgrading, installation, test run, registration fee (if any) ... payable by the receiver of the asset up to the time when the fixed asset is put into the ready-to-use state.

Particularly, the historical cost of tangible fixed assets transferred between dependent accounting units without legal status in the same enterprise is the historical cost reflected in the transferred enterprise in accordance with the dossier of that fixed asset. The unit receiving the fixed asset shall base on its historical cost, accumulated depreciation, and residual value in the accounting books and dossiers of that fixed asset to record it in the accounting books. Expenses related to the transfer of fixed assets between units without legal entity status for dependent accounting are not accounted for as an increase in the historical cost of fixed assets but recorded in production and business expenses. in the period.

d5) The historical cost of tangible fixed assets received as capital contribution or received in return is the value agreed upon by founding members and shareholders or agreed upon by the enterprise and the capital contributor or determined by a professional organization. price as prescribed by law and approved by founding members and shareholders.

d6) The historical cost of fixed assets due to excess detection, sponsorship, donation or donation: is the value according to the actual assessment of the forwarding council or professional valuation organization; Expenses that the receiver must pay up to the time of putting the fixed asset into a state of readiness for use such as: Cost of transportation, loading and unloading, installation, test run, registration fee (if any).

d7. The historical cost of fixed assets purchased in foreign currencies shall comply with the provisions of Article 69 – guidance on accounting methods for exchange rate differences.

dd) The historical cost of tangible fixed assets may only be changed in the following cases:

- Re-evaluate fixed assets according to the decision of the State;

– Construction, installation and additional equipment for fixed assets;

– Changing parts of tangible fixed assets that increase their useful life, or increase their usable capacity;

– Improvement of parts of tangible fixed assets significantly increases the quality of manufactured products;

– Applying new production technology process reduces the operating cost of the asset compared to before;

- Dismantling one or several parts of fixed assets.

All cases of increase or decrease of tangible fixed assets must make a record of delivery and receipt, a record of liquidation of fixed assets and must follow the prescribed procedures. Accountants are responsible for making and completing fixed asset records in terms of accounting.

e) Maintenance, repair and maintenance costs for fixed assets in normal operation are not included in the value of fixed assets but are recorded in expenses incurred in the period. For fixed assets that must be maintained and repaired periodically according to technical requirements (such as turbines of power plants, aircraft engines, etc.), the accountants are allowed to make provision for payables and include them in production and business expenses. periodically to have a source of funding when maintenance and repair work arises.

g) Tangible fixed assets for operating lease are still subject to depreciation in accordance with current accounting standards and financial policies.

h) Tangible fixed assets must be monitored in detail for each fixed asset recording object, according to each type of fixed asset and the location of the fixed asset preservation, use and management.

2. Structure and contents of account 211 – Tangible fixed assets

Debtor:

– The historical cost of tangible fixed assets increases due to completion of construction, handing over and putting into use, due to procurement, receipt of contributed capital, grant, donation, sponsorship, discovery of excess;

– Adjustment to increase the historical cost of fixed assets due to construction, installation, retrofit or renovation;

– Adjustment to increase the historical cost of fixed assets due to re-evaluation.

Yes Party:

– The historical cost of tangible fixed assets decreases due to transfer to other enterprises, sale, liquidation or contribution to joint ventures, etc.

– The historical cost of fixed assets decreases due to the removal of one or several parts;

- Adjustment to decrease historical cost of fixed assets due to re-evaluation.

Debit side balance: The historical cost of tangible fixed assets currently in the enterprise.

Account 211 – Tangible fixed assets has 6 tier 2 accounts:

– Account 2111 – Houses and structures: Reflecting the value of capital construction works such as buildings, structures, fences, tanks, water towers, yards, decorative works designed for houses, infrastructure works such as roads and bridges sewers, railways, piers, wharfs…

– Account 2112 – Machinery and equipment: Reflecting the value of machines and equipment used in production and business of the enterprise, including specialized machines, machinery, working equipment, technological lines and single machines.

– Account 2113 – Means of transport and transmission: Reflects the value of various means of transport, including means of transport by road, rail, water, river, aviation, pipelines and transmission equipment.

– Account 2114 – Management equipment and tools: Reflect the value of equipment and tools used in management, business and administrative management.

– Account 2115 – Perennial plants, working animals and products: Reflects the value of fixed assets that are perennial plants, working animals, and livestock raised for products.

– Account 2118 – Other fixed assets: Record the value of other types of fixed assets not yet reflected in the above accounts.

3. Accounting method for some major economic transactions

3.1. Accounting for increase in tangible fixed assets

a) In case of receiving capital contribution from the owner or receiving capital provided with tangible fixed assets, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 211 – Tangible fixed assets (according to agreed prices)

Cr 411 – Owner's investment capital.

b) In case fixed assets are purchased:

- In case of purchase of tangible fixed assets, if input VAT is deductible, based on documents related to the purchase of fixed assets, the accountants shall determine the historical cost of the fixed assets, make accounting records, and make a delivery minutes. receive fixed assets, record:

Dr 211 – Tangible fixed assets (purchase price exclusive of VAT)

Dr 133 – Deductible VAT (1332)

There are accounts 111, 112,…

Cr 331 – Payable to the seller

Cr 341 – Loans and financial lease liabilities (3411).

- In case of purchasing tangible fixed assets and receiving equipment and spare parts, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 211 – Tangible fixed assets (details of purchased fixed assets, details of equipment, spare parts, qualified replacement of fixed assets)

Dr 153 – Tools and instruments (1534) (equipment, spare parts)

Dr 133 – Deductible VAT (1332)

There are accounts 111, 112,…

Cr 331 – Payable to the seller

Cr 341 – Loans and financial lease liabilities (3411).

– If input VAT is not deductible, the historical cost of fixed assets includes VAT.

– If fixed assets are purchased with capital from capital construction investment of the enterprise used for production and business, according to the decision of the competent authority, an increase in business capital must be recorded and a decrease in capital of capital construction, when the final settlement is approved, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 441 – Capital for capital construction investment

Cr 411 – Owner's investment capital.

c) In case of purchase of tangible fixed assets by method of deferred payment or installment payment:

- When purchasing tangible fixed assets by mode of deferred payment, installment payment and immediately using for production and business, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 211 – Tangible fixed assets (historical cost – recorded at the immediate purchase price)

Dr 133 – Deductible VAT (1332) (if any)

Dr 242 – Prepaid expenses (The late payment interest is the difference between the total payable amount minus the immediate purchase price and VAT (if any)

There are accounts 111, 112, 331.

- Periodically, paying money to the seller, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 331 – Payables to sellers

Accounts 111 and 112 (periodic payables including principal price and interest on deferred payment and installment payments are available).

- Periodically, when calculating into expenses according to the amount of interest on deferred payment or installment payment of each period, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 635 – Financial expenses

Account 242 – Prepaid expenses.

d) In case the enterprise is sponsored, donated or donated tangible fixed assets immediately put into use for production and business, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 211 – Tangible fixed assets

Cr 711 - Other income.

Other expenses directly related to tangible fixed assets financed, donated or donated shall be included in the historical cost, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 211 – Tangible fixed assets

Cr 111, 112, 331, ...

dd) In case of self-manufactured tangible fixed assets:

When using self-manufactured products to convert into tangible fixed assets, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 211 – Tangible fixed assets

Cr 155 – Finished products (if out of stock to use)

Cr 154 – Production and business expenses in progress (put into use immediately).

e) In case tangible fixed assets are purchased in the form of exchange:

– Tangible fixed assets purchased in the form of exchange with similar tangible fixed assets: When receiving similar tangible fixed assets for exchange and immediately put into use for production and business, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 211 – Tangible fixed assets (the original cost of the tangible fixed assets received is recorded according to the residual value of the exchanged fixed assets)

Dr 214 – Depreciation of fixed assets (depreciated amount of fixed assets given for exchange)

Cr 211 – Tangible fixed assets (original cost of fixed assets exchanged).

– Tangible fixed assets purchased in the form of exchange with other tangible fixed assets:

+ When handing tangible fixed assets to the exchanger, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 811 – Other expenses (residual value of fixed assets exchanged)

Dr 214 – Depreciation of fixed assets (depreciated value)

Cr 211 – Tangible fixed assets (historical cost).

+ At the same time, record an increase in income due to exchange of fixed assets:

Dr 131 – Receivables from customers (total payment price)

Cr 711 – Other income (fair value of fixed assets given for exchange)

Account 3331 – VAT payable (account 33311) (if any).

+ When receiving tangible fixed assets due to exchange, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 211 – Tangible fixed assets (fair value of fixed assets received)

Dr 133 – Deductible VAT (1332) (If any)

Cr 131 – Receivables from customers (total payment price).

+ In case additional money is collected because the value of the exchanged fixed assets is greater than the value of the fixed assets received through the exchange, when receiving money from the party having the exchanged fixed assets, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr. 111, 112 (additional amount collected)

Account 131 – Receivables from customers.

+ In case of having to pay extra money because the fair value of the fixed assets given for exchange is smaller than the fair value of the fixed assets received in exchange, when paying to the party having the exchanged fixed assets, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 131 – Receivables from customers

There are accounts 111, 112,…

g) In case of purchase of tangible fixed assets being houses and architectural objects attached to land use rights and immediately put into use for production and business activities, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 211 – Tangible fixed assets (historical cost – details of buildings and structures)

Dr 213 – Intangible fixed assets (historical cost – details of land use rights)

Dr 133 - Deductible VAT (if any).

Cr 111, 112, 331, ...

h) In case tangible fixed assets increase due to completion of capital construction investment: In case a completed construction work or work item has been handed over and put into use, but the settlement of investment capital has not yet been approved, the enterprise shall base it on In the actual capital construction investment cost, temporarily calculate the historical cost to account for the increase or decrease in fixed assets (for the basis of calculating and depreciating fixed assets to be put into use). After the final settlement of capital construction investment is approved, if there is a difference compared to the temporarily calculated fixed asset value, the accountant will make an increase or decrease the difference.

– In case the capital construction investment process is recorded on the same accounting book system of the enterprise:

+ When the construction work is completed, accepted, handed over and put into use for production and business, the fixed assets shall be recorded as follows:

Dr 211 – Tangible fixed assets (historical cost)

Cr 241 – Construction in progress.

+ If the assets formed through investment do not satisfy the criteria for recognition of tangible fixed assets according to the provisions of accounting standards for tangible fixed assets, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 152, 153 (if it is materials, tools, tools for storage)

Account 241 – Construction in progress.

– In case the construction investment process is not recorded on the same accounting book system of the enterprise (the investor enterprise has its own accounting management board to keep track of the construction investment process): When receiving the project handover , the investor, record:

Dr. 111, 112, 152, 153, 211, 213

Account 136 – Internal receivables

There are accounts 331, 333, … (receiving payables if any).

- If fixed assets are invested with capital from capital construction investment, when the final settlement is approved there is a decision of a competent authority, an increase in the owner's investment capital must be recorded, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 441 – Capital for capital construction investment

Cr 411 – Owner's investment capital.

- In case after finalization, if there is a difference between the final settlement price and the provisional price, the accountants shall adjust the historical cost of fixed assets, the following accounts shall be recorded:

+ In case of adjustment to decrease the original price, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 138 – Other receivables (receivables are not settled)

Cr 211 – Tangible fixed assets.

+ In case of adjustment to increase the historical cost of fixed assets, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Debits to accounts 211, 213, 217, 1557

There are related accounts.

i) Fixed assets received due to internal transfer of the Corporation (without payment), the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 211 – Tangible fixed assets (historical cost)

Cr 214 – Depreciation of fixed assets (depreciation value)

There are accounts 336, 411 (residual value).

k) In case of using non-business funds or project funds for investment and procurement of fixed assets, when the purchased or invested fixed assets are completed and put into use for non-business activities or projects, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 211 – Tangible fixed assets

There are accounts 111, 112

Cr 241 – Construction in progress

Cr 331 – Payable to the seller

Cr 461 – Non-business funding (4612).

At the same time, record an increase in funding sources for which fixed assets have been formed:

Dr 161 – Non-business expenses (1612)

Cr 466 – Funding for fixed assets.

If the enterprise withdraws the estimate for purchase of fixed assets, the enterprise actively monitors and records it in the notes to the financial statements..

l) In case of investment and purchase of fixed assets with the welfare fund, when completed and put into use for cultural and welfare activities, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 211 – Tangible fixed assets (total payment price)

There are accounts 111, 112, 331, 3411,…

– At the same time, write:

Dr 3532 – Welfare fund

Cr 3533 – Welfare fund has formed fixed assets.

m) Expenses incurred after initial recognition related to tangible fixed assets such as repair, renovation or upgrading:

– When incurring expenses for repair, renovation and upgrading of tangible fixed assets after initial recognition, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 241 – Construction in progress

Dr 133 – Deductible VAT (1332)

There are accounts 112, 152, 331, 334,…

– When the repair, renovation and upgrading of fixed assets is completed and put into use:

+ If the following conditions are satisfied, an increase in the historical cost of tangible fixed assets is recorded:

Dr 211 – Tangible fixed assets

Cr 241 – Construction in progress.

+ If the conditions for recording increase in historical cost of tangible fixed assets are not satisfied:

Dr. 623, 627, 641, 642 (if the value is small)

Dr 242 – Prepaid expenses (if the value is large, it must be amortized gradually)

Cr 241 – Construction in progress.

3.2. Accounting for reduction of tangible fixed assets

The company's tangible fixed assets decrease, due to sale, liquidation, loss, discovery of shortage when taking inventory, contributing capital to a joint venture, transferring to another enterprise, dismantling one or several parts... In all cases of reduction of tangible fixed assets, accountants must complete all procedures and correctly determine losses and incomes (if any). Based on relevant documents, accountants shall record books on a case-by-case basis as follows:

3.2.1 In case of sale of fixed assets used for production, business, non-business activities and projects: Fixed assets for sale are usually fixed assets that are not needed or are considered ineffective. When selling tangible fixed assets, they must complete all necessary procedures as prescribed by law. Based on the minutes of delivery and receipt of fixed assets and documents related to the sale of fixed assets:

a) In case of sale of fixed assets used for production and business, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Debits to accounts 111, 112, 131,…

Cr 711 – Other income (sale price exclusive of VAT)

Cr 3331 – Value added tax payable (33311).

If VAT cannot be immediately separated, other incomes include VAT. Periodically, the accountant shall record a decrease in other income for the payable VAT amount.

– Based on the minutes of delivery and receipt of fixed assets to write down the sold fixed assets:

Dr 214 – Depreciation of fixed assets (2141) (amortized value)

Dr 811 – Other expenses (residual value)

Cr 211 – Tangible fixed assets (historical cost).

– Expenses incurred in connection with the sale of fixed assets are recorded to Dr 811 “Other expenses”.

b) In case of sale of tangible fixed assets used for non-business activities and projects:

– Based on the minutes of delivery and receipt of fixed assets to write down the sold fixed assets:

Dr 466 – Funding for fixed assets (residual value)

Dr 214 – Depreciation of fixed assets (depreciated value)

Cr 211 – Tangible fixed assets (historical cost).

- The proceeds and expenses related to the sale of tangible fixed assets shall be recorded in relevant accounts according to the regulations of the competent authority.

c) In case of sale of tangible fixed assets used for cultural and welfare activities:

- According to the minutes of delivery and receipt of fixed assets to record a decrease in the sold fixed assets, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 353 – Bonus and welfare fund (3533) (residual value)

Dr 214 – Depreciation of fixed assets (depreciated value)

Cr 211 – Tangible fixed assets (historical cost).

- Simultaneously recording the revenue from the sale of fixed assets, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 111, 112, ...

Account 353 – Bonus and welfare fund (3532)

Cr 333 – Taxes and other payables to the State (3331) (if any).

- To reflect expenses on sale of fixed assets, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 353 – Bonus and welfare fund (3532)

There are accounts 111, 112,…

3.2.2. In case of liquidation of fixed assets: Liquidated fixed assets are damaged fixed assets that cannot be continued to be used, which are technically backward or not suitable for production and business requirements. When a fixed asset is liquidated, the enterprise must issue a decision on liquidation and set up a council for liquidation of fixed assets. The Fixed Asset Liquidation Council is responsible for organizing the liquidation of fixed assets in accordance with the order and procedures specified in the financial management regime and making a "Minute on liquidation of fixed assets" according to the prescribed form. The minutes are made in 2 copies, 1 copy is sent to the accounting department to keep track of bookkeeping, 1 copy is assigned to the management and use department of fixed assets.

Based on the minutes of liquidation and documents related to the receipts and expenditures of the liquidation of fixed assets, accounting records are recorded as in the case of sale of fixed assets.

3.2.3 When contributing capital to subsidiaries, joint ventures or associates with tangible fixed assets, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr. 221, 222 (according to revaluation value)

Dr 214 – Depreciation of fixed assets (depreciated amount)

Dr 811 – Other expenses (the difference between the revaluation price is less than the residual value of the fixed asset)

Cr 211 – Tangible fixed assets (historical cost)

Cr 711 – Other income (the difference between the revaluation price is greater than the residual value of the fixed asset).

3.2.4 Accounting for tangible fixed assets, detecting excess or deficiency: In every case of detecting excess or shortage of fixed assets, the cause must be traced. Based on the "Minutes of inventory of fixed assets" and conclusions of the Inventory Council to make accurate and timely accounting, according to each specific reason:

a) Fixed assets discovered in excess:

– If fixed assets are discovered in excess due to being left out of the books (not yet recorded), the accountant must base on the fixed asset records to record the increase in fixed assets on a case-by-case basis, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 211 – Tangible fixed assets

There are accounts 241, 331, 338, 411,…

- If the surplus fixed assets are in use, in addition to the recording of an increase in tangible fixed assets, the historical cost and the depreciation rate must be based on the depreciation value to determine the depreciation value as a basis for calculating, additionally depreciating the fixed assets or making additional deductions. For fixed assets used for welfare, non-business activities and projects, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Debits to accounts Production and business expenses (fixed assets used for production and business)

Dr 3533 – Welfare fund has formed fixed assets (used for welfare)

Dr 466 – Funding for fixed assets (used for production and projects)

Cr 214 – Depreciation of fixed assets (2141).

- If the excess detected fixed assets are identified as fixed assets of other enterprises, they must immediately notify the enterprise that owns such assets. If the property owner cannot be identified, it must immediately notify the superior agency and the financial agency at the same level (if it is a SOE) for handling. In the meantime, accountants must base themselves on inventory documents, temporarily monitor and keep them.

b) Fixed assets found to be deficient must be investigated for the cause, identified responsible and handled according to the current financial regime.

– In case there is a decision on immediate handling: Based on the approved “Minutes of handling shorted fixed assets” and the fixed asset dossier, the accountant must accurately determine the historical cost and amortization value of such fixed asset as a basis for recording a decrease. Fixed assets and material handling of the remaining value of fixed assets. Depending on the handling decision, record:

+ For short-term fixed assets used for production and business, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 214 – Depreciation of fixed assets (depreciation value)

Debits to accounts 111, 112, 334, 138 (1388) (if the person at fault must compensate)

Dr 411 – Owner's investment capital (if allowed to write down capital)

Dr 811 – Other expenses (if the business suffers losses)

Cr 211 – Tangible fixed assets.

+ For short-term fixed assets used for non-business activities and projects:

When reflecting the decrease in fixed assets, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 214 – Depreciation of fixed assets (depreciation value)

Dr 466 – Funding for fixed assets (residual value)

Cr 211 – Tangible fixed assets (historical cost).

For the remaining value of the missing fixed assets which must be recovered under the handling decision, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr. 111, 112 (if money is collected)

Dr 334 – Payables to employees (deduct from employee's salary)

There are related accounts (depending on handling decisions).

+ For short-term fixed assets used for cultural and welfare activities:

When reflecting the decrease in fixed assets, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 214 – Depreciation of fixed assets (depreciation value)

Dr 3533 – Welfare fund has formed fixed assets (residual value)

Cr 211 – Tangible fixed assets (historical cost).

For the remaining value of the missing fixed assets which must be recovered under the handling decision, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr. 111, 112 (if money is collected)

Dr 334 – Payables to employees (deduct from employee's salary)

Account 3532 – Welfare fund.

- In case of shortage of fixed assets, the cause of which has not been determined, pending handling:

+ For short-term fixed assets used in production and business activities:

To reflect the decrease in fixed assets, for the remaining value of the missing fixed assets, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 214 – Depreciation of fixed assets (2141) (value of depreciation)

Dr 138 – Other receivables (1381) (residual value)

Cr 211 – Tangible fixed assets (historical cost).

When there is a decision to handle the residual value of the missing fixed asset, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Drs 111, 112 (compensation)

Dr 138 – Other receivables (1388) (if the person at fault must compensate)

Dr 334 – Payables to employees (deduct from employee's salary)

Dr 411 – Owner's investment capital (if allowed to write down capital)

Dr 811 – Other expenses (if the business suffers losses)

Account 138 – Other receivables (1381).

+ For short-term fixed assets used for non-business activities and projects:

When reflecting the decrease in fixed assets, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 214 – Depreciation of fixed assets (depreciation value)

Dr 466 – Funding for fixed assets (residual value)

Cr 211 – Tangible fixed assets (historical cost).

Simultaneously, the remaining value of the shortfall fixed assets is recorded in Account 1381 “Lack of assets pending settlement”, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 1381 – Debt pending assets

Cr 338 – Other payables and payables.

When there is a decision on settlement of compensation for the remaining value of the missing fixed asset, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 111, 334, ...

Cr 1381 – Shortage of assets pending settlement.

Simultaneously, the amount collected for compensation for the remaining value of the missing fixed assets shall be recorded in relevant accounts according to the decision of the competent authority:

Dr 338 – Other payables and payables

There are related accounts (accounts 333, 461,...).

+ For short-term fixed assets used for cultural and welfare activities:

When reflecting the decrease in fixed assets, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 214 – Depreciation of fixed assets (depreciation value)

Dr 3533 – Welfare fund has formed fixed assets (residual value)

Cr 211 – Tangible fixed assets (historical cost).

Simultaneously, the remaining value of the shortfall fixed assets is recorded in Account 1381 “Lack of assets pending settlement”, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 1381 – Debt pending assets

Account 3532 – Welfare fund.

When there is a decision on settlement of compensation for the remaining value of the missing fixed asset, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 111, 334, ...

Cr 1381 – Shortage of assets pending settlement.

3.2.5. For tangible fixed assets used for production and business, if not meeting the criteria for recognition as prescribed, they must be converted into tools, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr. 623, 627, 641, 642 (if the residual value is small)

Dr 242 – Prepaid expenses (if the remaining value is large, it must be amortized gradually)

Dr 214 – Depreciation of fixed assets (depreciation value)

Cr 211 – Tangible fixed assets (historical cost of fixed assets).

3.2.6 Accounting for sale and leaseback of tangible fixed assets is an operating lease (see provisions in Account 811 or 711).

3.3. Accountants handle tangible fixed assets when taking inventory at the time of enterprise valuation to equitize enterprises with 100% state capital

a) Accounting for the results of asset inventory: When receiving a notice or decision on equitization from a competent authority, the equitized enterprise is responsible for inventorying and classifying tangible fixed assets under management. , used at the time of enterprise valuation.

- In case of shortage of tangible fixed assets, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 1381 - Debt pending assets (residual value)

Dr 214 – Depreciation of fixed assets (accumulated depreciation)

Cr 211 – Tangible fixed assets (historical cost).

– In case of excess of fixed assets: Enterprises actively monitor and record in the notes to the financial statements the assets discovered in excess through inventory. Then, write to the relevant accounts in the Balance Sheet after finding out the cause and having the decision of the competent authority to handle it.

b) Accounting for handling of excess and deficient tangible fixed assets in inventory: Enterprises must analyze and clarify the causes of excess and deficient assets and determine the responsibility of organizations and individuals to handle compensation for material liability. substances according to current regulations. The missing value of tangible fixed assets after deducting compensation is recognized in other expenses.

- For assets found to be deficient through inventory, based on the "Minutes of handling excess and deficient assets through inventory", the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 111 – Cash (individuals, organizations pay compensation)

Dr 1388 – Other receivables (individuals, organizations must pay compensation)

Dr 334 – Payables to employees (if the employee's wages are deducted)

Dr 811 – Other expenses (remaining value of fixed assets missing through inventory must be included in the loss of the enterprise)

Cr 1381 – Shortage of assets pending settlement.

- For tangible fixed assets discovered in excess through inventory, based on "Minutes of handling excess and deficient assets through inventory", the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 3381 – Excess assets pending settlement

Cr 331 – Payables to the seller (if the seller's excess assets)

Cr 338 – Other payables and payables (3388)

Cr 411 – Owner's investment capital (for excess tangible fixed assets for which the cause cannot be determined and the owner cannot be found).

c) Accounting for sale and liquidation of unused assets, stagnant assets, pending liquidation: After receiving the written approval of the equitization-deciding agency, the enterprise organizes, sells, and settles the sale. according to current regulations. Accountants must monitor and record revenues and expenses and record a decrease in assets, specifically as follows:

- Reflecting revenue from sale, liquidation of fixed assets that are not needed and fixed assets awaiting liquidation, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Debit of 111,112,131 Account

Account 711 – Other income

Account 3331 – VAT payable (if any).

- To reflect expenses on transfer, sale and liquidation of fixed assets that are not needed and fixed assets awaiting liquidation, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 811 - Other expenses

Dr 133 - Deductible VAT (if any).

There are accounts 111,112, 331.

- Reflecting a decrease in fixed assets sold or liquidated, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 811 – Other expenses (residual value)

Dr 214 – Depreciation of fixed assets

Cr 211 – Tangible fixed assets.

d) In case an enterprise transfers tangible fixed assets that are not needed and is awaiting liquidation in accordance with law, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 411 – Owner's investment capital

Dr 214 – Depreciation of fixed assets

Cr 211 – Tangible fixed assets.

dd) Accounting for the transfer of assets that are welfare works

- In case of transferring houses for officials and employees invested by the enterprise's welfare fund to the local real estate agency for management and accounting, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 3533 – Welfare fund has formed fixed assets (residual value)

Dr 214 – Depreciation of fixed assets (residual value)

Cr 211 – Tangible fixed assets (historical cost).

- For assets being welfare works invested with state capital, if the equitized enterprise uses it for business purposes, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 466 – Funding sources for fixed assets

Cr 411 – Owner's investment capital.

e) Accounting for revalued tangible fixed assets when determining enterprise value

Based on the enterprise value re-determination dossier, the enterprise re-adjusts the value of tangible fixed assets according to the following principles: The difference in the increase in the residual value of the fixed asset is recorded in the Credit account to Account 412 – Difference of assessment. property back; The difference in residual value of fixed assets is recorded in the Debit side of Account 412 – Difference on revaluation of assets and this difference must be detailed for each fixed asset. The details for each case are as follows:

- In case the revaluation fixed asset has a higher value than the book value and historical cost of the fixed asset, the revaluation accumulated depreciation increases compared to the book value, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 211 – Historical cost of fixed assets (increased value)

Cr 214 – Depreciation of fixed assets (increased value)

Cr 412 – Differences in revaluation of assets (increased value of fixed assets).

- In case the revaluation fixed asset has a value lower than the book value and historical cost of the fixed asset, the revaluation accumulated depreciation is reduced compared to the book value, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 214 – Depreciation of fixed assets (reduced value)

Dr 412 – Difference on revaluation of assets (decreased value of fixed assets)

Cr 211 – Historical cost of fixed assets (reduced value).

Enterprises depreciate fixed assets at their new historical cost after adjusting the value due to re-evaluation.

g) Handing over fixed assets to the joint stock company

– In case of equitization of independent enterprises

In case of equitization of an independent enterprise, the accountant shall carry out handover procedures in accordance with current regulations on handing over assets, liabilities and capital sources to the joint stock company. All accounting vouchers, accounting books and financial statements of the equitized enterprise subject to archiving shall be transferred to the joint stock company for further archiving.

– In case of equitization of dependent-accounting enterprises of independent State-owned companies, the Corporation, the Corporation, the parent company, the independent-accounting member companies of the Corporation.

When handing over assets, liabilities and capital sources to the joint-stock company, based on the minutes of asset handover, detailed appendices on the assets handed over to the joint-stock company and other documents and accounting books. In relevant accounting, the accounting records the value of tangible fixed assets handed over to the joint-stock company, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 411 – Owner's investment capital

Dr 214 – Depreciation of fixed assets (depreciated part)

Cr 211 – Tangible fixed assets.

Article 36. Account 212 – Financial lease fixed assets

1. Accounting principles

a) This account is used to record the current value and the increase or decrease of all financial lease fixed assets of the enterprise. This account is used for enterprises being the lessee to record the historical cost of financial lease fixed assets (which are fixed assets not yet under the ownership of the enterprise but the enterprise has obligations and legal responsibilities to manage and use as assets). enterprise property).

b) Financial lease: A lease in which the lessor transfers substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of the asset to the lessee. Ownership of the property is transferable at the end of the lease term.

c) Conditions for classifying an asset lease as a financial lease: A finance lease must satisfy 1 of the following five (5) conditions:

– The lessor transfers ownership of the property to the lessee at the end of the lease term;

– At the inception of the lease, the lessee has the option to buy back the leased asset at an estimated price lower than the fair value at the end of the lease term;

- The minimum lease term must cover the majority of the economic life of the asset even if there is no transfer of ownership;

– At the commencement of the lease, the present value of the minimum lease payments constitutes a substantial (equivalent) portion of the fair value of the leased asset;

The leased property is of a specialized type that only the lessee can use without any major changes or repairs.

d) An asset lease contract is considered a finance lease if it satisfies at least one of the following three (3) conditions:

– If the lessee cancels the contract and compensates the lessor for losses arising from the contract cancellation;

– Gain or loss resulting from a change in the fair value of the residual value of the leased asset attached to the lessee;

– The lessee has the ability to continue to sub-lease the asset after the expiration of the lease with a rent lower than the market rent. Particularly in the case of a lease that is a land use right, it is usually classified as an operating lease.

dd) The historical cost of a finance lease fixed asset is recognized at the fair value of the leased asset or the present value of the minimum lease payment (in case the fair value is higher than the present value of the leased asset). minimum lease payments) plus the initial direct costs incurred in connection with the finance lease. If input VAT is deductible, the present value of the minimum rental payment does not include the amount of VAT payable to the lessor.

When calculating the present value of the minimum rental payment for a lease, a business can use the implicit interest rate, the rate of interest stated in the lease, or the marginal rate of return. lessee's loan.

e) The input VAT on the financial leased assets which is not deductible and payable by the lessee to the lessor is accounted as follows:

- If the non-deductible input VAT is paid once at the time of recording the leased asset, the historical cost of the leased asset includes VAT;

– If the non-deductible input VAT is paid in each period, it shall be recorded in the production and business expenses in the period in accordance with the item of depreciation expense of the financial leased asset.

g) The value of fixed assets under operating lease is not recorded in this account.

h) The lessee is responsible for calculating and depreciating fixed assets into production and business expenses periodically on the basis of applying the depreciation policy consistent with the depreciation policy of assets of the same type belonging to the lessee. own property. If it is not certain that the lessee will acquire title to the leased asset at the end of the lease term, the leased asset will be depreciated over the lease term if the lease term is shorter than the useful life of the leased asset.

i) Account 212 is opened in detail to track each type and each leased fixed asset.

2. Structure and contents of account 212 – Financial lease fixed assets

Debtor: The historical cost of finance lease fixed assets increased.

Yes Party: The historical cost of a financial lease fixed asset decreases due to being returned to the lessor upon the expiration of the contract or redeemed into a fixed asset of the enterprise.

Debit side balance: Historical cost of existing finance lease fixed assets.

Account 212 – Financial lease fixed assets have 2 level 2 accounts

– Account 2121 – Tangible fixed assets under finance lease: Used to reflect the current value and the increase or decrease of all tangible fixed assets leased by the enterprise;

– Account 2122 – Intangible fixed assets under finance lease: Used to reflect the current value and the increase and decrease of all intangible fixed assets under finance lease of the enterprise.

3. Accounting method for some major economic transactions

3.1. When incurring initial direct costs related to the finance lease asset before receiving the leased asset, such as: Cost of negotiation, contract signing, etc., the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 242 – Prepaid expenses

There are accounts 111, 112,…

3.2. When paying a financial rental advance or making a security deposit for the lease, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 341 – Loans and finance lease liabilities (3412) (rent prepaid)

Dr 244 – Mortgage, mortgage, deposit, deposit

There are accounts 111, 112,…

3.3. When receiving a financial lease fixed asset, the accountant, based on the asset lease contract and relevant documents, reflects the value of the finance lease fixed asset at the price exclusive of input VAT, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 212 – Financial lease fixed assets (price exclusive of VAT)

Cr 341 – Finance lease loans and liabilities (3412) (present value of minimum lease payments or fair value of leased assets excluding refundable taxes).

Initial direct costs related to finance lease activities are recorded in the historical cost of finance lease fixed assets, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 212 – Financial lease fixed assets

Cr 242 – Prepaid expenses, or

Cr 111, 112,… (direct expenses related to leasing activities incurred when receiving financial leased assets).

3.4. Periodically, receive a financial lease payment invoice:

When paying the principal and paying rental interest to the lessor, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 635 – Financial expenses (rent interest paid for this period)

Dr 341 – Loans and finance lease liabilities (3412) (principal repayment this period)

There are accounts 111, 112,…

3.5. When receiving the invoice of the lessor requesting the payment of input VAT:

a) If VAT is deductible, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 133 – Deductible VAT (1332)

Account 112 – Bank deposit (if paid immediately)

Cr 338 – Other payables (input VAT payable to the lessor).

b) If input VAT is not deductible, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 212 – Financial lease fixed assets (if input VAT is not deductible and VAT payment is made once at the time of recording financial lease fixed assets)

Debit to Accounts 627, 641, 642 (if input VAT is not deductible, payment is made according to the periodical receipt of invoices)

Account 112 – Bank deposit (if paid immediately)

Cr 338 – Other payables (input VAT payable to the lessor).

3.6. When paying the capital commitment fee payable to the lessor, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 635 – Financial expenses.

There are accounts 111, 112,…

3.7. When returning a financial lease fixed asset according to the provisions of the lease contract to the lessor, the accountant shall record a decrease in the value of the finance lease fixed asset, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 214 – Depreciation of fixed assets (2142)

Cr 212 – Financial lease fixed assets.

3.8. In case the lease contract specifies that the lessee only rents out part of the asset's value and then repurchases it, when receiving the transfer of asset ownership, the lessee shall record a decrease in financial lease fixed assets and an increase in fixed assets. tangible assets owned by the business. When transferring from finance lease assets to assets owned by the enterprise, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 211 – Tangible fixed assets

Cr 212 – Financial lease fixed assets (remaining value of finance lease fixed assets)

There are accounts 111, 112,… (additional amount to be paid).

Simultaneously transfer the wear and tear value, record:

Dr 2142 – Depreciation of finance lease fixed assets

Cr 2141 – Depreciation of tangible fixed assets.

3.9. Accounting for sale and leaseback transactions of assets that are finance leases:

a) In case of sale and leaseback transaction with the selling price of the asset higher than the residual value of the fixed asset:

– Accounting for sale transactions (see account 711)

– The entries for the recognition of leased assets and liabilities for finance leases and payment of rents in each period shall comply with the provisions of Points 3.1 to 3.6 of this Article.

- Periodically, accountants calculate and depreciate financial lease fixed assets into production and business expenses, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Debits to accounts 623, 627, 641, 642,…

Cr 2142 – Depreciation of financial lease fixed assets.

- Periodically, when transferring the difference between the selling price which is larger than the residual value of the sold and leased fixed assets, recording a decrease in production and business expenses in a period suitable to the lease period, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 3387 – Unrealized revenue

There are accounts 623, 627, 641, 642,…

b) In case of sale and leaseback transaction at a price lower than the residual value of the fixed asset:

– Accounting for sale transactions (see account 711)

– The entries for the recognition of leased assets and liabilities for finance leases and payment of rents in each period shall comply with the provisions of Points 3.1 to 3.6 of this Article.

- Periodically, the smaller difference (loss) between the selling price and the residual value of the sold and leased fixed assets shall be recorded as an increase in production and business expenses in the period, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Debits to accounts 623, 627, 641, 642,…

Account 242 – Prepaid expenses.

Article 37. Account 213 – Intangible fixed assets

1. Accounting principles

a) This account is used to record the current value and the increase or decrease in intangible fixed assets of the enterprise. Intangible fixed assets are assets that have no physical form, but can be valued and are held and used by enterprises in production and business, providing services or leased to other objects, in accordance with recognition criteria. Intangible fixed assets.

b) The historical cost of an intangible fixed asset is the total cost that the enterprise has to spend to acquire the intangible fixed asset by the time of putting that asset into use as expected.

– The historical cost of the intangible fixed asset purchased separately, including the purchase price (minus (-) trade discounts or rebates), taxes (excluding refundable taxes) and related expenses. directly related to bringing the asset to its intended use;

– In case the purchase of intangible fixed assets is paid by the method of deferred payment or installment payment, the historical cost of the intangible fixed assets is recorded according to the purchase price paid immediately at the time of purchase. The difference between the purchase price of deferred payment and the purchase price of immediate payment is accounted into production and business expenses according to the payment term, unless such difference is included in the historical cost of intangible fixed assets (capitalization) in accordance with the provisions of the standard. accounting standard "Borrowing costs";

– Intangible fixed assets purchased in the form of exchange for a dissimilar intangible fixed asset are determined according to the fair value of the received assets or equal to the fair value of the exchanged assets after adjusting the amounts. cash or the equivalent of extra payment or collection. If the exchange and payment of documents related to the capital ownership of the enterprise, the historical cost is the fair value of the issued documents relating to the capital ownership of the enterprise;

The historical cost of an intangible fixed asset that is a land use right is the amount paid to obtain a lawful land use right (including expenses paid to the transferring organization or individual or expenses for compensation and ground clearance, ground leveling, registration fees…) or as agreed upon by the parties when contributing capital. The determination of intangible fixed assets as land use rights must comply with relevant laws.

– The historical cost of intangible fixed assets granted or donated by the State is determined according to the initial fair value plus (+) costs directly related to putting the asset into use as expected.

– The historical cost of the transferred intangible fixed asset is the historical cost recorded in the accounting books of the unit having the transferred asset.

c) All actual expenses incurred in connection with the implementation phase are not eligible for recognition as intangible fixed assets and are included in production and business expenses in the period. If it is found that the implementation results satisfy the definition and recognition criteria of intangible fixed assets specified in Accounting Standard "Intangible fixed assets", the costs of the implementation phase are recorded in Account 241 "Construction". essentially unfinished” (2412). At the end of the implementation phase, the costs of forming the historical cost of intangible fixed assets in the implementation phase must be transferred to the debit side of account 213 “Intangible fixed assets”.

d) In the course of use, the intangible fixed asset must be depreciated into production and business expenses in accordance with the provisions of the Accounting Standard of Intangible Fixed Assets. Particularly for fixed assets being land use rights, depreciation is only calculated for intangible fixed assets that are use rights with a definite term.

dd) Expenses related to intangible fixed assets incurred after initial recognition must be recorded as production and business expenses in the period, unless the following two conditions are simultaneously satisfied, an increase in the historical cost of fixed assets shall be recorded. invisible:

– Expenses that are likely to cause the intangible fixed asset to generate future economic benefits more than the initially assessed performance level;

– Costs can be reliably determined and associated with specific intangible fixed assets.

e) Expenses incurred to bring future economic benefits to the enterprise, including: establishment costs, staff training costs, advertising expenses incurred in the period before the new enterprise's operation. establishment, expenses for the research period, costs of relocation, are recorded as production and business expenses in the period or gradually amortized into production and business expenses for a maximum period of not more than 3 years.

g) Expenses related to intangible assets already recognized by enterprises as expenses to determine business results in the previous period shall not be re-recognized into historical cost of intangible fixed assets.

h) Trademarks, trade names, issuance rights, customer lists and similar items formed within the enterprise are not recognized as intangible fixed assets.

i) Intangible fixed assets are tracked in detail according to each fixed asset record in the “Fixed Asset Book”.

2. Structure and contents of account 213 – Intangible fixed assets

Debtor: The historical cost of intangible fixed assets increased.

Yes Party: The cost of intangible fixed assets decreased.

Debit side balance: Historical cost of existing intangible fixed assets in the enterprise.

Account 213 – Intangible fixed assets, there are 7 tier 2 accounts:

– Account 2131 – Land use rights: Only reflected in this account land use rights are considered as intangible fixed assets according to the provisions of law.

The value of intangible fixed assets is the land use right, including all actual expenses directly related to the land use rights, such as: money spent to acquire land use rights, expenses for compensation and settlement. site clearance, ground leveling (in case of separate land use rights for the stage of investment in houses and structures on land), registration fee (if any), etc. This account does not include expenses. Expenses for construction of works on land.

– Account 2132 – Issuing rights: Reflecting the value of intangible fixed assets is all the actual expenses that the enterprise has spent to have the right to issue.

– Account 2133 – Copyrights, patents: Reflecting the value of intangible fixed assets is the actual expenses spent to obtain copyrights and patents.

– Account 2134 – Trademarks, trade names: Reflecting the value of intangible fixed assets are actual costs directly related to the purchase of trademarks.

– Account 2135 – Software program: Reflecting the value of intangible fixed assets is all actual expenses that the enterprise has spent to have the software program.

– Account 2136 – Franchise licenses and permits: Reflecting the value of intangible fixed assets is the expenses spent to obtain a license or franchise license to perform such work, such as: mining license, license to manufacture new products, etc.

– Account 2138 – Other intangible fixed assets: Values ​​of other intangible fixed assets not yet specified are reflected in the above accounts.

3. Accounting method for some major economic transactions

3.1. Buy intangible fixed assets:

- In case of purchase of intangible fixed assets used for production and business of goods and services subject to VAT calculated by the deduction method, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 213 – Intangible fixed assets (purchase price exclusive of VAT)

Dr 133 – Deductible VAT (1332)

Account 112 – Bank deposit

Cr 141 – Advance

Cr 331 – Payable to the seller.

- In case of purchase of intangible fixed assets used for production and business of goods and services that are not subject to VAT, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 213 – Intangible fixed assets (total payment price)

Account 112, 331,… (total payment price).

3.2. In case of purchase of intangible fixed assets by method of deferred payment or installment payment:

- When buying intangible fixed assets used for production and business of goods and services subject to VAT calculated by the deduction method, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 213 – Intangible fixed assets (VAT-exclusive purchase price)

Dr. 242 – Prepaid expenses (deferred interest, installments in )

the difference between Total payable minus (-) Immediate purchase price and input VAT (if any))

Dr 133 – Deductible VAT (1332)

There are accounts 111, 112

Cr 331 – Payable to the seller.

- When buying intangible fixed assets used for production and business of goods and services that are not subject to VAT or subject to VAT calculated by the direct method, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 213 – Intangible fixed assets (VAT included at the purchase price and paid immediately)

Dr 242 – Prepaid expenses (deferred interest, installments calculated by the difference between the total amount to be paid minus (-) Purchase price for immediate payment)

Cr 331 – Payable to the seller (total payment price).

- Periodically calculating the interest payable on the purchase of intangible fixed assets by method of deferred payment or installment payment, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 635 – Financial expenses

Account 242 – Prepaid expenses.

– When paying money to the seller, record:

Dr 331 – Payables to sellers

There are accounts 111, 112,…

3.3. Intangible fixed assets purchased in the form of exchange.

a) In case of exchange of two similar intangible fixed assets: When receiving a similar intangible fixed asset from exchange for a similar intangible fixed asset and immediately putting it into use for production and business, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 213 – Intangible fixed assets (the original cost of the received intangible fixed assets is recorded according to the residual value of the exchanged fixed assets)

Dr 214 – Depreciation of fixed assets (2143) (depreciated fixed assets exchanged)

Cr 213 – Intangible fixed assets (historical cost of fixed assets exchanged).

b) In case of exchange of two dissimilar intangible fixed assets:

- Record reduction of intangible fixed assets given for exchange, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 214 – Depreciation of fixed assets (depreciated value)

Dr 811 – Other expenses (residual value of fixed assets exchanged)

Cr 213 – Intangible fixed assets (historical cost).

- At the same time, recording income from exchange of fixed assets, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 131- Receivables from customers (total payment price)

Cr 711 – Other income (fair value of fixed assets exchanged)

Account 3331 – VAT payable (33311) (if any).

- Record an increase in intangible fixed assets received for exchange, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 213 – Intangible fixed assets (fair value of fixed assets received)

Dr 133 – Deductible VAT (1332) (if any)

Cr 131 – Receivables from customers (total payment price).

3.4. Value of intangible fixed assets formed from within the enterprise during the implementation phase:

a) When costs are incurred during the implementation phase, it is found that the implementation results do not satisfy the definition and recognition criteria of intangible fixed assets, they shall be included in production and business expenses in the period or in other expenses. prepaid, record:

Dr 242 – Prepaid expenses (in case of large value) or

Dr 642 – Administration expenses

There are accounts 111, 112, 152, 153, 331,…

b) When considering that the implementation results satisfy the definition and recognition criteria of intangible fixed assets, then:

- When collecting actual costs incurred in the implementation stage to form the historical cost of intangible fixed assets, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 241 – Construction in progress

Dr 133 – Deductible VAT (1332 – if any)

There are accounts 111, 112, 152, 153, 331,…

– At the end of the implementation phase, the accountant must determine the total actual costs incurred to form the historical cost of intangible fixed assets, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 213 – Intangible fixed assets

Cr 241 – Construction in progress.

3.5. When purchasing intangible fixed assets that are land use rights together with the purchase of houses and structures on land, the value of intangible fixed assets being land use rights and tangible fixed assets being buildings and structures must be separately determined. :

Dr 211 – Tangible fixed assets (historical cost of buildings and structures)

Dr 213 – Intangible fixed assets (historical cost of land use rights)

Dr 133 – Deductible VAT (1332 – if any)

Cr 111, 112, 331, ...

3.6. When an intangible fixed asset is formed from the exchange and payment of documents related to the ownership of capital by joint-stock companies, the historical cost of the intangible fixed asset is the fair value of the issued documents related to the ownership rights. capital ownership, record:

Dr 213 – Intangible fixed assets

Cr 411 – Owner's investment capital.

3.7. When enterprises are sponsored, donated or donated intangible fixed assets immediately put into use for production and business activities:

- When receiving sponsored, donated or donated intangible fixed assets, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 213 – Intangible fixed assets

Cr 711 - Other income.

- Expenses incurred in relation to intangible fixed assets received as donations, gifts, or gifts, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 213 – Intangible fixed assets

There are accounts 111, 112,…

3.8. When the enterprise receives capital contribution by land use right, the following accounts shall be recorded according to the land use right assignment dossier:

Dr 213 – Intangible fixed assets

Cr 411 – Owner's investment capital.

3.9. When there is a decision to change the use purpose of the investment property which is the land use right to an intangible fixed asset, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 213 – Intangible fixed assets (2131)

Cr 217 – Investment real estate.

At the same time, when converting accumulated depreciation of investment property to accumulated depreciation of intangible fixed assets, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 2147 – Depreciation of investment property

Cr 2143 – Depreciation of intangible fixed assets.

3.10. When investing in subsidiaries, joint ventures or associates in the form of capital contribution with intangible fixed assets, based on the re-evaluated price of intangible fixed assets:

a) In case the re-evaluated price is determined to be the contributed capital smaller than the residual value of the intangible fixed asset used for capital contribution, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr. 221, 222 (according to revaluation value)

Dr 214 – Depreciation of fixed assets (2143) (depreciated amount)

Dr 811 – Other expenses (the difference between the revaluation price is smaller than the residual value of the intangible fixed asset)

Cr 213 – Intangible fixed assets (historical cost).

b) If the re-evaluated price is determined to be the contributed capital greater than the residual value of the intangible fixed asset used for capital contribution, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr. 221, 222 (according to revaluation value)

Dr 214 – Depreciation of fixed assets (2143) (depreciated amount)

Cr 213 – Intangible fixed assets (historical cost)

Cr 711 – Other income (the difference between the revaluation price is larger than the residual value of the intangible fixed asset).

3.11. Accounting for the sale and liquidation of intangible fixed assets is prescribed as accounting for sale and liquidation of tangible fixed assets (see instructions in Account 211).

Article 38. Account 214 – Depreciation of fixed assets

1. Accounting principles

a) This account is used to record the increase, decrease in depreciation value and accumulated depreciation value of fixed assets and investment properties (i.e. investment real estate) during use due to depreciation of fixed assets and investment properties. and other increases and decreases in depreciation of fixed assets and investment properties.

b) In principle, all fixed assets and investment real estate used for lease of enterprises related to production and business (including unused, unused, awaiting liquidation) must be depreciated according to regulations. current. Depreciation of fixed assets used in production and business and depreciation of investment properties shall be accounted into production and business expenses in the period; Depreciation of fixed assets that have not been used, are not needed and are waiting for liquidation shall be recorded in other expenses. In special cases that do not have to depreciate (such as reserved fixed assets, fixed assets used for social use, etc.), enterprises must comply with current law provisions. For fixed assets used for non-business activities, projects or for welfare purposes, depreciation is not required for production and business expenses, but only depreciation of fixed assets is calculated and the reduction in the source of such fixed assets is recorded.

c) Based on the provisions of law and management requirements of the enterprise to choose one of the methods of calculating and depreciating depreciation according to the provisions of law suitable for each fixed asset and investment property in order to stimulate the development. production and business, ensuring quick, complete and appropriate capital recovery in line with the enterprise's ability to cover costs.

The depreciation method applied to each fixed asset and investment property must be consistent and can be changed when there is a significant change in the method of recovering economic benefits of the fixed asset and investment property.

d) Depreciation period and method of depreciation of fixed assets must be reviewed at least at the end of each financial year. If the estimated useful life of an asset differs significantly from previous estimates, the amortization period should be changed accordingly. The method of depreciation of fixed assets is changed when there is a significant change in the method of estimating recovery of economic benefits of fixed assets. In this case, the depreciation expense must be adjusted for the current year and subsequent years, and that is disclosed in the financial statements.

dd) For fixed assets that have been fully depreciated (with full capital recovered), but still used in production and business activities, they are not allowed to continue depreciating. For fixed assets that have not been fully depreciated (not yet fully recovered) but are damaged and need to be liquidated, the causes and responsibilities of collectives and individuals must be determined to handle compensation and the remaining value of the fixed assets. Fixed assets that have not been recovered and not compensated for must be compensated with the proceeds from the liquidation of such fixed assets, the compensation amount decided by the business leaders. If the proceeds from liquidation and compensation are not enough to cover the remaining value of the unrecovered fixed assets, or the value of the lost fixed assets, the remaining difference is considered a loss on liquidation of fixed assets and recorded in expenses. is different. Particularly, State-owned enterprises are handled according to the State's current financial policies.

e) For intangible fixed assets, depreciation must be calculated depending on the effective period from the time the fixed asset is put into use (according to contracts, commitments or decisions of competent authorities). Particularly for intangible fixed assets that are land use rights, only amortization for land use rights with definite term of use shall be deducted. If the useful life cannot be determined, no depreciation will be deducted.

g) For financial lease fixed assets, in the course of use, the lessee must depreciate during the lease period according to the contract and calculate it into production and business expenses, ensuring full capital recovery.

h) For investment property for operating lease, it must be depreciated and recorded in production and business expenses in the period. Enterprises can rely on owner-occupied properties (fixed assets) of the same type to estimate the depreciation period and determine the depreciation method of investment property. In case the investment property is held for an increase in price, the enterprise does not depreciate it but determines the loss due to a decrease in value.

2. Structure and contents of account 214 – Depreciation of fixed assets

Debtor: Depreciation value of fixed assets, investment real estate decreased due to the liquidation, sale, transfer of fixed assets, investment property to other enterprises, contribution of investment capital to other entities.

Yes Party: Depreciation value of fixed assets and investment properties increased due to depreciation of fixed assets and investment properties.

Credit balance: Accumulated depreciation of fixed assets, existing investment properties in the enterprise.

Account 214 – Depreciation of fixed assets, there are 4 tier 2 accounts:

– Account 2141 – Depreciation of tangible fixed assets: Reflects the depreciation value of tangible fixed assets in the course of use due to depreciation of fixed assets and other increases and decreases in depreciation of tangible fixed assets.

– Account 2142 – Depreciation of financial lease fixed assets: Reflects the depreciation value of the finance lease fixed asset during its use due to depreciation of the finance lease fixed asset and other increases and decreases in depreciation of the finance lease fixed asset.

– Account 2143 – Depreciation of intangible fixed assets: Reflects the depreciation value of intangible fixed assets in the course of use due to depreciation of intangible fixed assets and other increases and decreases in depreciation of intangible fixed assets.

- Account 2147 – Depreciation of investment property: This account reflects the depreciation of investment property used for operating lease of the enterprise.

3. Accounting method for some major economic transactions

a) Periodically calculate and depreciate fixed assets into production, business and other expenses, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Debits to accounts 623, 627, 641, 642, 811

Cr 214 – Depreciation of fixed assets (according to level 2 accounts).

b) Used fixed assets, received due to transfer within the enterprise between units without legal status for dependent accounting, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 211 – Tangible fixed assets (historical cost)

Accounts 336, 411 (residual value)

Cr 214 – Depreciation of fixed assets (2141) (value of depreciation).

c) Periodically calculating and depreciating investment property under operating lease, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 632 – Cost of goods sold (Details of investment property business expenses)

Cr 214 – Depreciation of fixed assets (2147).

d) In case of decrease in fixed assets or investment properties, at the same time as recording the decrease in historical cost of fixed assets, a decrease in the depreciated value of fixed assets and investment real estate must be recorded (see accounting instructions for accounts 211, 213, 217).

dd) For fixed assets used for non-business activities and projects, when calculating depreciation at the end of the fiscal year, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 466 – Funding sources for fixed assets

Cr 214 – Depreciation of fixed assets.

e) For fixed assets used for cultural and welfare activities, when calculating depreciation at the end of the fiscal year, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 3533 – Welfare fund has formed fixed assets

Cr 214 – Depreciation of fixed assets.

g) At the end of the fiscal year, the enterprise reconsiders the depreciation period and the method of depreciation of fixed assets, if there is a change in the depreciation rate, it is necessary to adjust the depreciation amount recorded in the accounting books as follows:

– If due to a change in the depreciation method and the time of depreciation of fixed assets, the depreciation rate of fixed assets increases compared to the amount deducted in the year, the difference in depreciation will increase, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Drs 623, 627, 641, 642 (increase in depreciation difference)

Cr 214 – Depreciation of fixed assets (according to level 2 accounts).

- If due to a change in the depreciation method and the time of depreciation of fixed assets, the depreciation rate of fixed assets decreases compared to the amount deducted in the year, the depreciation difference decreases, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 214 – Depreciation of fixed assets (appropriate level 2 account)

Accounts 623, 627, 641, 642 (reduced depreciation difference).

h) Accounting for the value of re-evaluated tangible fixed assets when determining the enterprise value: Based on the enterprise value re-determination dossier, the enterprise shall re-adjust the value of tangible fixed assets according to the following principles: Difference The difference of increase in residual value of fixed assets is recorded to Credit account Cr 412 – Difference on revaluation of assets; The difference in residual value of fixed assets is recorded to the Debit side of Account 412 – Difference in revaluation of assets and this difference must be detailed for each fixed asset. The details for each case are recorded as follows:

- In case the revaluation fixed asset has a higher value than the book value and historical cost of the fixed asset, the assessed accumulated depreciation increases compared to the book value, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 211 – Historical cost of fixed assets (increased value)

Cr 412 – Differences in revaluation of assets (increased asset value)

Cr 214 – Depreciation of fixed assets (increased value).

- In case the revaluation fixed asset has a value lower than the book value and historical cost of the fixed asset, the revaluation accumulated depreciation is reduced compared to the book value, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 214 – Depreciation of fixed assets (reduced value)

Dr 412 – Differences in revaluation of assets (decreased asset value)

Cr 211 – Historical cost of fixed assets (reduced value).

Enterprises depreciate fixed assets at their new historical cost after adjusting the value due to re-evaluation. The time of depreciation of fixed assets to be re-evaluated when determining the enterprise value of a joint-stock company is the time when the equitized enterprise is granted a business registration certificate to become a joint-stock company.

i) In case of equitization of a dependent accounting unit of an independent State-owned company, the Corporation, the Corporation, the parent company, the independent cost-accounting member company of the Corporation:

When handing over fixed assets to a joint-stock company, based on the minutes of asset handover, detailed appendices on assets handed over to the joint-stock company, and relevant vouchers and accounting books, the accounting Reflecting a decrease in the value of assets handed over to the joint stock company, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 411 – Owner's investment capital (residual value)

Dr 214 – Depreciation of fixed assets (depreciated part)

Cr 211,213 (original cost).

Article 39. Account 217 – Investment real estate

1. Accounting principles

1.1. This account is used to record the current amount and the increase and decrease in investment property of the enterprise at cost, which is tracked in detail by each object similar to fixed assets. Investment property includes: The right to use land, house, or part of the house or the whole house and land, infrastructure held by the owner or lessee under a financial lease for the purpose of profiting from renting or waiting for a price increase without having to:

– Use in the production, supply of goods or services or use for management purposes; or

- Selling in the normal production and business period.

1.2. This account is used to record the value of investment property that is eligible to be recognized as investment property. Not reflected in this account the value of real estate bought for sale in the normal course of business or built for sale in the near future, owner-occupied property, real estate in the process of construction. unfinished construction for future use in the form of investment property.

Investment property is recognized as an asset that must simultaneously satisfy the following two conditions:

– It is certain that future economic benefits will be obtained; and

The historical cost must be determined reliably.

1.3. Investment properties are recognized in this account at cost. The historical cost of an investment property is all costs (cash or cash equivalents) spent by the enterprise or the fair value of other amounts offered in exchange for the acquisition of the investment property by the time of purchase or construction of the investment property is completed. there.

- Depending on each case, the historical cost of the investment property is determined as follows:

+ The historical cost of the purchased investment property includes the purchase price and costs directly related to the purchase, such as: consulting service fees, registration fees and other related transaction costs, etc.

+ In case of purchase of investment property with payment by deferred payment method, the historical cost of the investment property is recorded according to the purchase price paid immediately at the time of purchase. The difference between the purchase price of deferred payment and the purchase price of immediate payment is charged to financial expense according to the payment term, unless such difference is included in the historical cost of the investment property in accordance with the provisions of Accounting Standard “Expenses”. borrowing fees”;

+ The historical cost of self-constructed investment property is the actual cost and directly related costs of the investment property up to the date of completion of the construction work;

+ In case the financial leased property for the purpose of operating lease meets the recognition criteria as investment property, the historical cost of such investment property at the commencement of the lease shall comply with the provisions of Accounting Standard "Lease". asset".

– The following costs are not included in the historical cost of the investment property:

+ Initial costs (except where these costs are necessary to bring the investment property into a ready-to-use state);

+ Expenses for putting the investment property into operation for the first time before the investment property reaches its expected normal operating state;

+ Unusual costs of raw materials, materials, labor or other resources during the construction of the investment property.

1.4. Expenses related to investment property incurred after initial recognition must be recognized as production and business expenses in the period, unless this expense is likely to cause the investment property to generate economic benefits in the future. futures more than the initially assessed operating level, the historical cost of investment property is recorded as an increase.

1.5 During the operating lease, the investment property must be depreciated and recorded in business expenses in the period (including during the lease period). Enterprises can rely on owner-occupied properties of the same type to estimate the depreciation period and determine the depreciation method of investment property.

– In case the enterprise recognizes revenue for the entire amount received in advance from the lease of investment property, the accountant must fully estimate the cost price corresponding to the recognized revenue (including the pre-calculated depreciation amount). ).

The cost of investment property for lease includes: Depreciation of investment property and other directly related costs to the lease, such as: Outsourcing service costs, salary costs for employees directly managing the property. properties for lease, depreciation expenses of ancillary works serving the leasing of investment real estate.

1.6. Enterprises do not depreciate investment property held for price increase. Where there is firm evidence that the investment property has declined in value from its market value and the impairment can be measured reliably, the enterprise is assessed to reduce the cost of the investment property and record the loss in cost. sales (similar to making provisions for real estate).

1.7. For investment properties that are purchased but must be built, renovated or upgraded before being used for investment purposes, the value of the property, procurement costs and costs for the construction and renovation process Investment property upgrade is reflected in Account 241 "Construction in progress". When the process of construction, renovation and upgrading is completed, the cost of the completed investment property must be determined to be transferred to account 217 “Investment properties”.

1.8. The change from owner-occupied property to investment property or from investment property to owner-occupied property or inventory is only when there is a change in the purpose of use as in the following cases:

– Investment property is converted into owner-occupied property when the owner begins to use the property;

– Investment property turns into inventory when the owner starts to develop it for the purpose of selling;

– The property used by the owner is converted into investment property when the owner terminates the use of such property and when the other party leases it to operate;

– Inventory turns into investment property when the owner begins to lease it to another party;

– Construction real estate will be converted into investment property at the end of the construction phase, handing over and putting into investment (during the construction phase, it must be accounted for according to Accounting Standard “Tangible fixed assets”).

The conversion of the use purpose between the investment property and the owner-occupied property or inventory does not change the carrying amount of the converted asset and does not change the historical cost of the property in determining valuation or to prepare financial statements.

1.9. When the enterprise decides to sell an investment property without the repair, renovation and upgrading period, the enterprise will continue to record it as investment property on account 217 “Investment property” until such investment property is sold without transferring. into inventory.

1.10. Revenue from the sale of investment property is recorded as the entire selling price (the selling price is exclusive of VAT in case the enterprise pays VAT calculated by the tax credit method). In case of sale by the method of deferred payment, the revenue is initially determined according to the immediate selling price (the selling price is exclusive of VAT for enterprises paying VAT calculated by the tax credit method). The difference between the total amount payable and the immediate selling price is recognized as unrealized interest revenue.

1.11. Record reduction of investment property in the following cases:

– Change of use purpose from investment property to inventory or owner-occupied property;

- Sale and liquidation of investment real estate;

At the end of the financial lease term, return the investment property to the lessor.

2. Structure and contents of account 217 – Investment properties

Debtor: Original cost of investment property increased during the period.

Yes Party: The cost of investment property decreased during the period.

Debit side balance: Original cost of existing investment property.

3. Accounting method for some major economic transactions

3.1. When buying Investment Property:

a) In case of immediate payment, if input VAT is deductible:

Dr 217 – Investment real estate

Dr 133 – Deductible VAT (1332)

There are accounts 111, 112.

In case input VAT is not deductible, the original cost of the investment property includes VAT.

b) Buying investment property by deferred payment method:

- Record purchased investment property, if input VAT is deductible, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 217 – Investment property (according to the immediate purchase price excluding VAT)

Dr 242 – Prepaid expenses (deferred interest is calculated by the difference between Total payable minus (-) Instant purchase price and input VAT)

Dr 133 – Deductible VAT (1332)

Cr 331 – Payable to the seller.

In case input VAT is not deductible, the original cost of the investment property includes VAT.

- Periodically, calculating and allocating the interest payable on the purchase of investment property by deferred payment method, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 635 – Financial expenses

Account 242 – Prepaid expenses.

– When paying money to the seller, record:

Dr 331 – Payables to sellers

Account 515 – Revenue from financial activities (discounted payment due to premature payment – ​​If any)

There are accounts 111, 112,…

3.2. In case the investment property formed due to construction is completed and handed over:

– When the cost of investment property construction is incurred, based on relevant documents and vouchers, the cost is collected to the Debit side of Account 241 “Construction in progress” (similar to the construction of tangible fixed assets, see explain account 211 “tangible fixed assets”).

– When the construction investment phase is completed, the investment property is transferred to investment property, the following accounts shall be recorded according to the handover documents:

Dr 217 – Investment real estate

Account 241 – Construction in progress.

3.3. When converting from owner-occupied property or inventory into investment property, the following accounts shall be recorded according to the application for conversion of use purpose:

a) In case of converting fixed assets into investment real estate:

Dr 217 – Investment real estate

Cr 211 – Tangible fixed assets, or

Cr 213 – Intangible fixed assets.

At the same time, when transferring accumulated depreciation, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr. 2141, 2143

Cr 2147 – Depreciation of investment property (if investment property is for lease)

Cr 217 – Investment real estate (if holding investment property waiting for price increase).

b) When converting from inventory into investment property, the following accounts shall be recorded according to the application for conversion of use purposes:

Dr 217 – Investment real estate

There are accounts 1557, 1567.

If the investment property is used for lease, the accountant shall depreciate it according to regulations. If holding and waiting for price increase, accountants do not depreciate but determine the decrease in value of investment property. If the loss due to a decrease in value is determined reliably, the loss is recognized in cost of goods sold and a decrease in the cost of the investment property.

3.4. When leasing a financial lease for the purpose of leasing under one or more operating leases, if the leased asset meets the criteria as investment property:

a) Based on the finance lease contract and related documents, record:

Dr 217 – Investment real estate

There are accounts 111, 112, 3412.

(Accounting for payment of rent upon receipt of the financial lease invoice shall comply with the provisions of account 212 “Financial lease fixed assets”).

b) When the lease term expires

– If returning financial lease investment property which is classified as investment property, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 2147 – Depreciation of investment property

Dr 632 – Cost of goods sold (the difference between the historical cost of the rental investment property and the accumulated depreciation)

Cr 217 – Investment real estate (original cost).

– If buying financial lease investment property that is classified as investment property for further investment, record an increase in the historical cost of the investment property and the additional amount to be paid, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 217 – Investment real estate

There are accounts 111, 112,…

– If the financial lease property is re-classified as investment property for use in production, business or management activities of the enterprise, it must be reclassified as owner-occupied property, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 211 – Tangible fixed assets, or

Dr 213 – Intangible fixed assets

Cr 217 – Investment real estate

There are accounts 111, 112 (additional amount to be paid).

At the same time, when transferring accumulated depreciation, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 2147 – Depreciation of investment property

There are accounts 2141, 2143.

3.5. When costs are incurred after the initial recognition of investment property, if the conditions are satisfied to be capitalized or included in the obligation of the enterprise to bear the necessary costs that will be incurred to bring the investment property to a ready state for operation. movement is recorded as an increase in the historical cost of investment property:

– When the expenses incurred after the initial recognition (upgrading and renovating investment property) are actually incurred, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 241 – Construction in progress

Dr 133 – Deductible VAT (1332)

There are accounts 111, 112, 152, 331,…

– When the operation of upgrading, renovating, etc., investment property is completed, the historical cost of investment property will be increased, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 217 – Investment real estate

Account 241 – Construction in progress.

3.6. Accounting for sale and liquidation of real estate

a) Recognition of revenue from sale and liquidation of investment property:

- In case of immediate separation of output VAT payable at the time of sale or liquidation of investment property, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr. 111, 112, 131 (total payment price)

Cr 511 – Revenue from sale of goods and provision of services (5117) (liquidation price excluding VAT)

Account 3331 – VAT payable (33311).

- In case it is not possible to immediately separate the output VAT payable at the time of sale or liquidation of the investment property, the revenue includes output VAT payable. Periodically, the accountant determines the payable VAT amount and records a decrease in revenue, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 511 – Sales and service provision

Account 3331 – VAT payable.

b) A decrease in historical cost and residual value of sold or liquidated investment property shall be recorded:

Dr 214 – Depreciation of fixed assets (2147 – Depreciation of investment properties – if any)

Dr 632 – Cost of goods sold (residual value of investment property)

Cr 217 – Investment property (historical cost of investment property).

3.7. Investment Real Estate Rental Accounting

a) Recognition of revenue from leasing investment properties:

Dr. 111, 112, 131

Cr 511 – Revenue from sale of goods and provision of services (5117).

b) Recognition of cost of investment properties for lease

- In case the cost of investment property has been fully collected, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 632 – Cost of goods sold

Cr 214 – Accumulated depreciation (2147)

There are accounts 111, 112, 331…

– In case the cost of investment property has not been fully collected because part of the project has not been completed (for example, rolling rental), the accountant must estimate the cost of leasing similar to the method of estimating the cost of goods sold. real estate products.

3.7. Accountants convert investment property into inventory or into owner-occupied property:

a) In case the investment property is converted into inventory when the owner decides to repair, renovate and upgrade for sale:

– When there is a decision to repair, renovate or upgrade investment property for sale, the remaining value of the investment property is transferred to account 156 “Goods”, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 156 – Goods (Account 1567 – Residual value of investment property)

Dr 214 – Depreciation of fixed assets (2147) (accumulated depreciation – if any)

Cr 217 – Investment real estate (original cost).

– When incurring expenses for repairing, renovating, upgrading and deploying for sale purposes, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 154 – Unfinished production and business expenses

Dr 133 - Deductible VAT (if any).

There are accounts 111, 112, 152, 334, 331,…

– At the end of the period of repair, renovation, upgrading and deployment for the purpose of sale, all expenses shall be recorded as an increase in the original price of goods pending for sale, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 156 – Goods (1567)

Cr 154 – Production and business expenses in progress.

b) In case of converting investment property into owner-occupied property, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr. 211, 213

Cr 217 – Investment real estate.

Also, write:

Dr 2147 – Depreciation of investment property (if any)

There are accounts 2141, 2143.

3.8. For investment property held for price appreciation, the accountant does not depreciate but determines the loss due to a decrease in value (similar to the determination of provision for devaluation of real estate goods). If the loss can be reliably measured, record:

Dr 632 – Cost of goods sold

Cr 217 – Investment real estate.

Article 40. Accounting principles for capital investments in other entities

1. Investments in other entities include investments in subsidiaries, joint ventures, associates and other capital contribution investments for the purpose of long-term holding. Investments can be made in the following forms:

a) Investment in the form of capital contribution to another entity (funded by the investee): In this form, the assets of the capital contributing party are recorded in the balance sheet of the contributed party;

b) Investment in the form of buying back the contributed capital in another entity (buying back the owner's capital): In this form, the property of the buyer (investor, transferee of contributed capital) is transferred. to the seller (the assignor of contributed capital) which is not recognized in the balance sheet of the equity instrument issuer (the investee).

2. When making investments in non-monetary assets, investors must base on the form of investment to apply appropriate accounting methods, specifically:

a) If the investment is in the form of capital contribution with non-monetary assets, the investor must re-evaluate the assets used for capital contribution on the basis of agreement. The difference between the carrying amount or the carrying amount and the revaluation value of the asset contributed as capital is accounted for as other income or other expense;

b) If the investment is in the form of buying back the capital contribution of another entity and paying the transferor of the capital with non-monetary assets:

– If the non-monetary asset used for payment is inventory, the investor must account it as the transaction of selling inventory in the form of barter (recognizing revenue, cost of inventory to be exchanged). in exchange for the purchased capital);

- If the non-monetary assets used for payment are fixed assets or investment real estate, the investor must make accounting such as transactions of selling and selling fixed assets, investment real estate (recording revenue, other income, other expenses...);

– If the non-monetary assets used for payment are equity instruments (shares) or debt instruments (bonds, receivables, etc.), the investor must account for such transactions as liquidation and sale of the amounts. investment (recognize profit or loss in financial income or financial expenses).

3. Investment fees are recorded at cost, including purchase price plus (+) expenses directly related to the investment (if any), such as: Transaction, brokerage, consulting costs consulting, auditing, fees, taxes and banking fees, etc. In case of investment in non-monetary assets, the cost of the investment is recognized at the fair value of the non-monetary asset at the time of arising.

4. Accountants must open detailed books to monitor investments in each subsidiary, joint venture, associate and each investment in other entities. The time to recognize long-term financial investments is the time when ownership rights are officially acquired, specifically as follows:

– Listed securities are recorded at the time of order matching (T+0);

– Unlisted securities, investments in other forms are recognized at the time of official ownership in accordance with the law.

5. Dividends and profits must be fully and promptly recorded in the parent company's separate financial statements at the time of receipt. Dividends and profits distributed in some cases are accounted as follows:

a) Dividends and profits distributed in cash or non-monetary assets for the period after the date of investment shall be accounted into revenue from financial activities at their fair value at the date of receipt;

b) Dividends and profits distributed in cash or non-monetary assets for the period prior to the date of investment are not accounted into revenue from financial activities but reduced in value of the investment.

c) When determining the enterprise value for equitization, if investments in other entities have been assessed to increase in proportion to the ownership share of the equitized enterprise in the undistributed after-tax profits of the company, Subsidiaries, joint ventures, associates and equitized enterprises must record an increase in State capital as prescribed by law. After that, when receiving dividends and profits used to evaluate the increase in State capital, the equitized enterprise does not record revenue from financial activities but records a decrease in the value of the investment.

d) In case of receiving dividends in shares, the following principles shall be followed:

– Entities that are not 100% charter capital held by the State only track the number of shares received in the notes to the financial statements, not record an increase in investment value and financial income.

– Enterprises with 100% charter capital owned by the State shall comply with the provisions of law applicable to the type of enterprises in which 100% of charter capital is owned by the State.

6. Cost of financial investments upon liquidation or sale is determined by the moving average method (weighted average for each purchase).

7. An enterprise may not reclassify its investment in a subsidiary, joint venture or associate into trading securities unless it has actually liquidated or sold the investment, resulting in a loss of control over the company. subsidiary, lose joint control over the joint venture, and cease to have significant influence over the associate.

8. The determination of control, joint control and significant influence is provisional at the time of initial recognition of the investment. In this case, the investment is recognized as an investment in other entities or trading securities, but the investment in subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates is not recorded.

9. When preparing financial statements, enterprises must determine the value of the lost investment to make provision for investment loss.

Article 41. Account 221 – Investments in subsidiaries

1. Accounting principles

a) This account is used to record the current value and the increase or decrease of the direct capital investment in the subsidiary. Subsidiary is an entity with legal status, independent accounting, under the control of another entity (referred to as the parent company), (including member companies of the Corporation and other entities). has legal status, independent accounting).

b) Account 221 “Investments in subsidiaries” only when the investor holds more than 50% of the voting rights (except for the case at point c below) and has the power to govern the financial and financial policies. activities of another entity in order to obtain economic benefits from the activities of that enterprise. When the parent company no longer has control over the subsidiary, the investment in the subsidiary is reduced. In case the investor temporarily holds more than 50% of the voting rights in the entity but does not intend to exercise the voting right because the investment purpose is to buy and sell equity instruments for profit (holding the investment for for commercial purposes and the control is temporary) the investment is not recorded in this account but as a short-term investment.

c) The following cases when the investment is still recorded in Account 221 “Investments in subsidiaries” when the investing enterprise holds less than 50% of the voting rights in the subsidiary, but otherwise agreed:

– Other investors agree to give the parent company more than 50% of voting rights;

– The parent company has the right to govern the financial and operating policies according to the agreed regulations;

– The parent company has the right to appoint or remove the majority of the members of the Board of Directors or equivalent management level;

– The parent company has the right to cast a majority of votes at meetings of the Board of Directors or equivalent management level.

d) In case of purchasing an investment in a subsidiary in a business combination, the purchaser must determine the acquisition date and cost of the investment and perform accounting procedures in accordance with the provisions of Vietnamese Accounting Standards. “Business Combinations”.

dd) Accounting for investments in subsidiaries must comply with the principles specified in Article 40 of this Circular.

e) In case the parent company dissolves the subsidiary and merges all the assets and liabilities of the subsidiary into the parent company (the parent company inherits all the rights and obligations of the subsidiary), Accounting is carried out according to the following principles:

– The parent company records a decrease in the carrying amount of the investment in the subsidiary;

– Record all assets and liabilities of the dissolved subsidiary in the balance sheet of the parent company at fair value at the date of merger;

– The difference between the cost of the investment in the subsidiary and the fair value of the assets and liabilities is recognized in financial income or finance expenses.

g) The distribution of profits to owners at the parent company is based on the undistributed after-tax profits owned by the parent company in the Consolidated Financial Statements. When distributing profits in cash, businesses must consider the following issues:

– There is sufficient cash flow to make the distribution;

– Failure to distribute profits arising from cheap (commercially unfavorable) purchases until the liquidation of the subsidiary;

– Do not distribute profits arising from revaluation transactions (such as revaluation difference of assets to contribute capital, financial instruments) until the liquidation or sale of investments;

– Do not distribute profits arising from the application of the equity method until such profits are actually received in cash or other assets from joint ventures or associates.

h) Enterprises must not convert investments in subsidiaries into trading securities or investments in other forms unless the investment has actually been liquidated, leading to loss of control. The intention to liquidate a subsidiary in the future is not considered a temporary control over the subsidiary.

2. Structure and contents of account 221 – Investments in subsidiaries

Debtor: The actual value of investments in subsidiaries increases.

Yes Party: The actual value of investments in subsidiaries decreased.

Debit side balance: Actual value of investments in existing subsidiaries of the parent company.

3. Accounting method for some major economic transactions

3.1. In case the parent company invests in a subsidiary in the form of capital contribution

a) When the parent company invests in a subsidiary with cash, based on the investment amount and expenses directly related to the investment in the subsidiary, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 221 – Investments in subsidiaries

Cr 111, 112, 3411, ...

At the same time, open a detailed book to track each type of stock at par value (if investing in a subsidiary in the form of buying shares).

b) In case the parent company contributes capital to a subsidiary with non-monetary assets:

When the parent company invests in a subsidiary with inventory or fixed assets (not a payment for the acquisition of a business in a business combination), the parent company must record the difference between the recording (for supplies and goods) or residual value (for fixed assets) and re-evaluated value of assets used for capital contribution assessed by the parties to other incomes or expenses; When a subsidiary receives the assets contributed by the parent company, it must record an increase in the owner's investment capital and the received assets at the price agreed between the parties.

– In case the carrying amount or residual value of the assets contributed as capital is smaller than the value re-evaluated by the parties, the profit shall be recorded as the difference between the assessment of the increase in assets and other income. take note:

Dr 221 – Investments in subsidiaries

Dr 214 – Depreciation of fixed assets

Cr 211, 213, 217 (if capital contribution is made by fixed assets or investment property)

Account 152, 153, 155, 156 (if capital is contributed by inventory)

Cr 711 – Other income (evaluated difference increases).

– In case the carrying amount or residual value of the assets contributed as capital is greater than the value re-evaluated by the parties, the loss is recorded as the difference in the assessment of the reduction of the asset to other expenses. take note:

Dr 221 – Investments in subsidiaries

Dr 214 – Depreciation of fixed assets

Dr 811 – Other expenses (reduced difference in assessment)

Cr 211, 213, 217 (if capital contribution is made by fixed assets or investment property)

Accounts 152, 153, 155, 156 (if capital contribution is made with inventory).

3.2. In case the parent company invests in a subsidiary in the form of repurchase of contributed capital:

In this case, the accountant determines the cost of the investment in accordance with the provisions of the Business Combination Accounting Standard. At the acquisition date, the acquirer will determine and reflect the cost of the business combination, including: Fair value at the date of exchange of assets exchanged, liabilities incurred or exceeded. acquire and equity instruments issued by the acquirer in exchange for control of the acquiree, plus (+) Costs directly attributable to the business combination. At the same time, the acquirer, which is the parent company, will recognize its ownership in the subsidiary as an investment in the subsidiary.

a) If the purchase and sale of a business combination is paid for by the purchaser in cash or cash equivalents, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 221 – Investments in subsidiaries

Cr 111, 112, 121, ...

b) If the purchase and sale of a business combination is done by the purchaser issuing shares:

– If the issue price (according to the fair value) of the shares at the date of the exchange is greater than the par value of the shares, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 221 – Investments in subsidiaries (at fair value)

Cr 4111 – Owner's contributed capital (at par value)

Cr 4112 – Share premium (the difference between the fair value and the par value of the shares).

– If the issue price (according to fair value) of shares at the date of exchange is less than par value, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 221 – Investments in subsidiaries (at fair value)

Dr 4112 – Share premium (difference between fair value less than par value)

Cr 4111 – Owner's contributed capital (at par value).

- Actual cost of issuing shares, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 4112 – Share premium

There are accounts 111, 112,…

c) If the purchase and sale of a business combination is paid for by the purchaser by exchanging its assets with the acquiree:

– In case of exchange by fixed assets, when exchanging fixed assets, the accountant shall record a decrease in fixed assets:

Dr 811 – Other expenses (residual value of fixed assets exchanged)

Dr 214 – Depreciation of fixed assets (depreciation value)

Cr 211 – Tangible fixed assets (historical cost).

At the same time, record an increase in other income and an increase in investment in subsidiaries due to exchange of fixed assets:

Dr 221 – Investments in subsidiaries (total payment price)

Cr 711 – Other income (fair value of fixed assets given for exchange)

Account 3331 – VAT payable (account 33311) (if any).

- In case of exchange by products or goods, when the products or goods are brought to the warehouse for exchange, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 632 – Cost of goods sold

There are accounts 155, 156,…

At the same time, recording sales revenue and recording an increase in investment in subsidiaries:

Dr 221 – Investments in subsidiaries

Cr 511 – Revenue from sale of goods and provision of services

Cr 333 – Taxes and other payables to the State (33311).

d) If the purchase and sale of a business combination is paid for by the purchaser by issuing bonds:

- In case of payment by bonds at par value, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 221 – Investments in subsidiaries (at fair value)

Account 34311 – Face value of bonds.

- In case of payment by bonds with discount, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 221 – Investments in subsidiaries (at fair value)

Dr 34312 – Bond discount (discount)

Account 34311 – Face value of bonds (according to face value of bonds).

- In case of payment by bonds with excess, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 221 – Investments in subsidiaries (at fair value)

Account 34311 – Face value of bonds

Cr 34313 – Bond premium (extra).

dd) Expenses directly related to the business combination such as costs for legal advice, valuation, etc., the buyer's accountant shall record:

Dr 221 – Investments in subsidiaries

Cr 111, 112, 331, ...

3.3. Accounting for dividends, profits distributed in cash or non-monetary assets (except in the case of receiving stock dividends):

a) When receiving notice of dividends, profits divided for the period after the investment date from the subsidiary, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 138 – Other receivables (1388)

Cr 515 – Revenue from financial activities.

When receiving dividends and distributed profits, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Debts to related accounts (at fair value)

Account 138 – Other receivables (1388).

b) When receiving notice of dividend, profit divided for the period before the investment date from the subsidiary, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 138 – Other receivables (1388)

Cr 221 – Investment in subsidiaries.

c) In case of receiving a dividend or profit, which dividend or profit has been used to re-evaluate the value of the investment in a subsidiary when determining the value of the enterprise (parent company) to share privatization and recording increase of State capital:

Dr 138 – Other receivables (1388)

Cr 221 – Investment in subsidiaries.

3.4. In case of additional investment so that investments in joint ventures, associates or financial instruments become investments in subsidiaries, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 221 – Investments in subsidiaries

There are accounts 121, 128, 222, 228

There are related accounts (fair value of the amount to be additionally invested).

3.5. When liquidating part or all of an investment in a subsidiary:

Debts to related accounts (fair value of proceeds from liquidation)

Dr 222 – Investment in joint ventures and associates (subsidiaries become joint ventures or associates)

Dr 228 – Other investments (subsidiary becomes ordinary investment)

Dr 635 – Financial expenses (If loss)

Cr 221 – Investments in subsidiaries (book value)

Cr 515 – Revenue from financial activities (if profit).

3.6. When dissolving a subsidiary to merge all assets and liabilities into the parent company, the accountant shall record a decrease in the value of the investment in the subsidiary and record the subsidiary's assets and liabilities at their cost. fair value at the merger date, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Debits to accounts reflecting assets (at fair value at the date of merger)

Dr 635 – Financial expenses (the difference between the carrying amount of the investment and the fair value of the merged assets and liabilities)

Having accounts reflecting liabilities (fair value at the date of merger)

Cr 221 – Investments in subsidiaries (book value)

Cr 515 – Financial income (the difference between the carrying value of the investment is smaller than the fair value of the merged assets and liabilities).

Article 42. Account 222 – Investment in joint ventures and associates

1. Accounting principles

a) This account is used to record the entire capital contributed to joint ventures and associates; the situation of recovery of investment capital in joint ventures and associations; profits and losses arising from investments in joint ventures and associates. This account does not reflect transactions in the form of a business cooperation contract without a legal entity.

– A joint venture company is established by joint venture capital contributors having joint control over the financial and operating policies and is an independent accounting entity. The joint venture company must organize its own accounting work in accordance with current accounting laws, be responsible for controlling assets, liabilities, revenue, other income and development expenses. born in your unit. Each joint venture capital contributor is entitled to a portion of the joint venture's performance results as agreed in the joint venture contract.

– An investment is classified as an investment in an associate when the investor holds directly or indirectly from 20% to less than 50% of the voting rights of the investee without other agreement.

b) Accounting for the investment in a joint venture company must comply with the principles specified in Article 40 of this Circular.

c) When the investor no longer has joint control, the investment in the joint venture must be reduced; When there is no significant influence, the investment in the associate must be recorded as a decrease.

d) Expenses directly related to investment activities in joint ventures and associates are recognized as financial expenses in the period in which they are incurred.

dd) When liquidating, transferring, selling or recovering capital contributions to joint ventures or associates, based on the value of recovered assets, the contributed capital shall be recorded as a decrease. The difference between the fair value of the recoverable and the carrying amount of the investment is recognized as financial income (if profit) or finance expense (if loss).

e) The accountant must open a detailed accounting book to monitor the investment capital in each joint venture, association, each time of investment, each time of liquidation or sale.

2. Structure and contents of account 222 – Investments in joint ventures and associates

Debtor: The amount of capital invested in joint ventures and associates increases.

Yes Party: The amount of capital invested in joint ventures and associates decreased due to liquidation, sale and withdrawal.

Debit side balance: Amount of capital invested in joint ventures and associates currently remaining at the end of the period.

3. Accounting method for some major economic transactions

3.1. When contributing joint venture capital in cash to joint ventures or associates, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 222 – Investments in joint ventures and associates Cr 111, 112.

3.2. Expenses directly related to the investment in joint ventures or associates (expenses for information, brokerage, transactions during the implementation of the investment), the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 222 – Investments in joint ventures and associates

There are accounts 111, 112.

3.3. In case a joint venture party contributes capital to a joint venture or associate company with non-monetary assets:

When investing in joint ventures or associates with inventory or fixed assets, accountants must record the difference between the book value (for supplies and goods) or the residual value (for fixed assets). and revaluation value of assets contributed as capital assessed by the parties to other incomes or other expenses; When a joint venture or associate company receives an investor's property, it must record an increase in the owner's investment capital and the received asset at the price agreed upon between the parties.

- In case the carrying amount or residual value of the assets contributed as capital is smaller than the value re-evaluated by the parties, the accountant shall record the difference in assessment of the increase in assets into other income, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 222 – Investments in joint ventures and associates

Dr 214 – Depreciation of fixed assets

Cr 211, 213, 217 (contributing capital by fixed assets or investment property)

Accounts 152, 153, 155, 156 (if capital is contributed by inventory)

Cr 711 – Other income (evaluated difference increases).

- In case the carrying amount or residual value of the assets contributed as capital is greater than the value re-evaluated by the parties, the accountant shall record the difference in assessment of the reduction of the asset to other expenses, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 222 – Investments in joint ventures and associates

Dr 214 – Depreciation of fixed assets

Dr 811 – Other expenses (reduced difference in assessment)

Cr 211, 213, 217 (contributing capital by fixed assets or investment property)

Accounts 152, 153, 155, 156 (if capital contribution is made with inventory).

3.4. In case the investor buys back the contributed capital in a joint venture or associate:

At the acquisition date, the investor determines and reflects the cost of the investment in the joint venture, associate including: Fair value at the date of exchange of exchanged assets, liabilities incurred or acknowledged payments and equity instruments issued by the acquirer in exchange for joint control in the joint venture or associate plus (+) Expenses directly attributable to the acquisition of equity contributions in joint ventures and associates.

– If the investment in a joint venture or associate is paid in cash or cash equivalents, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 222 – Investments in joint ventures and associates

Cr 111, 112, 121, ...

– If the investment in a joint venture or association is made by issuing shares:

+ If the issue price (according to fair value) of the shares at the date of the exchange is greater than the par value of the shares, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 222 – Investments in joint ventures and associates (at fair value)

Cr 4111 – Owner's contributed capital (at par value)

Cr 4112 – Share premium (the difference between the fair value and the par value of the shares).

+ If the issue price (according to fair value) of shares at the date of exchange is less than par value, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 222 – Investments in joint ventures and associates (at fair value)

Dr 4112 – Share premium (difference between fair value less than par value)

Cr 4111 – Owner's contributed capital (at par value).

+ Actual cost of issuing shares, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 4112 – Share premium

There are accounts 111, 112,…

– If the investment in a joint venture or associate is paid for with non-monetary assets:

+ In case of exchange by fixed assets, when exchanging fixed assets, the accountant shall record a decrease in fixed assets:

Dr 811 – Other expenses (residual value of fixed assets exchanged)

Dr 214 – Depreciation of fixed assets (depreciation value)

Cr 211 – Tangible fixed assets (historical cost).

At the same time, record an increase in other income and an increase in investment in a joint venture due to the exchange of fixed assets:

Dr 222 – Investments in joint ventures and associates (total payment)

Cr 711 – Other income (fair value of fixed assets given for exchange)

Account 3331 – VAT payable (account 33311) (if any).

+ In case of exchange by products or goods, when the products or goods are brought out for exchange, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 632 – Cost of goods sold

There are accounts 155, 156,…

At the same time, recording sales revenue and recording an increase in investment in joint ventures and associates:

Dr 222 – Investments in joint ventures and associates

Cr 511 – Revenue from sale of goods and provision of services

Cr 333 – Taxes and other payables to the State (33311).

– If the investment in a joint venture is paid for by the purchaser by issuing bonds:

+ In case of payment by bonds at par value, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 222 – Investments in joint ventures and associates (at fair value)

Account 34311 – Face value of bonds.

+ In case of payment by bonds with discount, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 222 – Investments in joint ventures and associates (at fair value)

Dr 34312 – Bond discount (discount)

Account 34311 – Face value of bonds.

+ In case of payment by bonds with excess, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 222 – Investments in joint ventures and associates (at fair value)

Account 34311 – Face value of bonds

Cr 34313 – Bond premium (extra).

+ Expenses directly related to the investment in joint ventures and associates such as costs of legal advice, valuation, etc., the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 222 – Investments in joint ventures and associates

Cr 111, 112, 331, ...

3.5. Expenses related to capital contribution to joint ventures and associates incurred during the period, such as interest on loans for capital contribution, and other expenses, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 635 – Financial expenses

Dr 133 - Deductible VAT (if any).

Cr 111, 112, 152, ...

3.6. Accounting for dividends and distributed profits:

– When receiving notice of dividends and profits distributed in cash from the joint venture or associate for the period after the investment date, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 138 – Other receivables (1388)

Cr 515 – Revenue from financial activities.

– When receiving dividends, profits of the period before investment or dividends, distributed profits (in cash) have been used to re-evaluate the value of investments in joint ventures or associates when determining To determine the enterprise value for equitization, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr. 112, 138

Cr 222 – Investment in joint ventures and associates.

3.7. Accounting for liquidation and sale of investments in joint ventures and associates:

Debits to accounts 111, 112, 131, 152, 153, 156, 211, 213, etc.

Dr 228 – Other investments (if there is no significant influence)

Dr 635 – Financial expenses (in case of loss)

Cr 222 – Investment in joint ventures and associates.

Cr 515 – Revenue from financial activities (if profit).

3.8. Expenses for liquidation and sale of investments in joint ventures or associates, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 635 – Financial expenses

Dr 133 – Deductible VAT

There are accounts 111, 112, 331…

3.9. In case of additional investment so that a joint venture or associate company becomes a subsidiary and holds control, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 221 – Investments in subsidiaries

There are accounts 111, 112…

Cr 222 – Investment in joint ventures and associates.

3.10. Accounting for the joint venture capital contribution by the land use right assigned by the State:

- When Vietnamese enterprises are allocated land by the State to contribute capital to joint ventures with foreign companies by the value of land use rights, water surface, and sea surface, after the State's decision on land allocation and completion, procedures for assignment to joint ventures, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 222 – Investments in joint ventures and associates

Cr 411 – Owner's investment capital (state capital details).

– In case the Vietnamese party is allocated land by the State to participate in a joint venture, when transferring contributed capital, the following procedures shall be followed:

+ When transferring capital contributed to a joint venture company to a foreign party and returning the land use right to the State, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 411 – Owner's investment capital

Cr 222 – Investment in joint ventures.

+ If the counterparty pays the Vietnamese party for assets other than the land use right (in this case, the joint venture company changes to lease land), the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 111, 112, ...

Cr 515 – Revenue from financial activities.

– In case the Vietnamese party transfers the contributed capital to a foreign party in the joint venture company and returns the land use right and converts to the form of land lease. The joint venture company must record a decrease in land use rights and a decrease in business capital corresponding to the land use right. The keeping or recording of capital increase depends on the owner's subsequent investment. The land rent paid by this establishment is not included in the owner's equity but into production and business expenses in the respective periods.

3.11. Accounting for purchase and sale transactions between a joint venture party and a joint venture company: Accounting is reflected as a transaction for purchase and sale transactions with ordinary customers (unless the equity method is applied). ).

Article 43. Account 228 – Other investments

1. Accounting principles

a) This account is used to record the current value and the increase or decrease in other investments (besides investments in subsidiaries, capital contributions to joint ventures, investments in other link), like:

– Investments in equity instruments of another entity that do not have control or joint control, and do not have significant influence over the investee;

– Precious metals and gems that are not used as raw materials for the production of products or purchased and sold as goods; Paintings, photos, documents, valuable items not involved in normal production and business activities.

– Other investments.

Enterprises do not reflect investment and capital contribution activities related to business cooperation contracts without establishing a legal entity in this account.

b) Accountants must keep track of each other investment in detail by quantity and object of investment.

c) Accountants comply with the general principles applicable to investments in other entities as prescribed in Article 40 of this Circular.

2. Structure and contents of account 228 – Other investments

Debtor: The value of other investments increased.

Yes Party: The value of other investments decreased.

Debit side balance: Value of other investments available at the reporting time.

Account 228 “Other investments” has 2 tier 2 accounts:

– Account 2281 – Capital contribution to other entities: Reflects equity instrument investments where the entity does not have control, joint control, or significant influence over the investee.

– Account 2288 – Other investments: Reflects investments in non-financial assets other than investment properties and those already reflected in other accounts related to investment activities. Other investments may include precious metals, precious stones (not used as inventory), paintings, photographs, documents, other items of value (other than those classified as fixed assets)... engaged in normal production and business activities but purchased for the purpose of holding for price appreciation.

3. Accounting method for some major economic transactions

3.1. When an investee buys shares or makes a long-term capital contribution but does not have control, joint control, or significant influence over the investee:

a) In case of investment in money

Dr 228 – Other investments (2281) (at cost of investment + Direct expenses related to investment activities, such as brokerage fees,…)

There are accounts 111, 112.

b) In case of investment with non-monetary assets:

- In case of capital contribution using non-monetary assets, based on the re-evaluated prices of materials, goods and fixed assets, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 228 – Other investments (2281)

Dr 214 – Depreciation of fixed assets (depreciation value)

Dr 811 – Other expenses (the difference between the revaluation price is smaller than the book value of supplies and goods, the residual value of the fixed asset)

There are accounts 152, 153, 156, 211, 213,…

Cr 711 – Other income (the difference between the re-evaluated price is larger than the book value of supplies and goods, the residual value of fixed assets).

– In case of redemption of contributed capital by non-monetary assets:

+ In case of exchange of fixed assets:

Dr 811 – Other expenses (residual value of fixed assets exchanged)

Dr 214 – Depreciation of fixed assets (depreciation value)

There are accounts 211 and 213 (original cost).

At the same time, other income and increase in other long-term investments due to exchange of fixed assets are also recorded:

Dr 228 – Other investments (2281) (total payment price)

Cr 711 – Other income (fair value of investment received)

Account 3331 – VAT payable (account 33311) (if any).

+ In case of exchange by products or goods, when the products or goods are brought out for exchange, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 632 – Cost of goods sold

There are accounts 155, 156,…

At the same time, recording sales revenue and recording an increase in other investments:

Dr 228 – Other investments (2281) (total payment price)

Cr 511 – Revenue from sale of goods and provision of services (fair value of investment received)

Cr 333 – Taxes and other payables to the State (33311).

3.2. Accounting for dividends, profits distributed in cash or non-monetary assets (except in the case of receiving stock dividends):

– When receiving notice of dividend, profit divided for the period after the investment date, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 138 – Other receivables (1388)

Cr 515 – Revenue from financial activities.

– When receiving notice of dividends, profits divided by the period before the investment date, record:

Dr 138 – Other receivables (1388)

Cr 228 – Other investments (2281).

- In case of receiving a dividend or profit and that dividend or profit has been used to re-evaluate the value of the investment when determining the value of the enterprise for equitization and recording an increase in State capital, the following accounts shall be recorded. :

Dr 138 – Other receivables (1388)

Cr 228 – Other investments (2281).

3.3. When an investor sells part of an investment in a subsidiary, joint venture, or an associate, resulting in the loss of control or joint control or significant influence, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Debits to accounts 111, 112, 131…

Dr 228 – Other investments (2281)

Dr 635 – Financial expenses (in case of loss)

There are accounts 221, 222

Cr 515 – Revenue from financial activities (if profit).

3.4. Liquidation and sale of other investments:

- In case of profitable sale or liquidation, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Debts of accounts 111, 112,131…

Cr 228 – Other investments (book value)

Cr 515 – Revenue from financial activities (selling price is greater than the value of VAT).

- In case of sale or liquidation at a loss, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Debts of accounts 111, 112,131…

Dr 635 – Financial expenses (selling price is less than book value)

Cr 228 – Other investments (book value).

3.5. When the investor contributes more capital and becomes the parent company, the party with joint control or significant influence, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr. 221, 222

There are accounts 111, 112 (additional investment amount)

Cr 228 – Other investments.

Article 44. Accounting for business cooperation contract transactions

1. Accounting principles

1.1. Business cooperation contract (BCC) is a contractual agreement between two or more parties to jointly carry out economic activities without forming an independent legal entity. This activity may be jointly controlled by the partners under the joint venture agreement or controlled by one of the participating parties.

1.2. BCC can be done in the form of jointly building assets or cooperating in several business activities. The parties involved in the BCC can agree to share revenue, share products or share after-tax profits.

1.3. In all cases, when receiving money, assets of other parties contributing to BCC activities, the receiving party must account for it as a liability, not recognized in equity.

1.4. For BCC in the form of jointly controlled assets

a) Assets jointly controlled by the parties to the joint venture are those acquired, constructed, and used for the purposes of the joint venture and to the benefit of the parties to the joint venture. in accordance with the Joint Venture Agreement. Joint venture parties are entitled to recognize the portion of the jointly controlled assets they are entitled to as assets in their financial statements.

b) Each party to a joint venture shall receive products or revenues from the use and exploitation of jointly controlled assets and bear a portion of the costs incurred as agreed in the contract.

c) The parties to the joint venture must open detailed accounting books on the same system of their accounting books to record and reflect in their financial statements the following contents:

– The capital contribution to jointly controlled assets, classified according to the nature of the assets;

– Liabilities arising separately from each party contributing capital to the joint venture;

– The share of liabilities arising jointly with other venture capital contributors from the joint venture's activities;

– Incomes from the sale or use of the share of the products divided by the joint venture together with the share of expenses incurred from the activities of the joint venture;

– Expenses incurred in connection with capital contribution to the joint venture.

For fixed assets and investment real estate when contributing capital to the BCC and not transferring ownership from the capital contributor to the common ownership of the parties, the receiver of the property shall keep track of it as an asset to be held on behalf of, without accounting for an increase in assets. business capital; The asset contributor does not record a decrease in assets in the accounting books, but only tracks the details of the location, location and place of the asset.

For fixed assets and investment real estate contributed as capital with the ownership transfer from the capital contributing party to common ownership, in the process of building jointly controlled assets, the party bringing the contributed assets must record a decrease in the assets in the capital contribution book. accounting and recognition of asset value in construction in progress. After the jointly controlled assets are completed, handed over and put into use, based on the value of the divided assets, the parties shall record an increase in their assets in accordance with the intended use.

1.5. For BCC as a jointly controlled business

a) Business cooperation contract in the form of jointly controlled business activities is joint venture activities without establishing a new business establishment. Joint venture parties have obligations and enjoy benefits as agreed in the contract. The activities of the joint venture contract are performed by the capital contributors together with other normal business activities of each party.

b) The business cooperation contract stipulates that expenses incurred separately for jointly controlled business activities shall be borne by each joint venture party. For general expenses (if any), based on the agreements in the contract to be divided among the capital contributors.

c) The joint venture parties must open accounting books to record and reflect in their financial statements the following contents:

– Assets contributed to the joint venture capital and under the control of the joint venture capital contributor;

– Accounts payable;

- Dividend revenue from the sale of goods or provision of services by the joint venture;

- Expenses to be borne.

d) When a joint venture incurs common expenses, it must open an accounting book to record and collect all such common expenses. Periodically, based on the agreements in the joint venture contract on the allocation of common expenses, the accountant shall make a table of general cost allocation, certified by the joint venture parties, and assign one copy to each party to keep (the original). ). The table of distribution of general expenses together with legal original documents is the basis for each joint venture to account for the general expenses allocated from the contract.

e) Where the joint venture contract stipulates product division, periodically as agreed in the joint venture contract, the joint venture parties must make a product division table for the capital contributors and have the quantity confirmed by the parties. Product specifications are divided from the contract, each party keeps one copy (original). Each time a product is actually delivered, the joint venture parties must make a product delivery note (or delivery note) in 2 copies, giving each party one copy to keep. The product delivery note is the basis for the joint venture parties to record and monitor the accounting books and is the basis for contract liquidation.

d) In case BCC incurs common costs and revenues that are borne or enjoyed by the contracting parties, the parties to the joint venture must comply with the same accounting regulations as in the case of business activities. jointly controlled business.

1.6.. In case BCC divides profit after tax

a) BCC shares after-tax profits, usually BCC in the form of jointly controlled or single-party activities. In case BCC divides after-tax profit, the parties must appoint a party to accounting all transactions of BCC, record revenue and expenses, separately monitor BCC's business results and finalize taxes. When deciding to sign the BCC in this form, the parties must consider the risks that may be borne by:

– Some expenses are not fully accounted as taxable expenses because there is no transfer of assets between the parties, for example:

+ Depreciation costs of some fixed assets will not be accepted by the tax authority because the party participating in the BCC does not carry out the procedures for transferring ownership to the party performing the accounting and tax finalization for the BCC;

+ Some expenses of the parties are not accepted by the tax authorities because the input invoices do not bear the name of the accountant and tax finalizer of BCC;

+ Some expenses incurred at the BCC party cannot be transferred to the tax accountant and finalization party due to legal barriers, for example, the BCC party has an invoice to pay land use levy but the law does not allow it. allows the party to incur land use levy costs for the accounting and finalization of land lease tax, so the cost of land rental is not included in BCC's expenses.

Policy risks:

+ The accountant and tax finalizer for BCC may incur accumulated losses, but the results of BCC activities alone are profitable. In this case, instead of offsetting the profit from BCC with the loss of other activities, the enterprise still has to pay CIT on BCC; If BCC has a loss but other activities are profitable, the enterprise can only offset a part of the loss in proportion to the share in the BCC;

+ For other parties, if the fixed assets are put into use for BCC's operations, it may not be possible to calculate the depreciation expense which is a deductible expense at the enterprise because it is not used for production and business activities at the enterprise. (doesn't match the revenue of other activities).

b) Where the BCC stipulates the distribution of profit after tax, the party performing the accounting and tax finalization must base on the nature of the contract to make appropriate accounting according to the following principles:

– If BCC stipulates that other parties participating in BCC are entitled to a fixed profit that does not depend on the business results of the contract, in this case, although the legal form of the contract is BCC, the nature of the contract is The contract is the lease of the property. In this case, the tax accounting and finalizing party is actually the party that has the right to operate and govern BCC's activities, must apply the lease accounting method for the contract, record the payables to other parties. is the cost to determine business results in the period, specifically:

+ Record all revenue, expenses and profit after tax of BCC on its income statement; Earnings per share and financial analysis criteria are calculated for all revenues, expenses and profits of BCC;

+ Record all of BCC's profit after tax in the item "Undistributed profit after tax" of the balance sheet, financial indicators related to the after-tax profit ratio are determined including all BCC result set.

+ Other parties recognize rental income from BCC.

– If BCC stipulates that other parties in BCC can only share profits if BCC's operating results are profitable and at the same time suffer losses, in this case, although the legal form of BCC is to share profits after tax but the nature of BCC is to divide revenue and expenses, the parties usually must have the right, conditions and ability to jointly control the operation and cash flow of BCC. The accountant and tax finalizer must apply the BCC accounting method of dividing revenue to record revenue, expenses and business results in the period, and at the same time provide proof of tax settlement to other parties. specific:

+ Record in the income statement the revenue, expenses and profit corresponding to the share as agreed by BCC; Earnings per share and financial analysis criteria are only calculated for revenue, expenses and profit presented in the income statement; The tax finalizer shall provide copies of records and documents on the fulfillment of obligations to the state budget of the BCC to the parties in the BCC to serve the tax finalization of other parties in the BCC;

+ Undistributed after-tax profit of the balance sheet only includes the corresponding profit after tax of each beneficiary.

+ Other parties are recorded in the income statement, the portion of revenue and expense corresponding to their share from the BCC, and report to the tax authority that this revenue and expense has been realized. tax liability as a basis for adjusting the payable CIT amount.

2. BCC accounting method in the form of jointly controlled assets

2.1. In case the parties to BCC contribute money to purchase jointly controlled assets, each party shall, based on the actual contributed amount to buy assets, record:

Dr. 211, 213, 217

Dr 133 - Deductible VAT (if any).

There are accounts 111, 112,331, 341.

2.2. In case the parties to the BCC make their own or cooperate with other partners to conduct the construction investment to obtain the jointly controlled assets, the following accounts shall be recorded based on the actual expenses spent by the BCC participants:

Dr 241 – Construction in progress (details of jointly controlled assets)

Dr 133 - Deductible VAT (if any).

There are accounts 111, 112, 152, 153, 155, 156,211, 213…

There are accounts 331, 3411,…

2.3. When the capital construction investment is completed and put into use, the parties must finalize and divide the value of jointly controlled assets. Based on the minutes on division of jointly controlled assets, the parties must determine the fair value of each asset for recording in accordance with law, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Drs 211, 213, 217 (details of jointly controlled assets according to fair value of each divided asset)

Dr 138 – Other receivables (expenses not approved, must be recovered - if any)

Dr 811 – Other expenses (if the fair value of the divided asset is smaller than the construction investment cost)

Cr 241 – Construction in progress

Cr 711 – Other income (if the fair value of the divided asset is greater than the construction investment cost).

2.4. The method of recording economic transactions related to cost and revenue accounting incurred or enjoyed by the parties to a joint venture, jointly controlled assets, when the assets come into operation and the BCC is transformed into joint control activities are performed as required for jointly controlled business activities.

3. BCC accounting method in the form of jointly controlled business activities

3.1. Accounting for capital contribution and capital receipt for jointly controlled business activities

a) At the party receiving capital contribution

- According to the minutes of capital contribution of the parties to the joint venture contract, the party receiving capital contribution shall record:

Debits to accounts 111,112, 152, 155, 156…

Cr 338 – Other payables and payables.

When returning contributed capital to the parties, the accountant shall reverse the above entry. If there is a difference between the fair value of the property returned and the value of contributions received by the parties, other income or other expenses are recorded.

– If capital contribution is received by fixed assets without transfer of ownership, the party receiving the contributed capital only keeps track of details on the management system and explains as the assets received for custody.

b) At the capital contributing party

- According to the capital contribution minutes of the parties to the joint venture contract, the party receiving capital contribution shall record:

Dr 138 – Other receivables

There are accounts 111,112, 152, 155, 156, XNUMX…

When receiving the contributed capital, the accountant shall reverse the above entry. If there is a difference between the fair value of the property received and the value of the contributed capital, other income or other expenses shall be recorded.

– If capital contribution is made with fixed assets without transfer of ownership, the capital contributor does not record a decrease in fixed assets, but only tracks details on the management system and explains the location of the asset.

3.2. Accounting for expenses incurred separately in each joint venture

- Based on related invoices and documents, the collection of separately incurred expenses incurred by the joint venture party when participating in joint control business activities, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr. 621, 622, 627, 641, 642 (details for joint venture contract)

Dr 133 - Deductible VAT (if any).

Cr 111, 112, 331, ...

– At the end of the period, to transfer separately incurred expenses to sum up production and business expenses of the joint venture contract, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 154 – Work in progress (details for joint venture contract)

Cr 621, 622, 627 (details for joint venture contract).

3.3. Accounting for costs incurred jointly by each party to the joint venture:

a) The accountant at the joint venture party has common expenses:

- When incurring common expenses to be borne by each joint venture party, the following accounts shall be recorded based on related invoices and documents:

Dr. 621, 622, 627, 641, 642 (details for joint venture contract)

Dr 133 - Deductible VAT (if any).

Cr 111, 112, 331, ...

– If the joint venture contract stipulates that common expenses must be divided, at the end of the period, based on the provisions of the contract, the accountant shall prepare a table of general cost allocation for the joint venture capital contributors and after being approved by the joint venture parties. If accepted, based on the expenses allocated to other venture capital contributors, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 138 – Other receivables (details for each partner)

Cr 133 – Deductible VAT (if input tax is divided)

Cr 3331 – Payable VAT (if input tax on general expenses has been fully deducted, an increase in payable output tax must be recorded)

There are accounts 621, 622, 627, 641, 642.

b) The accountant at the joint venture party does not account general expenses for the joint venture contract:

Based on the table of general cost allocation of the joint venture contract which has been accepted by the venture capital contributors (notified by the joint venture party that incurs joint costs), the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr. 621, 622, 623, 641, 642 (details for joint venture contract)

Dr 133 - Deductible VAT (if any).

Cr 338 – Other payables (details for joint venture parties with common expenses).

3.4. Accounting in case of product sharing contract:

– When receiving products divided from the joint venture contract for warehousing, based on the product delivery note from the contract, the warehouse receipt and related documents, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 152 – Raw materials (if the divided product is not the final product)

Dr 155 – Finished products (if the divided products are finished products)

Dr. 157 – Goods sent for sale (if the divided product is sent to be sold immediately without going through the warehouse)

Cr 154 – Business in progress (including costs incurred separately and in general incurred by each party to the joint venture) (details for the joint venture contract).

– When receiving products divided from the contract and put into use immediately for the production of other products, based on the product delivery note from the contract and related documents, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 621 – Cost of direct materials and materials

Cr 154 – Business in progress (including costs incurred separately and in general incurred by each party to the joint venture) (details for the joint venture contract).

– In case the joint venture contract stipulates not to divide the product but to hand it over to one party to sell, after issuing an invoice to the seller of the product, the separate and general costs incurred by each party shall be transferred. The joint venture must bear the cost of goods sold, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 632 – Cost of goods sold

Cr 154 – Business in progress (including costs incurred separately and in general incurred by each party to the joint venture) (details for the joint venture contract).

3.5. Accounting for sales of products in case one party to a joint venture sells goods on behalf of the company and divides the revenue among other partners:

a) The accountant on the selling side:

– When selling products according to the provisions of the contract, the seller must issue an invoice for all sold products, and at the same time reflect the total amount of product sales of the joint venture, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Debits to accounts 111, 112, 131,…

Cr 338 – Other payables and payables (joint-venture contract details)

Account 3331 – VAT payable (if any).

- According to the provisions of the joint venture contract and the revenue distribution table, to reflect the revenue corresponding to the interests of the joint venture participants, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 338 – Other payables and payables (details for joint venture contract)

Cr 511 – Revenue from sale of goods and provision of services (benefits enjoyed by the seller as agreed in the contract).

– After comparing the common costs incurred by each party and the revenue divided among the parties under the contract, the accountant shall offset other receivables and other payables (details for each party to BCC), record :

Dr 338 – Other payables and payables

Cr 138 – Other receivables.

– When paying for the sale of products because the partner participating in the joint venture does not sell the product, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 338 – Other payables and payables (each joint venture partner)

There are accounts 111, 112,…

b) Accountant on the non-product side:

– The joint venture party does not participate in the sale of the joint venture's products, based on the revenue distribution table confirmed by the joint venture parties and relevant documents provided by the product seller, an invoice is issued to the joint venture party. the seller of the product according to the amount of revenue he is entitled to, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 138 – Other receivables (including VAT if output VAT is divided, details for partners participating in joint ventures to sell products)

Cr 511 – Revenue from sale of goods and provision of services (details for joint venture contract and by the amount to be divided)

Account 3331 – VAT payable (if output VAT is divided).

– When the partner participating in the joint venture pays for the sale of products, based on the actual amount received, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Debit to Accounts 111, 112,… (the amount paid by the counterparty in the contract)

Cr 138 – Other receivables (details of each product seller).

4. Accounting method BCC divides profit after tax

4.1. In case the parties are divided a fixed amount regardless of the business results of BCC (the accounting and tax finalizer controlling BCC), :

a) At the party performing accounting and tax finalization for BCC

- In case of receipt of money, supplies and goods from capital contributors, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Debits to accounts 112, 152, 156…

Cr 338 – Other payables and payables.

– When generating revenues and expenses for BCC, accountants receive all revenues and expenses as if they were their own transactions in accordance with the law.

– When determining the amount to be periodically paid to other parties under the contract, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr. 627, 641, 642

Cr 338 – Other payables and payables.

- To return to the parties the amount of money and supplies received as capital contribution, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 338 – Other payables and payables

There are accounts 112, 152, 156…

If there is a difference between the fair value of the returned property and the value of the contributed capital of the parties, other income or expenses shall be recorded.

b) At the party that does not perform accounting and does not finalize taxes for BCC

– When contributing capital to BCC, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 138 – Other receivables

There are accounts 112, 152, 156…

– When receiving the notice of the profit divided from BCC, record:

Dr 138 – Other receivables

Cr 511 – Revenue from sale of goods and provision of services (5113).

- When receiving back contributed capital, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Debits to accounts 112, 152, 156…

Cr 138 – Other receivables.

If there is a difference between the fair value of the property received and the value of the contributed capital, other income or other expenses shall be recorded.

4.2. In case the parties are entitled to share profits depending on the business results of BCC (the parties have joint control over BCC):

a) At the accounting and tax finalization side

a1) The recognition of contributed capital and return of contributed capital to the parties is similar to Point 4.1 above.

a2) When recognizing BCC's revenue, accountants record all revenue in account 511 as a basis for comparison, explanation and determination of taxable revenue for BCC:

- To recognize BCC's revenue, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr. 112, 131

Cr 511 – Revenue from selling goods and providing services

Account 3331 – VAT payable.

On the income statement, only the revenue corresponding to the entitled part is presented in the item “Revenue from sales and provision of services”

– Periodically, the revenue reduction plan of BCC corresponding to the share of the beneficiaries, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 511 – Revenue from sale of goods and provision of services

Dr 3331 – VAT payable (if including VAT)

Cr 338 – Other payables and payables.

a3) When recording expenses of BCC, accountants record all expenses in accounting books of related expense accounts as a basis for comparison and determination of taxable expenses of BCC:

– When incurring expenses of BCC, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Debits to accounts 632, 641, 642…

There are accounts 112, 331, 154, 155, XNUMX…

On the income statement, only expenses corresponding to the part incurred are shown in the expense ratios.

– Periodically, the accountant shall record a decrease in expenses of BCC corresponding to the part incurred by other parties, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 138 – Other receivables

There are accounts 632, 641, 642.

– When determining the payable CIT amount to the BCC, the tax finalizer shall notify the other parties of the tax payable obligations of each party, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 8211 – CIT expenses (payable amount of the tax finalizer)

Dr 138 – Other receivables (payment on behalf of other parties in BCC)

Cr 3334 – CIT (total payable CIT).

– After comparing the common costs incurred by each party and the revenue divided among the parties under the contract, the accountant shall offset other receivables and other payables (details for each party to BCC), record :

Dr 338 – Other payables and payables

Cr 138 – Other receivables.

b) At the non-accounting and tax finalization party

– When contributing capital to BCC, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 138 – Other receivables

There are accounts 112, 152, 156…

- Based on the cost allocation table of the joint venture contract accepted by the venture capital contributors (notified by the accountant and tax finalizer), the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr. 621, 622, 623, 641, 642 (details for joint venture contract)

Dr 133 - Deductible VAT (if any).

Cr 338 – Other payables and payables.

- Based on the payable CIT amount notified by the tax finalizer, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 821 – Current CIT expenses

Cr 338 – Other payables and payables.

– Based on the revenue distribution table confirmed by the joint venture parties and relevant documents provided by the product seller, issue an invoice to the product seller according to the amount of revenue he is entitled to, take note:

Dr 138 – Other receivables (including VAT if output VAT is divided, details for partners participating in joint ventures to sell products)

Cr 511 – Revenue from sale of goods and provision of services (details for joint venture contract and by the amount to be divided)

Account 3331 – VAT payable (if output VAT is divided).

– After comparing the common costs incurred by each party and the revenue divided among the parties under the contract, the accountant shall offset other receivables and other payables (details for each party to BCC), record :

Dr 338 – Other payables and payables

Cr 138 – Other receivables.

– When the partner participating in the joint venture pays for the sale of products, based on the actual amount received, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Debit to Accounts 111, 112,… (the amount paid by the counterparty in the contract)

Cr 138 – Other receivables (details of each product seller).

- When receiving back contributed capital, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Debits to accounts 112, 152, 156…

Cr 138 – Other receivables

If there is a difference between the fair value of the property received and the value of the contributed capital, other income or other expenses shall be recorded.

Article 45. Account 229 – Provision for property loss

1. Accounting principles

1.1. This account is used to record the current amount and the increase or decrease in provisions for property loss, including:

a) Provision for devaluation of trading securities: is the provision for loss in value that may occur due to devaluation of securities held by the enterprise for trading purposes;

b) Provision for loss of investment in other entities: is the provision for loss due to the loss of the enterprise receiving capital contribution (subsidiary, joint venture, association) leading to the investor's possibility of losing capital. or provision for diminution in value of investments in subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates.

– For investments in joint ventures and associates, the investor only makes a provision for losses due to joint ventures and associates if the financial statements do not apply the equity method to investments in joint ventures and associates.

– For investments that investors hold for a long time (not classified as trading securities) and have no significant influence on the investee, the provisioning is made as follows:

+ For an investment in listed shares or the fair value of the investment can be determined reliably, the provision is based on the market value of the shares (similar to the provision for diminution in value of trading securities). );

+ For investments whose fair value cannot be determined at the reporting time, provision is made based on the investee's loss (allowance for investment losses in other entities).

c) Provision for bad debts: is the provision for the value of receivables and other held-to-maturity investments of similar nature to receivables which are unlikely to be recovered.

d) Provision for devaluation of inventories: is the provision for devaluation of inventories when there is a decrease in net realizable value compared to the original cost of inventories.

1.2. Principles of accounting for provision for devaluation of trading securities

a) The enterprise is entitled to make provision for possible loss of value when there is solid evidence that the market value of securities held by the enterprise for trading purposes has decreased. compared to book value.

b) Conditions, grounds and levels for setting up or reversing provisions comply with the provisions of law.

c) The setting up or reversal of provision for devaluation of trading securities is made at the time of preparation of the financial statements:

– If the amount of provision to be made this year is higher than the balance of provision recorded in the accounting books, the enterprise shall make additional deductions for that difference and record it in financial expenses in the period.

– If the amount of provision to be made this year is lower than the balance of the provision made in the previous year that has not been used up, the enterprise shall reverse the difference and record a reduction in financial expenses.

1.3. Principles of accounting for provision for loss of investments in other entities

a) For invested units that are parent companies, the basis for investors to make provision for loss of investments in other entities is the consolidated financial statements of that parent company. For invested units that are independent enterprises without subsidiaries, the basis for the investor to make provision for loss of investment in other entities is the financial statement of such investee.

b) The setting up and reversal of provision for loss of investments in other entities is made at the time of preparation of the financial statements for each investment according to the following principles:

– If the amount of provision to be made this year is higher than the balance of provision recorded in the accounting books, the enterprise shall make additional deductions for that difference and record it in financial expenses in the period.

– If the amount of provision to be made this year is lower than the balance of the provision made in the previous year that has not been used up, the enterprise shall reverse the difference and record a reduction in financial expenses.

1.4. Accounting principles for provision for bad debts

a) When preparing financial statements, enterprises determine bad debts and investments held to maturity of similar nature that are not recoverable in order to make or reverse provisions. room for doubtful receivables.

b) An enterprise makes provision for bad debts when:

- Overdue receivables stated in economic contracts, debt covenants, contractual commitments or debt commitments, which the enterprise has claimed many times but has not yet collected. The determination of the overdue period of a receivable that is determined to be bad for which provision is made is based on the principal repayment period according to the original purchase and sale contract, excluding the debt extension between the parties. beside;

- Receivables that are not yet due for payment but the debtor has fallen into bankruptcy or is in the process of dissolution, missing or absconding;

c) Conditions and grounds for setting up provision for bad debts

- There must be original documents or confirmation from the debtor about the outstanding amount, including: economic contract, debt contract, contract liquidation, debt commitment, debt reconciliation...

– The level of provision for bad debts shall comply with current regulations.

- Other conditions as prescribed by law.

d) The setting up or reversal of provision for doubtful debts is made at the time of preparation of the financial statements.

– In case the provision for doubtful debts made at the end of this accounting period is larger than the balance of provision for doubtful debts recorded in the accounting books, the larger difference is recorded as an increase in provision and an increase in expenses. business management fees.

– In case the provision for doubtful debts made at the end of this accounting period is smaller than the balance of the provision for doubtful debts recorded in the accounting books, the smaller difference shall be reversed and recorded as a decrease in the provision and recorded in the accounting books. reduce business administration costs.

e) For bad receivables that have persisted for many years, the enterprise has tried all methods to collect the debt but still cannot collect the debt and determines that the debtor is really insolvent, the enterprise shall may have to carry out procedures to sell debts to the debt buying and selling company or write off bad debts on the accounting books. The write-off of bad debts must comply with the law and the enterprise's charter. This debt is tracked in the corporate governance system and presented in the notes to the financial statements. If, after the debt has been written off, the enterprise can reclaim the settled debt, the collected debt will be recorded in account 711 “Other income”.

1.5. Accounting principles for inventory devaluation

a) Enterprises that make provision for devaluation of inventories must make when there are reliable evidences of impairment of the net realizable value compared to the original cost of inventories. Provision is an amount anticipated in advance to include in production and business costs the part of the value that is lower than the book value of inventory and is intended to compensate for actual losses caused by the material. Investments, products, and inventories are reduced in price.

b) Provision for devaluation of inventories is made at the time of preparation of financial statements. The provision for devaluation of inventories must be made strictly in accordance with the provisions of the Accounting Standard “Inventories” and the provisions of the current financial regime.

c) The provision for devaluation of inventories must be calculated according to each type of inventory materials, goods and products. For services in progress, the provision for devaluation of inventories must be calculated for each type of service with a separate price.

d) Net realizable value of inventory is the estimated selling price of the inventory in the normal production and business period minus (-) the estimated cost of completing the product and the estimated cost. necessary for their sale.

dd) When preparing the financial statements, based on the quantity, historical cost, and net realizable value of each type of supplies, goods, and service in progress, determine the provision for decrease in value. inventory price to be established:

– In case the provision for devaluation of inventories to be made at the end of this accounting period is larger than the provision for devaluation of inventories recorded in the accounting books, the larger difference is recorded as an increase in provision and an increase in value. capital goods sold.

– In case the provision for devaluation of inventories that must be made at the end of this accounting period is smaller than the provision for devaluation of inventories recorded in the accounting books, the smaller difference shall be reversed and recorded as a decrease in the provision and recorded in the accounting records. reduce cost of goods sold.

2. Structure and contents of account 229 – Provision for property loss

Debtor:

– Reversing the difference between the provision to be made in this period which is smaller than the provision already made in the previous period that has not been used up;

– Offsetting the value of the investment in another entity when it is decided to use the established provision to offset the loss occurred.

– Offsetting the provisioned value of irrecoverable debts that must be written off.

Yes Party:

Provisions for property loss are made at the time of preparation of the financial statements.

Credit balance: Amount of provision for loss of existing assets at the end of the period.

Account 229 – Provision for property loss has 4 tier 2 accounts

Account 2291 – Provision for devaluation of trading securities: This account reflects the setting up or reversal of the provision for devaluation of trading securities.

Account 2292 – Provision for investment loss in other entities: This account reflects the situation of setting up or reversing the provision because the enterprise receiving the contributed capital suffers a loss, leading to the investor's possibility of losing capital.

Account 2293 – Provision for bad debts: This account reflects the setting up or reversal of provisions for receivables and investments held to maturity.

Account 2294 – Provision for devaluation of inventories: This account reflects the setting up or reversal of provision for devaluation of inventory.

3. Accounting method for some major economic transactions

3.1. Accounting method to reserve for trading securities

a) When preparing financial statements, based on changes in market value of trading securities, if the amount to be prepared in this period is larger than the amount made in the previous period, the accountant shall make additional deductions for the difference. , take note:

Dr 635 – Financial expenses

Cr 229 – Provision for property loss (2291).

b) When preparing financial statements, based on changes in market value of trading securities, if the amount to be prepared for this period is smaller than the amount made in the previous period, the difference shall be reversed, recorded as follows: :

Dr 229 – Provision for property loss (2291)

Account 635 – Financial expenses.

c) The accountant shall handle the provision for devaluation of trading securities before the 100% State owned enterprise transforms into a joint stock company: the provision for devaluation of trading securities after compensating for losses, if any When accounting for the increase in state capital, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 229 – Provision for property loss (2291)

Dr 635 – Financial expenses (not yet provisioned)

Cr 121 – Trading securities (reduced amount when determining enterprise value)

Cr 411 – Owner's investment capital (the amount of provision made is higher than the loss).

3.2. Accounting method for provisioning for investment losses in other entities

a) When preparing financial statements, if the amount to be prepared in this period is larger than the amount made in the previous period, the accountant shall make additional deductions for the difference, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 635 – Financial expenses

Cr 229 – Provision for property loss (2292).

b) When preparing financial statements, if the amount to be prepared for this period is smaller than the amount made in the previous period, the difference is reversed, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 229 – Provision for property loss (2292)

Account 635 – Financial expenses.

c) When the actual loss occurs, the investments are really unrecoverable or the recoverable is lower than the original cost, the enterprise may decide to use the provision for devaluation of long-term investments to compensate for loss of long-term investment, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Debits to accounts 111, 112,… (if any)

Dr 229 – Provision for property loss (2292) (provision has been made)

Dr 635 – Financial expenses (not yet provisioned)

Accounts 221, 222, and 228 (the original cost of the lost investment).

d) The provision for devaluation of long-term investments after compensating for losses, if the increase in State capital is still recorded, when the enterprise with 100% state capital is transformed into a joint stock company, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 229 – Provision for property loss (2292)

Cr 411 – Owner's investment capital.

3.3. Accounting method for bad debts

a) When preparing the financial statements, based on the receivables classified as bad debts, if the provision for bad debts to be made in this accounting period is larger than the provision for bad debts, Bad debts already set up in the previous accounting period have not been used up, the difference is additionally made, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 642 – Administration expenses

Cr 229 – Provision for property loss (2293).

b) When preparing the financial statements, based on the receivables classified as bad debts, if the provision for bad debts to be made in this accounting period is smaller than the provision for bad debts. bad receivables already set up in the previous accounting period have not been used up, the difference is reversed, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 229 – Provision for property loss (2293)

Cr 642 – Administration expenses.

c) For bad debts, when determined to be uncollectible, the accountants shall write off the debts in accordance with current law. Based on the debt cancellation decision, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Debts of accounts 111, 112, 331, 334….(the part of organizations and individuals to be compensated)

Dr 229 – Provision for property loss (2293) (provision made)

Dr 642 – Business administration expenses (the part included in expenses)

There are accounts 131, 138, 128, 244, XNUMX…

d) For bad debts which have been cleared, if later recovered, the following accounts shall be recorded based on the actual value of the recovered debt:

Debts of accounts 111, 112,….

Cr 711 - Other income.

dd) For overdue receivables sold at agreed prices, depending on the actual case, the following accounts shall be recorded:

- In case overdue receivables have not yet made provision for bad debts, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Drs 111, 112 (according to the negotiable selling price)

Dr 642 – Administration expenses (losses from debt sales)

There are accounts 131, 138,128, 244…

- In case the overdue receivables have made provision for bad debts but the provision made is not enough to cover losses when selling debts, the remaining losses shall be accounted into the enterprise's administrative expenses, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Drs 111, 112 (according to the negotiable selling price)

Dr 229 – Provision for property loss (2293) (provision has been made)

Dr 642 – Administration expenses (losses from debt sales)

There are accounts 131, 138,128, 244…

e) Accounting for handling of provisions for doubtful debts before the State enterprises are transformed into joint stock companies: Provisions for doubtful debts after compensating for losses, if recorded as an increase in State capital, take note:

Dr 229 – Provision for property loss (2293)

Cr 411 – Owner's investment capital.

3.4. Accounting method to reserve for devaluation of inventory

a) When preparing the financial statements, if the amount of provision for devaluation of inventories to be made in this period is larger than the amount made in previous periods, the difference shall be additionally set aside, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 632 – Cost of goods sold

Cr 229 – Provision for property loss (2294).

b) When preparing the financial statements, if the amount of provision for devaluation of inventories to be made in this period is smaller than the amount made in previous periods, the difference shall be reversed, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 229 – Provision for property loss (2294)

Cr 632 – Cost of goods sold.

c) The accountant handling the provision for devaluation of inventories for supplies and goods that are canceled due to expiry date, loss of quality, damage or no longer use value, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 229 – Provision for property loss (to be offset by provision)

Dr 632 – Cost of goods sold (if the loss is higher than the provision made)

There are accounts 152, 153, 155, 156.

d) Accounting to handle the provision for devaluation of inventories before the 100% state-owned enterprise transforms into a joint stock company: Provision for devaluation of inventories after compensating for losses, if recorded as an increase state capital, record:

Dr 229 – Provision for property loss (2294)

Cr 411 – Owner's investment capital.

Article 46. Account 241 – Construction in progress

1. Accounting principles

a) This account is only used for units that do not have a project management board to record the cost of implementing capital construction investment projects (including costs of purchasing new fixed assets, building new ones, or repairing or renovating). , expansion or re-equipment of construction techniques) and the settlement of capital construction investment projects in enterprises that conduct fixed asset procurement, capital construction investment, and major repair of fixed assets.

The investment in capital construction and major repair of fixed assets of the enterprise can be carried out by contracting or self-employment. In enterprises conducting capital construction investment by do-it-yourself method, this account also reflects costs incurred during construction, installation and repair.

Units that have established a construction investment project management board and organized their own accounting apparatus shall comply with the provisions of Circular No. 195/2012/TT-BTC guiding the accounting regime of the leading unit. private.

b) Expenses for implementation of capital construction investment projects are all necessary expenses for new construction or repair, renovation, expansion or technical re-equipment of works. Capital construction investment costs are determined on the basis of workload, norm system, economic-technical criteria and the State's policies and regimes, and must be consistent with the objective factors of the market. market in each period and comply with regulations on capital construction investment management. Construction investment costs, including:

- Construction costs;

– Equipment costs;

– Cost of compensation, support and resettlement;

- Project management costs;

- Construction investment consulting costs

- Other costs.

Account 241 is opened in detail for each work, work item and in each work item, it must be recorded in detail each content of capital construction investment costs and tracked cumulatively from the time of commencement to the date of construction. works, work items have been completed, handed over and put into use.

c) When investing in capital construction, construction and installation costs, equipment costs are usually calculated directly for each work; Project management and other costs are often shared. The investor must calculate and allocate project management costs and other costs to each work according to the following principles:

– If the project management costs and other costs directly related to each work can be determined separately, they shall be calculated directly for that work;

- Project management costs and other general expenses related to many works that cannot be directly calculated for each work, the unit is entitled to allocate according to the criteria most appropriate to each work.

d) In case the project has been completed and put into use, but the project settlement has not been approved, the enterprise shall record an increase in the historical cost of the fixed asset according to the provisional price (the provisional price must be based on the actual expenses spent to obtain the project). fixed assets) to depreciate, but then have to adjust according to the approved settlement price.

dd) Repair, maintenance and maintenance expenses for fixed assets in normal operation are accounted directly into production and business expenses in the period. For fixed assets subject to periodic repair, maintenance and maintenance according to technical requirements, the accountant is allowed to make a provision for payables and calculate in advance into production and business expenses to have a source of cover when the repair is carried out. , maintenance incurred.

e) Real estate investors use this account to collect construction costs of fixed assets or investment properties. In case the real estate is built for multiple purposes (for office, for rent or for sale, for example, a mixed-use apartment building), the accountant still collects costs incurred directly related to the construction of the property. construction investment on account 241. When the work or project is completed, handed over and put into use, the accountants shall base on the actual way of using assets to transfer the construction investment costs in accordance with the nature of the project. of each asset class.

g) Exchange rate differences arising from the process of capital construction investment shall be made according to the following principles:

– For exchange rate differences in the pre-operation period:

+ For enterprises with 100% charter capital owned by the State performing security and defense tasks and stabilizing the macro-economy, exchange rate differences related to the pre-operation period have not yet come into operation. Production and business activities are accumulated in Account 413 – Exchange rate difference. When it comes into operation, the accountant will gradually allocate the direct exchange rate difference from Account 413 to Account 515 – Revenue from financial activities (if profit) or Account 635 – Financial expense (in case of loss). The allocation does not exceed the time prescribed by law, the allocation of exchange rate loss must ensure the principle that if the exchange rate loss is still reflected at the Debit side of Account 413, the income statement will be zero. enterprises must not both record exchange rate losses on the target - Exchange rate difference on the balance sheet and present profit after tax on the income statement).

+ For all other types of enterprises, the exchange rate difference in the pre-operation period is immediately included in financial income (if profit) or financial expense (in case of loss) at the time of arising, not be allowed to suspend the exchange rate difference on account 413.

– For exchange rate differences related to capital construction investment when the enterprise has come into operation (including new investment or expansion investment):

All types of enterprises, including enterprises in which 100% charter capital is held by the State, performing security and defense tasks and stabilizing the macro-economy, must immediately calculate the relevant exchange rate difference. to capital construction investment (including new investment or expansion investment) in financial income (if profit) or financial expense (if loss) at the time of arising, shall not be reflected in difference. exchange rate difference on account 413.

h) In case the investment project is cancelled, the enterprise must liquidate and recover the costs incurred by the project. The difference between the actual investment costs incurred and the proceeds from the liquidation shall be recorded to other expenses or determine the compensation liability of the organization or individual for recovery.

Account 241 – Construction in progress, there are 3 tier 2 accounts:

– Account 2411 – Procurement of fixed assets: Reflects fixed asset procurement costs and the settlement of fixed assets procurement expenses in case they have to be installed or tested before being put into use (including buying new or used fixed assets). If the purchase of fixed assets must be invested and retrofitted to be usable, all costs of purchase and retrofit are also reflected in this account.

– Account 2412 – Basic construction: Reflects capital construction investment costs and settlement of capital construction investment. This account is opened in detail for each work, work item (according to each object of assets formed through investment) and in each asset object, it is required to monitor in detail each content of capital construction investment expenses.

– Account 2413 – Major repair of fixed assets: Reflects the cost of major repair of fixed assets and the settlement of major repair costs of fixed assets. In case of regular repair of fixed assets, it is not recorded in this account but directly into production and business expenses in the period.

2. Structure and contents of account 241 – Construction in progress

Debtor:

– Expenses for capital construction investment, procurement and major repair of fixed assets (tangible fixed assets and intangible fixed assets);

- Expenses for renovation and upgrading of fixed assets;

– Expenses for purchasing investment real estate (in case there is a need for a construction investment phase);

– Investment capital construction investment real estate;

– Expenses incurred after initial recognition of fixed assets and investment properties.

Yes Party:

- Value of fixed assets formed through capital construction investment, completed procurement and put into use;

– The value of the rejected works and other approved expenses will be transferred when the final settlement is approved;

- Value of major repair works of completed fixed assets, transferred when the final settlement is approved;

– Value of investment real estate formed through completed capital construction investment;

- Carry forward the expenses incurred after the initial recognition of fixed assets and investment real estate into related accounts.

Outstanding balance:

- Expenses for construction investment projects and major repair of fixed assets in progress;

- Value of construction works and major repair of fixed assets that have been completed but have not been handed over or put into use or the final settlement has not been approved;

- Value of investment real estate under construction.

3. Accounting method for some major economic transactions

3.1. Construction cost accounting

3.1.1. In case of advance payment to the contractor

a) In case of advance in Vietnam Dong:

– Record the advance amount to the contractor in Vietnam Dong, record;

Dr 331 – Payables to sellers

Account 112 – Bank deposits (1122) (the exchange rate recorded in the State Bank of Vietnam).

– When taking over the completed construction construction volume, the accountant shall record construction in progress for the amount advanced, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 241 – Construction in progress

Cr 331 – Payable to the seller.

b) In case of advance in foreign currency:

– Record the advance amount to the contractor in foreign currency at the actual exchange rate at the time of advance, record;

Dr 331 – Payables to sellers (actual exchange rate)

Dr 635 – Financial expenses (if exchange loss occurs)

Account 112 – Bank deposits (1122) (Billing exchange rate)

Cr 515 – Financial income (if exchange rate interest is incurred).

– When the completed construction construction volume is accepted, the accountant shall record the construction in progress for the advance amount in foreign currency at the recorded exchange rate (actual exchange rate at the time of advance), the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 241 – Construction in progress

Cr 331 – Payable to the seller.

3.1.2. Receive the volume of construction and repair of completed fixed assets handed over by the contractor, if input VAT is deductible, based on the contract of assignment, the record of acceptance of the completed construction volume, the sales invoice, take note:

Dr 241 – Construction in progress (2412, 2413)

Dr 133 – Deductible VAT (1332) (if any)

Cr 331 – Payable to the seller.

– If input VAT is not deductible, the value of capital construction in progress includes VAT.

– In case the contract stipulates payment to the contractor in a foreign currency, the accountant shall record the payable amount (after deducting the advance amount) at the actual exchange rate at the time of acceptance (which is the exchange rate). sold by commercial banks where the enterprise regularly conducts transactions).

3.1.3. When purchasing equipment for capital construction investment, if input VAT is deductible, the following accounts shall be recorded according to invoices and warehouse receipts:

Dr 152 – Raw materials (purchase price exclusive of VAT)

Dr 133 – Deductible VAT (1332)

Cr 331 – Payable to the seller (total payment price).

In case of direct transfer of equipment that does not need to be installed to the construction site and handed over to the contractor, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 241 – Construction in progress

Dr 133 – Deductible VAT (1332)

Cr 331 – Payable to the seller

Cr 151 – Purchased goods are on the way.

3.1.4. Paying to contractors, suppliers of materials, goods and services related to capital construction investment, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 331 – Payables to sellers

There are accounts 111, 112,…

3.1.5. Exporting construction investment equipment to the contractor:

a) For equipment that does not need to be installed, record:

Dr 241 – Construction in progress

Cr 152 – Raw materials, materials.

b) For equipment to be installed:

– When exporting equipment to the contractor, accountants only track the details of the equipment to be installed.

– When the completed installation volume is handed over by Party B, tested, accepted and accepted for payment, the value of newly installed equipment shall be included in the capital construction investment cost, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 241 – Construction in progress (2412)

Cr 152 – Raw materials, materials.

3.1.6. When other costs are incurred, such as interest expenses, capitalized bond issuance costs, bidding costs, (after offsetting with proceeds from the sale of bids), dismantling costs return the premises (after clearing with the recoverable scrap)… the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 241 – Construction in progress (2412)

Dr 133 – Deductible VAT (1332) (if any)

There are accounts 111, 112, 331, 335, 3411,343…

The proceeds from the sale of bids after clearing with the bidding costs, if there is any remaining balance, the construction investment costs will be reduced (recorded to Account 241).

3.1.7. The fine collected by the contractor, which substantially reduces the amount to be paid to the contractor, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr. 112, 331

Account 241 – Construction in progress.

3.1.8. Exchange differences arising in the course of capital construction investment (including pre-operational period) are recognized in financial income (if profit) or financial expense (in case of loss) at the time of issuance. (except for enterprises specified at point 3.1.9 below):

- If there is an exchange rate interest, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Debit related accounts

Cr 515 – Revenue from financial activities.

– If there is exchange rate loss, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 635 – Financial expenses

There are related accounts.

3.1.9. For the investor being an enterprise with 100% charter capital owned by the State, performing the tasks of security, national defense and stabilizing the macro-economy, if there is an exchange rate difference in construction investment activities in the pre-operation stage (not yet conducting production and trading):

- If there is an exchange rate interest, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Debit related accounts

Cr 413 – Exchange rate difference.

– If there is exchange rate loss, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 413 – Exchange rate difference

There are related accounts.

- When it comes into operation, the accountants transfer the exchange rate difference into revenue from financial activities or financial expenses, the following accounts shall be recorded:

+ Transfer of exchange rate interest shall be recorded:

Dr 413 – Exchange rate difference

Cr 515 – Revenue from financial activities.

+ Carrying forward exchange rate loss:

Dr 635 – Financial expenses

Cr 413 – Exchange rate difference.

3.1.10. For trial run expenses and proceeds from the sale of trial production products, the following shall be applied:

a) For the cost of trial run without producing test products:

Dr 241 – Construction in progress

There are related accounts.

b) For trial production costs and proceeds from the sale of trial products:

– When there is a cost of trial running with load to produce test products, accountants collect all costs, record

Dr 154 – Unfinished business expenses

There are related accounts.

– When entering the warehouse of trial production, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 1551 – Finished goods in stock

Cr 154 – Production and business expenses in progress.

– When selling products of trial production:

Dr. 112, 131

Cr 1551 – Finished goods imported

Cr 154 – Work in progress (immediate sale without warehousing)

Account 3331 – VAT payable (if any).

– Transferring the difference between the cost of trial production and the proceeds from the sale of the trial product:

+ In case the trial production cost is higher than the revenue from the sale of trial production products, the difference between the two accounts shall be recorded to increase the investment in construction in progress, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 241 – Construction in progress

Cr 154 – Production and business expenses in progress.

+ In case the trial production cost is smaller than the revenue from the sale of trial production, the difference shall be recorded to reduce the investment in construction in progress, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 154 – Unfinished business expenses

Account 241 – Construction in progress.

3.1.1l. When the project is completed, the overall acceptance has been completed, the property is handed over and put into use: If the final settlement is approved immediately, based on the approved investment value, carrying. If the final settlement has not been approved, record the increase in the value of assets formed through investment at the provisional price (temporary price is the actual cost spent to acquire the asset, based on Account 241 to determine temporary price). Both cases are recorded as follows:

Dr. 211, 213, 217

Dr 1557 – Real estate finished products (after completion, there is a part of real estate for sale which has not been separately recorded in Account 154)

Account 241 – Construction in progress (approved price or provisional price).

In case the work has been completed, but the procedures for handing over the assets have not been completed, and the settlement is pending, the accountant must open a detailed book of account 241 "Construction in progress" to separately monitor the work. The process is completed, waiting for handover and approval of settlement.

3.1.12. When the final settlement of completed capital construction investment is approved, the accountant shall adjust the provisional price according to the approved asset value, record;

– If the value of assets formed through the approved capital construction investment is lower than the provisional price:

Dr 138 – Other receivables (approval expenses to be recovered)

There are accounts 211, 213, 217, 1557.

– If the value of assets formed through approved capital construction investment is higher than the provisional price:

Debits to accounts 211, 213, 217, 1557

There are related accounts.

- If fixed assets are invested with capital for capital construction and are permitted by a competent authority to increase business capital, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 441 – Capital for capital construction investment

Cr 241 – Construction in progress (losses are approved for cancellation)

Cr 411 – Owner's investment capital (approved asset value).

– If fixed assets are formed by the welfare fund and used for welfare purposes, when the investor approves the settlement of investment capital, the accountant shall record an increase in the welfare fund that has formed the fixed asset:

Dr 3532 – Welfare fund

Cr 3533 – Welfare fund has formed fixed assets.

3.1.13. In case the enterprise being the investor has established a project management board to separately account the capital construction investment process:

a) Accountant at the investor:

– In case of handover of the settled work, the investor shall record the work value as the settled price, and record:

Debits to accounts 211, 213, 217, 1557

Dr 133 - Deductible VAT (if any).

Debits to accounts 111, 112, 152, 153

Account 136 – Internal receivables

There are accounts 331, 333, … (receiving payables if any).

- In case of receiving the handover of the work that has not been settled, the investor shall record the value of the work as the provisional price. When making the final settlement, the work value must be adjusted according to the settled price, the following accounts shall be recorded:

+ If the settled price is greater than the provisional price, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Debits to accounts 211, 213, 217, 1557

There are related accounts.

+ If the settled price is smaller than the provisional price, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Debit related accounts

There are accounts 211, 213, 217, 1557.

b) Accounting at the Project Management Board: Comply with the provisions of Circular No. 195/2012/TT-BTC dated November 15, 11 of the Ministry of Finance guiding accounting applicable to the investor unit and amendments, supplements, and replacements (if any).

3.1.14. In case the investment project is canceled or withdrawn, the accountant shall liquidate the project and recover the investment costs. The difference between investment costs and proceeds from the liquidation shall be recorded in other expenses or in determining compensation liability of organizations or individuals, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Drs 111, 112 – Proceeds from project liquidation

Dr 138 – Other receivables (Number of organizations and individuals to be compensated)

Dr 811 – Other expenses (Numbers included in expenses)

Account 241 – Construction in progress.

3.2. Fixed asset repair accounting

The repair of fixed assets of the enterprise can also be carried out by self-made or contracted method.

a) When incurred repair costs of fixed assets are collected to the debit side of Account 241 “Construction in progress” (2413) and detailed for each fixed asset repair work and work. Based on vouchers incurred expenses for accounting:

– If input VAT is deductible, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 241 – Construction in progress (2413) (purchase price exclusive of VAT)

Dr 133 – Deductible VAT (1332)

There are accounts 111, 112, 152, 214,… (total payment price).

- If input VAT is not deductible, the cost of fixing fixed assets includes VAT, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 241 – Construction in progress (2413) (total payment price)

There are 111, 112, 152, 214, 334,… (total payment price).

b) When the repair work is completed, if conditions are not met, the historical cost of fixed assets is increased:

Debits to accounts 623, 627, 641, 642

Dr 242 – Prepaid expenses (if incurred, will be amortized gradually)

Dr 352 – Provision for payables (if accruing in advance for periodic repair costs)

Account 241 – Construction in progress (2413).

- In case of repair, renovation or upgrading satisfying the conditions for recording an increase in the historical cost of fixed assets, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 211 – Tangible fixed assets

Account 241 – Construction in progress (2413).

Article 47. Account 242 – Prepaid expenses

1. Accounting principles

a) This account is used to record actual expenses incurred but related to the results of production and business activities of many accounting periods and the transfer of these expenses to production and business expenses of the accounting periods. after.

b) The contents are reflected as prepaid expenses, including:

– Prepaid expenses for infrastructure lease, operating lease of fixed assets (land use rights, factories, warehouses, offices, shops and other fixed assets) serving production and business for many next period maths.

- Expenses for business establishment, training and advertising expenses incurred in the pre-operation period shall be allocated for no more than 3 years;

- Insurance costs (fire and explosion insurance, vehicle owner's civil liability insurance, body insurance, property insurance, ...) and fees that businesses buy and pay once for multiple accounting periods;

– Tools, instruments, rotating packaging, rental equipment related to business activities in many accounting periods;

– Prepaid borrowing costs on loan interest or bond interest upon issuance;

- Expenses for repair of fixed assets incurred once with great value, enterprises do not make advance deduction for major repair costs of fixed assets, allocating up to 3 years;

- The difference between the selling price and the residual value of the sold and leased fixed assets is a financial lease;

- The difference between the selling price and the residual value of the sold and sublease fixed assets is an operating lease;

– In case the business combination does not lead to the parent company-subsidiary relationship, commercial advantages arise or when the state-owned enterprises are equitized, business advantages arise;

– Other prepaid expenses for business activities of many accounting periods.

Research and development costs that do not meet the criteria for recognition as intangible fixed assets are recognized immediately as production and business expenses, not as prepaid expenses.

c) Calculation and allocation of prepaid expenses into production and business expenses in each accounting period must be based on the nature and extent of each type of expense to select a reasonable method and criteria.

d) Accountants must keep track of each prepaid expense in detail for each prepayment period incurred, allocated to the cost objects of each accounting period and the remaining amount not yet allocated to expenses. .

dd) For prepaid expenses in foreign currency, if at the time of making the report there is solid evidence that the seller is unable to provide goods or services and the enterprise will surely receive the payment back. Prepayments in foreign currencies are considered monetary items of foreign currency origin and must be re-evaluated at the actual exchange rate at the reporting time (which is the buying rate of the commercial bank where the enterprise regularly transaction).

2. Structure and contents of account 242 – Prepaid expenses

Debtor: Prepaid expenses incurred during the period.

Yes Party: Prepaid expenses have been included in production and business expenses in the period.

Debit side balance: Prepaid expenses have not been included in production and business expenses in the period.

3. Accounting method for some major economic transactions

a) When prepaid expenses are incurred, which must be gradually amortized into production and business expenses of many periods, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 242 – Prepaid expenses

Dr 133 - Deductible VAT (if any).

There are accounts 111, 112, 153, 331, 334, 338,…

To periodically allocate prepaid expenses to production and business expenses, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Debits to accounts 623, 627, 635, 641, 642

Account 242 – Prepaid expenses.

b) When prepayment of fixed asset rental or infrastructure lease by the mode of operating lease and serving business activities for many periods, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 242 – Prepaid expenses

Dr 133 - Deductible VAT (if any).

There are accounts 111, 112,…

– If input VAT is not deductible, prepaid expenses include VAT.

c) For tools, instruments, rotating packaging, rental equipment related to production and business activities for many periods, when exporting, using or leasing, the following accounts shall be recorded:

- When exporting or leasing, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 242 – Prepaid expenses

Cr 153 – Tools and instruments.

- Periodically allocate the value of tools, tools, circulating packaging, and rental equipment that have been released from the warehouse according to reasonable criteria. The basis for determining the level of expenses to be allocated each period may be the time of use or the volume of products and services that tools, tools, packaging, and rental equipment are involved in. production and business in each accounting period. When allocating, write:

Debits to accounts 623, 627, 641, 642,…

Account 242 – Prepaid expenses.

d) In case of purchasing fixed assets and investment real estate by method of deferred payment or installment payment:

- When buying tangible fixed assets, intangible fixed assets or buying investment real estate by method of deferred payment, installment payment and immediately put to use for production and business, or to hold and wait for price increase or for operating lease, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Debits to accounts 211, 213, 217 (historical cost – recorded at the purchase price for immediate payment)

Dr 133 - Deductible VAT (if any).

Dr 242 – Prepaid expenses (deferred interest is the difference between Total payable minus (-) Immediate purchase price minus (-) VAT (if any))

Cr 331 – Payable to the seller (total payment price).

- Periodically, paying money to the seller, the accountant shall record:

Dr 331 – Payables to sellers

Accounts 111 and 112 (periodic payables including principal price and interest on deferred payment and installment payments are available).

- Periodically, when calculating into expenses according to the amount of interest paid by deferred payment or installment payment, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 635 – Financial expenses

Account 242 – Prepaid expenses.

dd) In case the repair cost of fixed assets is large, the enterprise does not make an advance deduction for repair costs of fixed assets, must allocate the expenses into many accounting periods, when the repair work is completed:

- Transfer the cost of fixing fixed assets to the prepaid expense account, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 242 – Prepaid expenses.

Account 241 – Construction in progress (2413).

- Periodically, calculating and allocating fixed asset repair costs to production and business expenses in the period, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Debits to accounts 623, 627, 641, 642,…

Account 242 – Prepaid expenses.

e) In case the enterprise prepays loan interest to the lender:

- When prepayment of loan interest, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 242 – Prepaid expenses

There are accounts 111, 112.

- Periodically, when allocating loan interest according to the amount payable in each period to financial expenses or capitalized into the value of uncompleted assets, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 635 – Financial expenses (borrowing costs are recorded in production and business expenses in the period)

Dr 241 – Construction in progress (if borrowing costs are capitalized into the value of investment assets in progress)

Dr 627 – Manufacturing overheads (if borrowing costs are capitalized in the value of assets in progress)

Account 242 – Prepaid expenses.

g) When an enterprise issues bonds at par value to mobilize loan capital, if the enterprise prepays bond interest immediately upon issuance, interest expense is recorded to Debit account 242 (details of bond interest paid in advance). first), then gradually allocate to cost objects.

– At the time of bond issuance, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr. 111, 112 (total amount actually collected)

Dr 242 – Prepaid expenses (details of prepaid bond interest)

Account 34311 – Face value of bonds.

- Periodically, allocating prepaid bond interest to borrowing costs in each period, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 635 – Financial expenses (if included in financial expenses in the period)

Dr 241 – Construction in progress (if capitalized in the value of investment assets in progress)

Dr 627 – Manufacturing overheads (capitalized as assets in progress)

Cr 242 – Prepaid expenses (details of prepaid bond interest) (bond interest amortized during the period).

h) In case a business combination does not result in a parent company-subsidiary relationship (purchase of net assets), at the acquisition date if goodwill arises:

- If the purchase and sale of a business combination is paid for by the purchaser in cash or cash equivalents, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Drs 131, 138, 152, 153, 155, 156, 211, 213, 217.… (according to fair value of purchased assets)

Dr 242 – Prepaid expenses (goodwill details)

Cr 331, 3411, … (according to fair value of liabilities and contingent liabilities)

There are accounts 111, 112, 121 (amount or cash equivalents paid by the buyer).

- If the purchase and sale of a business combination is done by the purchaser issuing shares, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Debits to Accounts 131, 138, 152, 153, 155, 156, 211, 213, 217,… (according to the fair value of purchased assets)

Dr 242 – Prepaid expenses (goodwill details)

Dr 4112 – Share premium (issuance price is less than par value)

Cr 4111 – Owner's contributed capital (at par value)

Accounts 331, 3411… (according to fair value of liabilities and contingent liabilities)

Cr 4112 – Share premium (issuing price is greater than par value).

i) Enterprises that have not fully allocated exchange rate losses in the pre-operation period must transfer all accumulated losses being monitored in Account 242 to Account 635 – Financial expenses to determine business results. during the period, record:

Dr 635 – Financial expenses

Account 242 – Prepaid expenses.

k) When inventorying assets at the time of enterprise valuation to equitize enterprises with 100% state capital, if the prepaid land rent does not meet the criteria for recognition of intangible fixed assets, the capital increase shall be assessed. State, record:

Dr 242 – Prepaid expenses

Cr 411 – Owner's investment capital.

l) When taking inventory of assets at the time of enterprise valuation for equitization of enterprises with 100% state capital, if the actual value of state capital is greater than the book value of state capital, the When recording an increase in State capital and recording the difference as business advantage, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 242 – Prepaid expenses

Cr 411 – Owner's investment capital.

m) Business advantage arising from the equitization of a State-owned enterprise is recorded in Account 242 and amortized over a maximum of 3 years, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 642 – Administration expenses

Account 242 – Prepaid expenses.

Article 48. Account 243 – Deferred tax assets

1. Accounting principles

a) This account is used to record the current value and increase or decrease in deferred tax assets.

If there is a change in the future CIT rate at the time of recognition of a deferred tax asset, if the reversal of the deferred tax asset falls within the period when the new tax rate is available. effective, the tax rate applied to recognize the tax asset is calculated at the new tax rate.

b) The tax base of the asset or liability and the Temporary difference:

The tax base of an asset is the amount that will be deducted from taxable income when the carrying amount of the property is recovered. If the income is not taxable, the tax base of the asset is equal to its carrying amount. The tax base of a liability is its carrying amount less (-) the amount that will be deducted from taxable income when the liability is settled in future periods. For revenue received in advance, the tax base is its carrying amount, less the amount of the future non-taxable revenue.

– A temporary difference is the difference between the carrying amount of an asset or liability in the Balance Sheet and the tax base of that asset or liability. There are two types of temporary differences: deductible temporary differences and taxable temporary differences. A deductible temporary difference is a temporary difference that results in deductible amounts in determining future taxable income when the carrying amount of an asset or liability is recovered. is paid.

+ Temporary difference in time is just one of the cases of temporary difference, for example: If accounting profit is recognized in one period but taxable income is calculated in another period.

Temporary differences between the carrying amount of the asset or liability and the tax base of the asset or liability may not be a temporary difference in time, for example: When revaluation of an asset, the carrying amount of the asset changes, but if the tax base does not change, a temporary difference arises. However, the book value recovery period and tax basis have not changed, so this temporary difference is not a temporary difference in time.

+ Accountants do not continue to use the concept of "Permanent difference" to distinguish it from temporary differences when determining deferred tax due to the time it takes to recover assets or settle the liability as well as the time to The deduction of such assets and liabilities from taxable income is finite.

c) If it is probable that future taxable profit will be available against which deductible temporary differences, unused tax losses and tax credits can be utilized, an receive deferred tax assets for:

– All deductible temporary differences (except for temporary differences arising from the initial recognition of an asset or a liability in a transaction that is not a business combination; and has no effect on both accounting profit and taxable income (or tax loss) at the time of the transaction).

– The deductible amount of unused tax losses and tax credits carried forward to the following year.

d) At the end of the year, the enterprise must make a "Table to determine the deductible temporary difference", "The table to monitor the unused temporary difference", the deductible value carried forward to the next year of the amounts. Unused tax losses and tax incentives are used as a basis for the preparation of the "Deferred tax assets determination table" to determine the amount of deferred tax assets recognized or reversed during the year.

dd) The recognition of deferred tax assets during the year is made on the basis of the setting-off principle between deferred tax assets arising in this year and corporate income tax assets recognized in previous years. but this year is reverted, according to the principle:

– If the deferred tax asset incurred during the year is greater than the deferred tax asset that is reversed during the year, the difference is recognized as a deferred tax asset and a reduction in income tax expense. deferred entry.

– If the deferred tax asset incurred during the year is less than the deferred tax asset to be reversed during the year, the difference is recognized as a decrease in the deferred tax asset and an increase in the income tax expense. postpone.

e) A deferred tax asset must be reversed when the deductible temporary differences no longer affect taxable profit (when the asset is recovered or the liability is partially settled, or in full), when the tax loss or tax credit has been expended.

g) When preparing the financial statements, if it is probable that future taxable profit will be available, a deferred tax asset that has not been recognised from previous years is recognized as an additional expense to reduce costs. deferred tax.

h) Offsetting of deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities is only made when preparing the balance sheet, not when recording deferred income tax assets in the accounting books.

2. Structure and contents of account 243 – Deferred tax assets

Debtor: The value of deferred tax assets increases.

Yes Party: The value of the deferred tax asset decreases.

Debit side balance: The amount of the deferred tax asset remaining at the end of the period.

3. Accounting method for some major economic transactions

a) If the deferred tax asset incurred during the year is greater than the deferred tax asset that is reversed during the year, the value of the deferred tax asset is recognized as the difference between the deferred income tax incurred is greater than the amount to be reversed in the year, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 243 – Deferred tax assets

Cr 8212 – Deferred corporate income tax expenses.

b) If the deferred tax asset incurred during the year is less than the deferred tax asset that is reversed during the year, the decrease in the deferred tax asset is the difference between the If the deferred entry is less than the amount to be reversed in the year, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 8212 – Deferred corporate income tax expenses

Cr 243 – Deferred tax assets.

Article 49. Account 244 – Pledge, mortgage, deposit, deposit

1. Accounting principles

a) This account is used to record the amount or value of assets that the enterprise pledges, mortgages, deposits or deposits at other enterprises and organizations in economic relations as prescribed by the law. law.

b) The money and property pledged or pledged as collateral or security deposit must be closely monitored and promptly recovered upon the expiry of the term of the pledge, mortgage, deposit or deposit. In case the deposit or security deposit the enterprise is entitled to receive but is past due for recovery, the enterprise is entitled to make a provision like for doubtful debts.

c) Enterprises must keep detailed records of pledges, mortgages and deposits by type, subject, term and original currency. When preparing the financial statements, amounts with remaining maturities of less than 12 months are classified as current assets; Those with remaining maturities of 12 months or more are classified as long-term assets.

d) For assets taken as pledge, mortgage, escrow or security deposit, they are recorded at the price recorded in the enterprise's accounting books. When exporting non-monetary assets to be pledged, mortgaged, escrow, or escrow, write at any price, when collected, write at that price. In case there are deposits or deposits in cash or cash equivalents entitled to receive back in foreign currencies, they must be re-evaluated according to the actual exchange rate at the time of preparation of the financial statements (which is the buying rate of the bank). commercial goods where the enterprise regularly conducts transactions). Assets mortgaged by certificates of ownership (eg real estate) are not recorded as a decrease in assets, but details are kept in the accounting books (details of mortgaged assets) and disclosed in the Statements. finance.

2. Structure and contents of account 244 – Pledge, mortgage, escrow, deposit

Debtor:

- The value of the property to be pledged or mortgaged or the amount deposited or deposited.

- Exchange rate difference due to re-evaluation of balances of deposits, escrow is entitled to receive back in foreign currency at the reporting time (in case the foreign currency rate increases against Vietnam Dong).

Yes Party:

- The value of the pledged property or the amount of the deposit or deposit received or paid;

– Deduction (penalty) from the deposit, the deposit is included in other expenses;

- Exchange rate differences due to re-evaluation of balances of deposits, escrow deposits are entitled to receive back in foreign currency at the reporting time (in case the foreign currency rate decreases against Vietnam Dong).

Debit side balance: The value of the property which is still pledged or mortgaged or the amount of money still being deposited or deposited.

3. Accounting method for some major economic transactions

a) Using cash or bank deposits to deposit or deposit, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 244 – Mortgage, mortgage, deposit, deposit

There are accounts 111, 112.

b) In case of using fixed assets as pledge, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 244 – Mortgage, mortgage, deposit, deposit (residual value)

Dr 214 – Depreciation of fixed assets (amortization value)

There are accounts 211 and 213 (original cost).

In case of mortgage by paper (certificate of ownership of land, property) it is not reflected in this account but only in the detailed book.

c) When bringing other assets to pledge or mortgage, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 244 – Pledge, mortgage, deposit, deposit (details by item)

Cr 152, 155, 156, ...

d) When receiving back the pledged property or the deposit or deposit:

– Get back the deposit, deposit, record:

Dr. 111, 112

Account 244 – Pledge, mortgage, deposit, deposit.

- When receiving back the pledged or mortgaged fixed assets, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Debits to Accounts 211 and 213 (original cost when mortgaged)

Account 244 – Mortgage, mortgage, deposit, deposit (residual value)

Cr 214 – Depreciation of fixed assets (value of depreciation).

- When receiving other property for pledge or mortgage, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Debits to accounts 152, 155, 156,…

Account 244 – Mortgage, mortgage, deposit, deposit (details each item).

dd) In case the enterprise fails to fulfill its commitments and is fined for breach of contract, deducted from the deposit or deposit, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 811 – Other expenses (deducted amount)

Account 244 – Pledge, mortgage, deposit, deposit.

e) In case the deposit or deposit is used to pay the seller, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 331 – Payables to sellers

Account 244 – Pledge, mortgage, deposit, deposit.

g) When preparing the financial statements, if the deposits and deposits entitled to receive back are in foreign currencies, the accountants must evaluate them according to the actual exchange rates at the time of making the financial statements:

– If the foreign currency rate increases compared to the Vietnam Dong rate, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 244 – Mortgage, mortgage, deposit, deposit

Cr 413 – Exchange rate difference (4131).

– If the foreign currency rate decreases compared to the Vietnamese Dong rate, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 413 – Exchange rate difference (4131)

Account 244 – Pledge, mortgage, deposit, deposit.

Article 50: Principles of accounting for payables

1. Liabilities are monitored in detail according to their payable terms, payable objects, payable currency types and other factors according to the management needs of the enterprise.

2. The classification of payables as trade payables, internal payables and other payables shall be made according to the following principles:

a) Trade payables include trade payables arising from purchases of goods, services, assets and the seller (who is an independent entity from the buyer, including payables between parent and subsidiary companies, joint ventures and associates). This payable includes payables when importing through entrustment recipients (in entrusted import transactions);

b) Internal payables include payables between the superior unit and the subordinate unit without legal entity status for dependent accounting;

c) Other payables include non-commercial payables, unrelated to transactions of buying, selling or providing goods and services:

– Payables related to financial expenses, such as interest payable, dividends and profit payable, financial investment operating expenses;

– Accounts payable on behalf of a third party; Amounts of money the trustee receives from related parties for payment as specified in the import-export entrustment transaction;

– Non-commercial payables such as payables due to borrowing assets, payable to fines, compensation, excess property pending settlement, payables of social insurance, health insurance, unemployment insurance, unemployment insurance, etc.

3. When preparing financial statements, accountants base on the remaining term of payables to classify as long-term or short-term.

4. When there is evidence that a loss is likely to occur, accountants must immediately record a payable on the prudential principle.

5. Accountants must determine payables that satisfy the definition of monetary items denominated in foreign currencies (detailed in Account 413 – Exchange rate differences) to re-evaluate at the end of the period when financial statements.

Article 51. Account 331 – Payables to sellers

1. Accounting principles

a) This account is used to record the payment of debts payable by the enterprise to the seller of supplies, goods, service providers, sellers of fixed assets, investment real estate, and financial investments according to regulations. signed economic contract. This account is also used to record the payment of debts payable to the main and subcontractors for construction and installation. Do not reflect to this account the transactions of buying and paying immediately.

b) Liabilities to sellers, suppliers, construction and installation contractors need to be accounted in detail for each payable object. In the details of each payable object, this account reflects the amount advanced to the seller, supplier, contractor for construction and installation but not yet received products, goods, services, construction volume. complete handover.

c) Enterprises must keep detailed records of payables to sellers in each type of original currency. For payables in foreign currencies, the following principles shall be followed:

– When incurring debts payable to the seller (the party with account 331) in foreign currency, the accountant must convert them into Vietnam Dong at the actual exchange rate at the time of arising (which is the selling rate of the seller). commercial banks where regular transactions are conducted). Particularly in the case of an advance to a contractor or a seller, when the conditions for recognition of assets or expenses are met, the creditor of account 331 shall apply the actual actual book-keeping exchange rate for the advance amount.

– When paying payables to the seller (Debiter of Account 331) in foreign currencies, the accountant must convert them into Vietnam Dong at the actual book rate that is specific to each creditor (In the case of a creditor). If there are many transactions, the actual nominal exchange rate is determined on the basis of a moving average of transactions of that creditor). Particularly in case there is a transaction to advance money to the contractor or the seller, the Debiter of Account 331 shall apply the actual exchange rate (which is the selling rate of the bank where the transaction is frequent) at the time of advance payment. ;

– The enterprise must re-evaluate the payables to the seller denominated in foreign currencies at all times of preparing the financial statements in accordance with the law. The actual exchange rate when re-evaluating payables to the seller is the foreign currency selling rate of the commercial bank where the enterprise regularly conducts transactions at the time of preparation of the financial statements. Units in the group are allowed to apply a common exchange rate set by the Parent Company (must be close to the actual exchange rate) to re-evaluate payables to sellers in foreign currencies arising from foreign currencies. transactions within the group.

d) The entrusting importer shall record on this account the amount payable to the seller for the imported goods through the entrusted importer as a normal payable to the seller.

dd) For supplies, goods and services that have been received or stocked but have not yet received an invoice at the end of the month, the temporarily calculated price shall be used for bookkeeping and must be adjusted to the actual price upon receipt of the invoice or notice. Official price of the seller.

e) When making detailed accounting of these amounts, accountants must clearly and unambiguously record payment discounts, trade discounts and sales discounts of sellers and suppliers, if not already reflected in reciept.

2. Structure and contents of account 331 – Payables to sellers

Debtor:

– Amounts paid to sellers of materials and goods, service providers, construction contractors;

– Amount of advance to the seller, supplier, contractor for construction and installation but not yet received materials, goods, services, volume of finished construction products and handed over;

– The amount the seller agrees to reduce the price of the goods or services delivered under the contract;

– Payment discount and trade discount approved by the seller for the business to reduce from the debt payable to the seller;

– The value of materials and goods are lacking or of poor quality when verifying and returning to the seller.

– Re-evaluate the payables to the seller in foreign currency (in case the foreign currency rate decreases against Vietnam Dong).

Yes Party:

– Amounts payable to sellers of materials and goods, service providers and construction contractors;

- Adjust the difference between the temporarily calculated price which is smaller than the actual price of the received supplies, goods and services, upon receipt of an official invoice or price notice;

– Re-evaluate the payables to the seller in foreign currency (in case the foreign currency rate increases against Vietnam Dong).

Credit balance: The remaining amount must be paid to the seller, supplier and contractor for construction and installation.

This account may have a Debit balance. The debit balance (if any) reflects the amount advanced to the seller or the amount paid more than the amount payable to the seller according to the details of each specific object. When preparing the Balance Sheet, the detailed balance of each object reflected in this account must be recorded to record 2 items on the side “Assets” and the side “Capital resources”.

3. Accounting method for some major economic transactions

3.1 Purchase of supplies and goods that have not yet been paid to the seller for storage in case of accounting for inventories by the regular declaration method or when purchasing fixed assets:

a) In case of domestic purchase, the following accounts shall be recorded:

– If input VAT is deductible, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Drs 152, 153, 156, 157, 211, 213 (prices excluding VAT)

Dr 133 – Deductible VAT (1331)

Cr 331 – Payable to the seller (total payment price).

- If input VAT is not deductible, the value of supplies, goods and fixed assets includes VAT (total payment).

b) In case of import, record:

- Reflecting the value of imported goods, including excise tax, export tax, and environmental protection tax (if any), the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr. 152, 153, 156, 157, 211, 213

Cr 331 – Payable to the seller

Account 3332 – SCT (if any)

Cr 3333 – Import and export tax (details of import tax, if any)

Cr 33381 – Environmental protection tax.

– If input VAT is deductible, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 133 – Deductible VAT (1331)

Account 3331 – VAT payable (33312).

3.2 Purchase of supplies and goods that have not yet been paid to the seller for storage in the case of accounting for inventories by the periodic inventory method:

a. In case of domestic purchase:

– If input VAT is deductible, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 611 – Purchases (prices excluding VAT)

Dr 133 – Deductible VAT

Cr 331 – Payable to the seller (total payment price).

– In case input VAT is not deductible, the value of supplies and goods includes VAT (total payment price).

b. In case of import, record:

- Reflecting the value of imported goods, including excise tax, export tax, and environmental protection tax (if any), the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 611 – Purchases.

Cr 331 – Payable to the seller

Account 3332 – SCT (if any)

Cr 3333 – Import and export tax (details of import tax, if any)

Cr 33381 – Environmental protection tax.

– If input VAT is deductible, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 133 – Deductible VAT (1331)

Account 3331 – VAT payable (33312).

3.3 In case the unit has made capital construction investment by the mode of contract assignment, when receiving the completed construction and installation volume and handing over from the construction contractor, based on the contract of assignment and the minutes on handing over the construction and installation volume, the Completed construction and installation volume:

– If input VAT is deductible, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 241 – Construction in progress (price excluding VAT)

Dr 133 – Deductible VAT

Cr 331 – Payable to the seller (total payment price).

- In case input VAT is not deductible, the value of capital construction investment includes VAT (total payment price).

3.4 When making advances or paying payables to sellers of materials and goods, service providers, construction contractors, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 331 – Payables to sellers

Cr 111, 112, 341, ...

– In case of payment to the contractor in a foreign currency, the accountant must convert it to Vietnam Dong at the actual exchange rate at the time of arising (which is the selling rate of the commercial bank where the transaction is regularly performed). ).

– In case money has been advanced to the contractor in a foreign currency, the accountant shall record the capital construction investment value corresponding to the advance amount at the actual exchange rate at the time of advance. The remaining value of capital construction investment to be paid (after deducting the advance amount) is recorded at the actual exchange rate at the time of arising.

Dr 331 – Payables to sellers (actual exchange rate)

Dr 635 – Financial expenses (if the actual exchange rate is lower than the recorded rate of the cash account)

There are accounts 111, 112,… (accounting exchange rate)

Account 515 – Revenue from financial activities (if the actual exchange rate is higher than the recorded rate of the cash account).

3.5 When receiving money back due to the seller refunding the advance amount due to the failure to provide goods or services, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 111, 112, ...

Cr 331 – Payable to the seller.

3.6 Receive services provided (freight, electricity, water, telephone, audit, consulting, advertising, other services) from the seller:

– If input VAT is deductible, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 156 – Goods (1562)

Dr 241 – Construction in progress

Dr 242 – Prepaid expenses

Dr. 623, 627, 641, 642, 635, 811

Dr 133 – Deductible VAT (1331) (if any)

Cr 331 – Payable to the seller (total payment price).

- In case input VAT is not deductible, the service value includes VAT (total payment price).

3.7 Discount on payment for purchase of supplies and goods enjoyed by enterprises due to premature payment and deducted from payables to sellers and suppliers, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 331 – Payables to sellers

Cr 515 – Revenue from financial activities.

3.8 In case the purchased materials and goods must be returned or the seller agrees to reduce the price due to improper specifications and quality, the following accounts shall be deducted from the payable debt to the seller, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 331 – Payables to sellers

Cr 133 – Deductible VAT (1331) (if any)

There are accounts 152, 153, 156, 611,…

3.9 In case the debts payable to the seller cannot be found or the creditor does not claim and are processed to record an increase in other income of the enterprise, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 331 – Payables to sellers

Cr 711 - Other income.

3.10 For the main contractor, when determining the value of the construction and installation volume payable to the subcontractor under the signed economic contract, based on the invoice, the work price slip, the record of acceptance of the completed construction and installation volume. and the subcontracting contract, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 632 – Cost of goods sold (price exclusive of VAT)

Dr 133 – Deductible VAT (1331)

Cr 331 – Payables to sellers (total payable to subcontractors including input VAT).

3.11 In case the enterprise accepts agent sales, sells it at the right price, and receives a commission.

– When receiving goods sold by agents, enterprises actively monitor and record information about goods received and sold by agents in the notes to the financial statements.

- When selling goods and receiving agents, record:

Debits to accounts 111, 112, 131,… (total payment price)

Cr 331 – Payable to sellers (agency delivery price + tax).

At the same time, the enterprise monitors and records information about the goods received and sold by agents in the notes to the financial statements.

- When determining the commissions the agent is entitled to, the following accounts shall be recorded in the revenue from commissions on agent sales:

Dr 331 – Payables to sellers

Cr 511 – Revenue from sale of goods and provision of services

Account 3331 – VAT payable (if any).

– When making payment to the agent delivery party, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 331 – Payables to sellers (selling price minus (-) agency commission)

There are accounts 111, 112,…

3.12 Accounting payable to the seller at the import entrustment unit:

– When prepaying a consignment amount for the purchase of goods under the import entrustment contract to the import entrustment unit to open the LC…, based on relevant documents, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 331 – Payables to sellers (details for each trustee)

There are accounts 111, 112,…

- When receiving consignment imported goods delivered by the entrusting party, the accountant shall perform the same as for normal imported goods.

– When paying the import entrustment unit for the amount of imported goods and expenses directly related to the imported goods, the following accounts shall be recorded based on relevant documents:

Dr 331 – Payables to sellers (details for each trustee)

There are accounts 111, 112,…

- Import entrustment fee payable to the consignee shall be included in the value of imported goods. Based on relevant documents, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Debits to accounts 151, 152, 156, 211,…

Dr 133 – Deductible VAT

Cr 331- Payables to the seller (details of each consignee).

– The payment of tax obligations for imported goods shall comply with the provisions of Account 333 – Taxes and payables to the State.

– The trustee does not use this account to record entrustment payment transactions, but rather to accounts 138 and 338.

3.13 When preparing the financial statements, the balance payable to the seller in foreign currencies is assessed at the actual exchange rate at the time of preparation of the financial statements:

– If the foreign currency rate decreases against Vietnam Dong, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 331 – Payables to sellers

Cr 413 – Exchange rate difference (4131).

– If the foreign currency rate increases against Vietnam Dong, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 413 – Exchange rate difference (4131)

Cr 331 – Payable to the seller.

Article 52. Account 333 – Taxes and other payables to the State

1. Accounting principles

a) This account is used to record the relationship between the enterprise and the State regarding taxes, fees, charges and other payable, paid and still payable amounts to the State budget in the annual accounting period.

b) Enterprises proactively calculate, determine and declare tax, fee, fee and other payable amounts to the State according to law; Timely reflect in accounting books the amount of tax payable, paid, deducted, refunded...

c. Indirect taxes such as VAT (whether by deduction or direct method), excise tax, export tax, environmental protection tax and other indirect taxes are essentially third party collection. Therefore, indirect taxes are excluded from gross revenue figures in the Financial Statements or other reports.

Enterprises can choose to record revenue and payable indirect tax amounts in the accounting books by one of two methods:

– Separate and separately record the payable indirect tax amount (including VAT payable by the direct method) right at the time of revenue recognition. According to this method, the revenue recorded in the accounting books does not include the payable indirect tax amount, which is consistent with the data on gross revenue in the financial statements and reflects the true nature of the transaction;

– Record the payable indirect tax amount by recording a decrease in the recorded revenue in the accounting books. According to this method, the revenue for indirect tax payable is only periodically recorded as a decrease, and the revenue data in the accounting books is different from the gross revenue in the financial statements.

In any case, the item “Revenue from sales and provision of services” and the item “Revenue deductions” of the income statement do not include indirect taxes payable.

d) For tax refunded or reduced, accountants must clearly distinguish whether the tax refunded or reduced is the tax paid at the purchase stage or payable at the sale stage and adhere to the following principles:

– For the tax paid at the stage of purchase, which is refunded (for example, in the transaction of temporary import for re-export, SCT, import tax, and environmental protection tax already paid are refunded upon re-export, etc.), a decrease is recorded. purchase value or reduce cost of goods sold, reduce other costs depending on each specific case. Particularly for the refundable input VAT, a reduction in the deductible VAT amount;

- For the tax paid at the stage of importation but the imported goods are not under the ownership of the entity, when re-export is refunded, other receivables shall be recorded (for example, the paid import tax of the goods received for import and export). work is refundable upon re-export…);

– For the tax payable when selling goods or providing services but then being reduced or refunded, the accountant shall record it in other income (for example, refund of export tax, reduction of SCT, VAT, environmental protection must be paid). paid when selling goods or providing services).

dd) Obligations towards the state budget in import and export entrustment transactions:

– In an import-export entrustment transaction (or similar transactions), the obligation to the state budget is determined to be that of the entrusting party.

– The trustee is defined as the party providing services to the entrusting party in the preparation of documents, declaration, payment and settlement with the state budget (the taxpayer on behalf of the entrusting party).

– Account 333 is only used at the entrusting party, not at the entrusting party. The trustee acting as an intermediary only reflects the amount of tax payable to the state budget as payment on account of account 3388 and reflects the right to receive the money paid on behalf of the entrusting party on account. 138. The grounds for reflecting the entrusting party's performance of obligations to the state budget are as follows:

+ When receiving the notice of payable tax amount, the entrusting party shall hand over to the entrusting party all dossiers, documents and notices of the competent authority on the payable tax amount as a basis for recognition. tax payable on account 333.

+ Based on the receipt of payment to the state budget of the trustee, the entrusting party shall reflect the decrease in the amount payable to the state budget.

e) The accountant must open a detailed book to monitor each tax, fee, fee and other payable, paid and still payable amounts.

2. Structure and contents of account 333 – Taxes and other payables to the State

Debtor:

- VAT amount already deducted in the period;

- Amount of taxes, fees, charges and other payables already paid into the State Budget;

– The tax amount to be deducted from the payable tax amount;

- VAT amount of goods sold returned or reduced in price.

Yes Party:

– Output VAT amount and payable VAT amount on imported goods;

– Taxes, fees, charges and other amounts payable to the State Budget.

Credit balance:

Taxes, fees, charges and other amounts still payable to the State Budget.

In a special case, Account 333 may have a debit balance. The debit balance (if any) of Account 333 reflects the amount of taxes and amounts already paid that are larger than the amount of taxes and amounts payable to the State, or may reflect the paid tax that is considered for exemption, reduction or withdrawal. collection but has not yet implemented the collection.

Account 333 – Taxes and other payables to the State, there are 9 level 2 accounts:

– Account 3331 – Value added tax payable: Reflects output VAT amount, VAT payable on imported goods, VAT deducted, VAT paid and payable to the State budget.

Account 3331 has 2 level 3 accounts:

+ Account 33311 – Output value-added tax: Used to reflect output VAT amount, deducted input VAT amount, VAT amount on returned, discounted goods, VAT payable, paid and payable on products and goods. goods and services consumed during the period.

+ Account 33312 – VAT on imported goods: Used to reflect the amount of VAT on imported goods to be paid, paid, and still to be remitted into the State Budget.

– Account 3332 – Special consumption tax: Reflect the amount of special consumption tax to be paid, paid and still payable to the State Budget

– Account 3333 – Import and export tax: Reflect the amount of export tax, import tax payable, paid and still payable to the State budget.

– Account 3334 – Corporate income tax: Reflects payable, paid and still payable corporate income tax amounts to the State Budget.

– Account 3335 – Personal income tax: Reflects payable, paid and still payable personal income tax amounts to the State Budget.

– Account 3336 – Resource tax: Reflect the amount of natural resources tax payable, paid and still payable to the State budget.

– Account 3337 – Real estate tax, land rent: Reflect the payable, paid and still payable housing tax and land rent amount to the State budget.

– Account 3338- Environmental protection tax and other taxes: Reflect the payable, paid and still payable amount of environmental protection tax and other taxes, such as: license tax, tax paid on behalf of foreign organizations and individuals doing business in Vietnam …

+ Account 33381: Environmental protection tax: Reflect the amount of environmental protection tax to be paid, paid and still to be paid;

+ Account 33382: Other taxes: Reflect the amount to be paid, paid, and still to pay other taxes. Enterprises are allowed to actively open detailed level 4 accounts for each type of tax in accordance with management requirements.

– Account 3339 – Fees, charges and other payables: Reflects payable, paid and still payable amounts of fees, charges and other payables to the State in addition to those recorded in accounts from 3331 to 3338. This account also reflects amounts The State provides subsidies to enterprises (if any) such as subsidies and price subsidies.

3. Accounting method for some major economic transactions

3.1. VAT payable (3331)

3.1.1. Accounting for output VAT (Account 33311)

a) Accounting for payable output VAT by the credit method:

When issuing a VAT invoice by the credit method and the enterprise paying VAT calculated by the credit method, the accountant shall record the revenue and income according to the selling price excluding VAT, the payable VAT shall be separated at the time of payment. issue invoice, record:

Dr. 111, 112, 131 (total payment price)

Accounts 511, 515, 711 (prices exclusive of VAT)

Account 3331 – VAT payable (33311).

b) Accounting for payable output VAT by the direct method

Accountants may choose one of the following two recording methods:

– Method 1: Immediately separate the payable VAT amount when issuing invoices, do as point a above;

– Method 2: Recording revenue including VAT payable by the direct method, periodically, when determining the payable VAT amount, the corresponding decrease in revenue and income shall be recorded:

Dr. 511, 515, 711

Account 3331 – VAT payable (33311).

c) When paying VAT into the State budget, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 3331 – VAT payable

There are accounts 111, 112.

3.1.2. Accounting for VAT of imported goods (Account 33312)

a) When importing supplies, goods and fixed assets, the accounting records reflect the payable import tax amount, the total payable amount and the value of imported supplies, goods and fixed assets (excluding VAT on imported goods). ), take note:

Debits to accounts 152, 153, 156, 211, 611,...

Cr 333 – Taxes and other payables to the State (3333)

Cr 111, 112, 331, ...

b) Reflect the payable VAT amount of imported goods:

- In case VAT payable on imported goods is deductible, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 133 – Deductible VAT

Account 3331 – VAT payable (33312).

- In case VAT payable on imported goods is not deductible, it must be included in the value of imported supplies, goods and fixed assets, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Debits to accounts 152, 153, 156, 211, 611,...

Account 3331 – VAT payable (33312).

c) When actually paying VAT on imported goods to the State budget, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 3331 – VAT payable (33312)

There are accounts 111, 112,…

d) In case of import entrustment (applied at the entrusting party)

– When receiving a notice of the obligation to pay VAT on imported goods from the entrusting party, the entrusting party shall record the deductible amount of VAT payable on imported goods, and record:

Dr 133 – Deductible VAT

Account 3331 – VAT payable (33312).

– When receiving documents of tax payment into the state budget of the entrusting party, the entrusting party shall record a reduction in its obligations to the state budget regarding VAT on imported goods, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 3331 – VAT payable (33312)

Accounts 111 and 112 (if paying immediately to the entrusting party)

Account 3388 – Other payables (if tax has not been paid immediately)

VAT on imported goods for entrusting party)

Cr 138 – Other receivables (reduce the amount advanced to the trustee to pay VAT on imported goods)

– The entrusting party does not reflect the amount of VAT payable on imported goods like the entrusting party but only records the amount of tax paid on behalf of the entrusting party, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 138 – Other receivables (must collect the amount paid on behalf of)

Dr 3388 – Other payables (deduct from the amount received by the entrusting party)

There are accounts 111, 112.

3.1.3. Accounting for deductible VAT

- Periodically, the accountant calculates and determines the deductible VAT amount with the output VAT payable in the period, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 3331 – VAT payable (33311)

Account 133 – Deductible VAT.

– In case at the time of arising transaction, it is not known whether input VAT on goods or services is deductible or not, accountants record the entire input VAT amount on account 133. Periodically, when When determining the VAT amount that is not deductible from the output VAT, the accountant shall record it in relevant expenses, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 632 – Cost of goods sold (non-deductible input VAT on sold inventory)

Debit to Accounts 641, 642 (non-deductible input VAT on selling expenses, business administration expenses)

Account 133 – Deductible VAT.

3.1.4. Accounting for VAT payable is reduced

In case an enterprise is entitled to a reduction in the payable VAT amount, the accountant shall record the reduced VAT amount as other income, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr. 33311 – Payable VAT (if deducted from payable tax amount)

Debit to Accounts 111, 112 – If the reduced amount is received in cash

Cr 711 - Other income.

3.1.5. Input VAT accounting is refunded

In case the enterprise is entitled to a VAT refund according to the law because the input tax is higher than the output tax, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr. 111, 112

Account 133 – Deductible VAT.

3.2. Special Consumption Tax (Account 3332)

3.2.1. Accounting principles

– This account is used for the person who is obliged to pay excise tax in accordance with the law. In the entrustment import-export transaction, this account is only used for the entrusting party, not for the entrusting party.

– Enterprises selling products and goods subject to special consumption tax shall record revenue exclusive of excise tax. In case it is not possible to immediately separate the payable excise tax amount at the time of revenue recognition, the revenue including tax shall be recorded, but periodically a decrease in revenue must be recorded for the payable excise tax amount. In all cases, the item "Revenue from sales and provision of services" and the item "Revenue deductions" of the income statement do not include the amount of SCT payable when selling goods. goods, provide services.

- Enterprises that import or purchase domestically goods and fixed assets subject to excise tax may record the payable tax amount in the original price of warehoused goods. In case an enterprise imports goods on their behalf but does not have the right to own the goods, for example, a transaction of temporary import for re-export on behalf of a third party, the payable import tax amount is not recorded in the value of goods but recorded other receivables.

- Accounting for the refunded or reduced excise tax shall be performed according to the following principles:

+ SCT paid when importing goods and services, if refunded, record a decrease in cost of goods sold (if goods are exported for sale) or decrease in value of goods (if exported or returned due to borrowing or borrowing...);

+ SCT paid when importing fixed assets, if refunded, record a decrease in other expenses (if the fixed asset is sold) or a decrease in the historical cost of the fixed asset (if it is returned);

+ SCT paid when importing goods and fixed assets but the unit has no ownership rights, when being refunded, record a decrease in other receivables.

+ SCT payable when selling goods or providing services but then being refunded or reduced, shall be recorded in other income.

3.2.2. Special consumption tax accounting method

a) Accounting for excise tax payable when selling goods or providing services:

– In case the excise tax payable at the time the transaction is incurred can be immediately separated, the revenue from sale of goods and provision of services excluding excise tax shall be recorded, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr. 111, 112, 131 (total payment price)

Cr 511 – Revenue from sale of goods and provision of services

Cr 3332 – Special consumption tax.

– In case it is not possible to immediately separate the excise tax payable at the time of the transaction, the revenue from sale of goods and provision of services shall be recorded, including excise tax. Periodically, when determining the payable excise tax amount, a decrease in revenue shall be recorded, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 511 – Sales and service provision

Cr 3332 – Special consumption tax.

b) When importing goods subject to excise tax, the accountants shall base on the imported goods purchase invoice and the tax payment notice of the competent authority to determine the payable excise tax amount. of imported goods, record:

Debits to accounts 152, 156, 211, 611,…

Cr 3332 – Special consumption tax.

For goods temporarily imported for re-export that are not under the ownership of the unit, for example, goods in transit are re-exported right at the bonded warehouse, when paying excise tax on imported goods, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 138 – Other receivables

Cr 3332 – Special consumption tax.

c) When paying special consumption tax to the State budget, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 3332 – Special consumption tax

There are accounts 111, 112.

d) Accounting for refund of special consumption tax paid at the import stage:

- SCT paid at the stage of importation and refunded upon re-export of goods, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 3332 – SCT

Cr 632 – Cost of goods sold (if goods are shipped for sale)

There are accounts 152, 153, 156 (if goods are returned).

- SCT paid at the stage of importation and refunded upon re-export of fixed assets, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 3332 – SCT

Cr 211 – Tangible fixed assets (if fixed assets are returned)

Cr 811 – Other expenses (if selling fixed assets).

- The excise tax paid at the stage of importation but the goods are not under the ownership of the unit, shall be refunded upon re-export, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 3332 – SCT

Cr 138 – Other receivables.

dd) Accounting for excise tax payable when selling goods, fixed assets or providing services but then being reduced or refunded: Upon receiving a notification from a competent authority about the reduced tax amount at the sale stage, the tax amount will be refunded or reduced. , take note:

Dr 3332 – SCT

Cr 711 - Other income.

e) In case of producing products, goods or services subject to excise tax for internal consumption, giving, giving, giving, promotion, advertising without collecting money, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr. 641, 642

There are accounts 154, 155

Account 3332 – SCT.

g) In case of import entrustment (applied at the entrusting party)

– When receiving the notice of excise tax payment obligation from the trustee, the entrusting party shall record the payable excise tax amount and record:

Debits to accounts 152, 156, 211, 611,…

Cr 3332 – Special consumption tax.

– When receiving documents of tax payment into the state budget of the entrusting party, the entrusting party shall record a reduction in its obligations to the state budget regarding excise tax, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 3332 – Special consumption tax

Accounts 111 and 112 (if paying immediately to the entrusting party)

Account 3388 – Other payables (if tax has not been paid immediately)

Special information for the entrusting party)

Cr 138 – Other receivables (reduce the amount advanced to the trustee to pay SCT).

– The trustee does not record the amount of special consumption tax payable as the entrusting party but only records the amount of tax paid on behalf of the entrusting party, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 138 – Other receivables (must collect the amount paid on behalf of)

Dr 3388 – Other payables (deduct from the amount received by the entrusting party)

There are accounts 111, 112.

3.3. Export tax (Account 3333)

3.3.1. Accounting principles

– This account is used for the person who is obliged to pay export tax as prescribed by law. In the entrustment export transaction, this account is only used for the entrusting party, not for the entrusting party.

- Export tax is an indirect tax, not included in the revenue structure of the enterprise. When exporting goods, accountants must separate the payable export tax amount from the revenue from selling goods and providing services. In case it is not possible to immediately separate the payable export tax amount at the time of revenue recognition, the revenue including tax shall be recorded, but periodically a decrease in revenue must be recorded for the payable export tax amount. In all cases, the item “Revenue from sales and provision of services” and the item “Revenue deductions” of the income statement do not include the amount of export tax payable upon export. import goods and services.

- Export tax payable upon export but then refunded or reduced, it shall be recorded in other income.

3.3.2. Accounting method

a) Accounting for payable export tax when selling goods or providing services:

- In case the export tax payable at the time the transaction is incurred can be immediately separated, the revenue from sale of goods and provision of services excluding export tax shall be recorded, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr. 111, 112, 131 (total payment price)

Cr 511 – Revenue from sale of goods and provision of services

Cr 3333 – Import and export tax (details of export tax).

– In case it is not possible to immediately separate the payable export tax at the time the transaction arises, the revenue from sale of goods and provision of services shall be recorded, including export tax. Periodically, when determining the payable export tax amount, a decrease in turnover shall be recorded, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 511 – Sales and service provision

Cr 3333 – Import and export tax (details of export tax).

b) When paying export tax into the state budget, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 3333 – Import and export taxes (details of export tax)

There are accounts 111, 112,…

c) Export tax is refunded or reduced (if any), the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr. 111, 112, 3333

Cr 711 - Other income.

d) In case of entrustment export (applied at the entrusting party)

- When selling goods and services subject to export tax, the accountant shall record the revenue from goods sale and provision of services and the payable export tax amount as in the case of normal export specified at point a of this section.

- When receiving documents of tax payment into the state budget of the entrusting party, the entrusting party shall record the reduction of the obligation to the state budget regarding export tax, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 3333 – Import and export taxes (details of export tax)

Accounts 111 and 112 (if paying immediately to the entrusting party)

Account 3388 – Other payables (if the export tax has not been paid to the trustee immediately)

Cr 138 – Other receivables (reduce the amount advanced to the trustee to pay export tax).

– The trustee does not record the payable export tax amount like the entrusting party but only records the amount of tax paid on behalf of the entrusting party, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 138 – Other receivables (must collect the amount paid on behalf of)

Dr 3388 – Other payables (deduct from the amount received by the entrusting party)

There are accounts 111, 112.

3.4. Import tax (Account 3333)

3.4.1. Accounting principles

– This account is used for the person who is obliged to pay import tax as prescribed by law. In the entrustment import transaction, this account is only used for the entrusting party, not for the entrusting party.

– Enterprises importing goods and fixed assets are recorded the payable import tax amount in the original price of purchased goods. In case an enterprise imports goods on their behalf but does not have the right to own the goods, for example, a transaction of temporary import for re-export on behalf of a third party, the payable import tax amount is not recorded in the value of goods but recorded other receivables.

- Accounting for the amount of import tax to be refunded or reduced is carried out according to the following principles:

+ Import tax paid when importing goods and services, if refunded, write down the cost of goods sold (if goods are exported for sale) or decrease in value of goods (if exported or returned due to borrowing, borrowing...);

+ Import tax paid when importing fixed assets, if refunded, record a decrease in other expenses (if the fixed asset is sold) or a decrease in the historical cost of the fixed asset (if it is returned);

+ Import tax paid when importing goods and fixed assets but the unit does not have ownership rights, when being refunded, record a decrease in other receivables (for example, goods temporarily imported for re-export for processing or processing...) be refunded as a decrease in other receivables.

3.4.2. Import tax accounting method

a) When importing supplies, goods and fixed assets, the accountant shall record the payable import tax amount, the total amount payable or paid to the seller and the value of imported supplies, goods and fixed assets ( price with import tax), the following accounts shall be recorded:

Debits to accounts 152, 156, 211, 611, etc. (prices include import tax)

Cr 3333 – Import and export tax (import tax details)

Cr 111, 112, 331, ...

For goods temporarily imported for re-export that are not under the ownership of the unit, for example, goods in transit are re-exported right at the bonded warehouse, when paying import tax, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 138 – Other receivables

Cr 3333 – Import and export tax (import tax details).

b) When paying import tax to the State budget, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 3333 – Import and export taxes (import tax details)

There are accounts 111, 112,…

c) Accounting for refund of import tax paid at the import stage

- Import tax paid at the stage of importation, refundable upon re-export of goods, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 3333 – Import and export taxes (import tax details)

Cr 632 – Cost of goods sold (if goods are shipped for sale)

Cr 152, 153, 156 – Goods (if goods are returned).

- Import tax paid at the stage of importation and refunded upon re-export of fixed assets, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 3333 – Import and export taxes (import tax details)

Cr 211 – Tangible fixed assets (if fixed assets are returned)

Cr 811 – Other expenses (if selling fixed assets).

- Import tax paid at the stage of importation but the goods are not under the ownership of the unit, shall be refunded upon re-export (for example, import tax paid when importing goods for processing or processing), the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 3333 – Import and export taxes (import tax details)

Cr 138 – Other receivables.

– When receiving money from the state budget, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 112 – Bank deposits

Cr 3333 – Import and export tax (import tax details).

d) In case of import entrustment (applied at the entrusting party)

– When receiving the notice of import tax payment obligation from the entrusting party, the entrusting party shall record the payable import tax amount and record:

Debits to accounts 152, 156, 211, 611, etc. (prices include import tax)

Cr 3333 – Import and export tax (import tax details).

– When receiving documents of tax payment into the state budget of the entrusting party, the entrusting party shall record the reduction of its obligations to the state budget regarding import tax, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 3333 – Import and export taxes (import tax details)

Accounts 111 and 112 (if paying immediately to the entrusting party)

Cr 3388 – Other payables (if import tax has not been paid immediately to the trustee)

Cr 138 – Other receivables (reduce the amount advanced to the trustee to pay import tax).

– The trustee does not reflect the payable import tax amount like the entrusting party but only records the amount of tax paid on behalf of the entrusting party, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 138 – Other receivables (must collect the amount paid on behalf of)

Dr 3388 – Other payables (deduct from the amount received by the entrusting party)

There are accounts 111, 112.

3.5. Corporate income tax (Account 3334)

a) Based on the amount of corporate income tax payable to the State budget every quarter as prescribed, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 821 – Corporate income tax expenses (8211)

Cr 3334 – Corporate income tax.

b) When paying corporate income tax into the state budget, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 3334 – Corporate income tax

There are accounts 111, 112.

c) At the end of the year, when determining the payable enterprise income tax amount of the fiscal year:

– If the actual payable corporate income tax amount is smaller than the quarterly temporarily paid corporate income tax amount in the year, the difference shall be recorded:

Dr 3334 – Corporate income tax

Cr 821 – Corporate income tax expense (8211).

– If the actual payable corporate income tax amount is larger than the quarterly temporarily paid corporate income tax amount in the year, the difference must be paid in short, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 821 – Corporate income tax expenses (8211)

Cr 3334 – Corporate income tax.

3.6. Personal income tax (Account 3335)

When determining the amount of personal income tax payable and withheld at source calculated on the taxable income of employees and other employees, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 334 – Payables to employees

Cr 333 – Taxes and other payables to the State (3335).

– When paying income to outside individuals, the enterprise must determine the payable personal income tax amount calculated on the taxable irregular income for each time the income is generated, the following accounts shall be recorded:

+ In case of payment of remuneration, outsourced services... immediately to outside individuals, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr. 623, 627, 641, 642, 635 (total payable); or

Dr 161 – Non-business expenses (total payable); or

Dr 353 – Bonus and welfare fund (total payable) (3531)

Cr 333 – Taxes and other payables to the State (3335) (Personal income tax to be withheld)

There are accounts 111, 112 (actual payment).

+ When paying debts payable to outside individuals with income, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 331 – Payables to sellers (total amount payable)

Cr 333 – Taxes and other payables to the State (Personal income tax to be withheld)

There are accounts 111, 112 (actual payment).

– When paying personal income tax to the State Budget on behalf of the earners, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 333 – Taxes and other payables to the State (3335)

There are accounts 111, 112,…

3.7. Natural Resources Tax (Account 3336)

- To determine the payable natural resources tax amount included in the general production cost, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 627 – General production costs (6278)

Cr 3336 – Natural resources tax.

- When actually paying natural resources tax to the State budget, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 3336 – Natural resources tax

There are accounts 111, 112,…

3.8. Real estate tax, land rent (Account 3337)

- To determine the payable house and land tax and land rent to be included in the enterprise management expenses, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 642 – Administration expenses (6425)

Cr 3337 – Real estate tax, land rent.

- When paying house and land tax and land rent to the State budget, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 3337 – Real estate tax, land rent

There are accounts 111, 112,…

3.9. Environmental Protection tax

3.9.1 Accounting principles:

– This account is used for environmental protection taxpayers as prescribed by law. In the entrustment import transaction, this account is only used for the entrusting party, not for the entrusting party.

- Enterprises selling products and goods subject to environmental protection tax shall record revenue excluding the payable environmental protection tax amount. In case the payable tax amount cannot be immediately separated at the time of arising, the revenue including environmental protection tax shall be recorded but periodically must record a decrease in revenue for the payable environmental protection tax amount.

- Enterprises that import or purchase domestically the goods subject to environmental protection tax are recorded the payable environmental protection tax amount in the original price of warehoused goods.

- Accounting for the amount of environmental protection tax to be refunded or reduced is carried out according to the following principles:

+ Environmental protection tax paid when importing goods and services, if refunded, write down the cost of goods sold (if goods are exported for sale) or decrease in value of goods (if returned due to borrowing, borrowing...);

+ Environmental protection tax paid when importing fixed assets, if refunded, record a decrease in other expenses (if fixed assets are sold) or decrease in historical cost of fixed assets (if returned);

+ Environmental protection tax paid when importing goods and fixed assets but the unit has no ownership rights, when being refunded, record a decrease in other receivables.

+ Environmental protection tax payable when selling goods or providing services but then being refunded or reduced, it shall be recorded in other income.

3.9.2. Environmental protection tax accounting method

a) When selling goods or providing services that are subject to environmental protection tax and subject to VAT, the accountant shall record the revenue from sale of goods and provision of services excluding environmental protection tax and not subject to VAT. VAT, record:

Dr. 111, 112, 131 (total payment price)

Cr 511 – Revenue from sale of goods and provision of services (sale price excluding environmental protection tax and VAT)

Account 3331 – VAT payable (33311)

Cr 33381 – Environmental protection tax.

In case the payable tax amount cannot be determined immediately at the time the transaction arises, the revenue is recognized including tax, but periodically when determining the payable tax amount, a decrease in revenue must be recorded:

Dr 511 – Sales and service provision

Cr 333 – Taxes and payables (details of each type of tax).

b) When importing goods subject to environmental protection tax, the accountant shall base on the imported goods purchase invoice and the tax payment notice on the payable environmental protection tax amount, determine the environmental protection tax amount. In the payable field of imported goods, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Debits to accounts 152, 156, 211, 611,…

Cr 33381 – Environmental protection tax.

- In case of producing products, goods or services subject to environmental protection tax for internal consumption, giving, giving, giving, promotion, advertising without collecting money, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr. 641, 642

There are accounts 152, 154, 155

Cr 33381 – Environmental protection tax.

c) In case the enterprise is the import entrustment party and must pay environmental protection tax on behalf of the import entrusting party, when determining the payable environmental protection tax amount, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 138 – Other receivables

Cr 33381 – Environmental protection tax.

- When paying environmental protection tax to the State budget, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 33381 – Environmental protection tax

There are accounts 111, 112,…

d) Accounting for refund of environmental protection tax paid at the import stage

- Environmental protection tax paid at the stage of importation and refunded upon re-export of goods, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 33381 – Environmental protection tax

Cr 632 – Cost of goods sold (if goods are shipped for sale)

There are accounts 152, 153, 156 (if goods are returned).

- SCT paid at the stage of importation and refunded upon re-export of fixed assets, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 33381 – Environmental protection tax

Cr 211 – Tangible fixed assets (if fixed assets are returned)

Cr 811 – Other expenses (if selling fixed assets).

- Environmental protection tax paid at the stage of import but the goods are not under the ownership of the unit, which is refunded upon re-export, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 33381 – Environmental protection tax

Cr 138 – Other receivables.

dd) Accounting for environmental protection tax payable when selling goods, fixed assets or providing services but then being reduced or refunded: Upon receiving a notification from a competent authority about the reduced tax amount at the sale stage, the tax amount will be refunded or refunded. , take note:

Dr 33381 – Environmental protection tax

Cr 711 - Other income.

3.10. Other taxes (33382), Fees, charges and other payables (3339)

- When determining the registration fee calculated on the value of purchased property (when registering ownership or use rights), the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 211 – Tangible fixed assets

Cr 333 – Taxes and other payables to the State (3339).

- When actually paying other taxes (such as contractor tax), fees, charges and other payables, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 333 – Taxes and other payables to the State (33382, 3339)

There are accounts 111, 112.

3.11. Accounting for state subsidies and price subsidies for businesses

- When receiving a decision on the State's subsidy or price subsidy in case the enterprise performs the tasks of providing goods and services at the request of the State, the accountant shall record the subsidy or price subsidy revenue. granted by the State, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 333 – Taxes and other payables to the State (3339)

Cr 511 – Revenue from sale of goods and provision of services (5114).

- When receiving subsidies or subsidies from the State, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr. 111, 112

Cr 333 – Taxes and other payables to the State (3339).

Article 53. Account 334 – Payables to employees

1. Accounting principles

This account is used to record the payables and the payment of payables to the employees of the enterprise in terms of salary, wages, bonuses, social insurance and other payables belonging to the enterprise. workers' input.

2. Structure and contents of account 334 – Payables to employees

Debtor:

- Salaries, wages, bonuses of the nature of salary, social insurance and other payments already paid, paid or advanced to employees;

- Deductions from the employee's salary and wages.

Yes Party: Wages, wages, bonuses of salary nature, social insurance and other payables and payables to employees;

Credit balance: Wages, salaries, bonuses of a salary nature and other amounts still payable to employees.

Account 334 may have a Debit balance. The debit balance of Account 334 is very unique – if any, it reflects the amount paid that is larger than the amount payable for salaries, wages, bonuses and other payments to employees.

Account 334 must be recorded in detail according to 2 contents: Salary payment and other payments.

Account 334 – Payables to employees, has 2 tier 2 accounts:

– Account 3341 – Payables to employees: Reflects payables and payment of payables to employees of the enterprise in terms of wages, salary bonuses, social insurance and other payables belonging to the company's income. Staff.

– Account 3348 – Payables to other employees: Reflects payables and payment of payables to employees other than employees of the enterprise in terms of wages, bonuses (if any) of the nature of wages and other amounts of revenue workers' input.

3. Accounting method for some major economic transactions

a) Calculating salary and allowances as prescribed to be paid to employees, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 241 – Construction in progress

Debits to accounts 622, 623, 627, 641, 642

Cr 334 – Payables to employees (3341, 3348).

b) Bonuses paid to employees:

– When determining the bonus paid to employees from the bonus fund, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 353 – Bonus and welfare fund (3531)

Cr 334 – Payables to employees (3341).

– When disbursing the bonus payment fund, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 334 – Payables to employees (3341)

There are accounts 111, 112,…

c) Calculating the social insurance (sickness, maternity, accident, etc.) payable to employees, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 338 – Other payables and payables (3383)

Cr 334 – Payables to employees (3341).

d) Calculating the actual leave salary payable to the employee, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Debits to accounts 623, 627, 641, 642

Dr 335 – Expenses payable (with advance deduction of leave salary)

Cr 334 – Payables to employees (3341).

dd) Items to be deducted from salary and income of employees and other employees of the enterprise such as unpaid advances, health insurance, social insurance, unemployment insurance, compensation usually about the missing property according to the handling decision…. take note:

Dr 334 – Payables to employees (3341, 3348)

Cr 141 – Advance

Cr 338 – Other payables and payables

Cr 138 – Other receivables.

e) Calculating the personal income tax of employees and other employees of the enterprise payable to the State, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 334 – Payables to employees (3341, 3348)

Cr 333 – Taxes and other payables to the State (3335).

g) When making advances or actually paying salaries and wages to employees and other employees of the enterprise, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 334 – Payables to employees (3341, 3348)

There are accounts 111, 112,…

h) Paying payables to employees and other employees of the enterprise, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 334 – Payables to employees (3341, 3348)

There are accounts 111, 112,…

i) In case of paying salaries or bonuses to employees and other employees of the enterprise with products or goods, the accountant shall record sales revenue excluding VAT, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 334 – Payables to employees (3341, 3348)

Cr 511 – Revenue from sale of goods and provision of services

Account 3331 – VAT payable (33311).

k) Determining and paying other payables to employees and employees of the enterprise such as meal, house, telephone, tuition fees, membership card, etc.:

– When determining the amount payable to employees and employees of the enterprise, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Debits to accounts 622, 623, 627, 641, 642

Cr 334 – Payables to employees (3341, 3348).

– When paying employees and employees of the enterprise, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 334 – Payables to employees (3341, 3348)

There are accounts 111, 112,…

Article 54. Account 335 – Expenses payable

1. Accounting principles

a) This account is used to record the payables for goods and services received from the seller or provided to the buyer in the reporting period but not yet paid due to the lack of invoices or insufficient funds. accounting records and documents, recorded in production and business expenses of the reporting period.

This account also reflects payables to employees in the period such as vacation wages and production and business expenses of the reporting period that must be deducted, such as:

– Expenses during the time the enterprise stops production according to the season, the season can develop a plan to stop production. Accountants shall calculate in advance and account for production and business expenses in the period the expenses will have to be spent during the period of stopping production and business.

- Deducting interest expense in advance in case of loan paying interest later, bond interest paid later (when the bond matures).

- Deducting expenses in advance to temporarily calculate the cost of goods and finished real estate products sold.

b) Accountants must distinguish payable expenses (also known as accrual expenses or accrual expenses) from provisions payable recorded on account 352 in order to recognize and present the report. financial statements appropriate to the nature of each item, specifically:

– Provisions for payables are current liabilities, but a specific payment period is usually unspecified; Expenses payable are present liabilities that are certain of the time to be paid;

– Provisions for payables are often estimated and it is not possible to determine with certainty the amount to be paid (for example, provision for warranty of products, goods, construction works); Expenses payable can be determined with certainty;

– In the Financial Statements, provisions for payables are presented separately from trade and other payables while accruals are part of trade or other payables.

- The accounting of payable expenses into production and business expenses in the period must comply with the principle of concordance between revenue and expenses incurred in the period. Payables that have not yet been incurred because goods and services have not been received, but are included in the production and business expenses of this period to ensure that when they arise, they will not cause sudden changes in production and business costs. reflected as provision payable.

c) Advances are not reflected in account 335 but are recorded as provision for payables, such as:

- Major repair costs of specific fixed assets due to the cyclical major repairs, enterprises are allowed to deduct repair costs in advance for the planned year or a number of subsequent years;

– Provision for warranty of products, goods, construction works, restructuring;

– Other provisions for payables (as specified in Account 352).

d) The advance deduction to production and business expenses in the period must be calculated strictly (cost estimates are made and approved by competent authorities) and there must be reasonable and reliable evidence of the expenses. expenses must be deducted in advance in the period, to ensure that the payable expenses recorded in this account are consistent with the actual expenses incurred. It is strictly forbidden to deduct in advance into expenses the contents which are not included in the production and business expenses.

dd) In principle, payable expenses must be settled with the actual expenses incurred. The difference between the amount deducted and the actual cost must be reversed.

e) The prepayment of expenses to temporarily calculate the cost of real estate products and goods must also comply with the following principles:

– Enterprises are only allowed to deduct in advance from the cost of goods sold for expenses already included in the investment and construction cost estimates but do not have enough documents and documents to test and take over the volume and must explain in detail the reasons for this. due, content of expenses deducted for each work item in the period.

– Enterprises are only allowed to deduct expenses in advance to temporarily calculate cost of goods sold for the part of finished real estate goods, determined to be sold in the period and qualified for revenue recognition.

- The amount of prepaid expenses temporarily calculated and the actual incurred costs recorded in the cost of goods sold must correspond to the cost norm calculated according to the total estimated cost of the part of real estate goods sold. determined to be sold (determined by area).

g) The determination of capitalized interest expense must comply with Accounting Standard “Borrowing costs”. The capitalization of loan interest in some specific cases is as follows:

– For separate loans for the construction of fixed assets and investment real estate, the interest is capitalized even if the construction period is less than 12 months;

– Contractors do not capitalize loan interest when borrowing to serve the construction, construction of works and assets for customers, including the case for private loans, for example: House construction and installation teachers borrow money for construction. construction work for customers, shipbuilding companies under contract for ship owners...

h) Unused accrual expenses at the end of the year must be explained in the notes to the financial statements.

2. Structure and contents of account 335 – Expenses payable

Debtor:

– The actual payments incurred have been included in the payable expenses;

– The difference in payable expenses is larger than the actual amount of expenses recorded as a reduction in expenses.

Yes Party: Payable expenses are estimated in advance and recorded in production and business expenses.

Credit balance: Expenses payable have been included in production and business expenses but have not actually been incurred.

3. Accounting method for some major economic transactions

a) As an advance in the expenses of production workers' leave salary, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 622 – Direct labor costs

Account 335 – Expenses payable.

b) When calculating the actual leave salary payable to production workers, if the advance deduction is larger than the actual payable amount, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 335 – Expenses payable (prepaid amount)

Cr 622- Direct labor costs.

c) Deducting in advance from production and business expenses for repair of fixed assets incurred in the period in which the contractor has performed but has not yet tested for acceptance or issued an invoice, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Debits to accounts 241, 623, 627, 641, 642

Account 335 – Expenses payable.

d) When the repair of fixed assets is completed, handed over and put into use, if the advance is higher than the actual costs incurred, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 335 – Expenses payable (prepaid amount is larger than incurred expenses)

There are accounts 241, 623, 627, 641, 642.

dd) To deduct in advance from production and business expenses the expenses that are expected to be spent during the period of temporary cessation of work, or the cessation of work according to the plan, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 623 – Expenses for using construction machines

Dr 627 – General production costs

Account 335 – Expenses payable.

e) Actual expenses incurred related to the prepaid expenses, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Debits of accounts 623, 627 (if the arising amount is larger than the advance deduction)

Dr 335 – Expenses payable (prepaid amount)

Dr 133 - Deductible VAT (if any).

There are accounts 111, 112, 152, 153, 331, 334

There are accounts 623, 627 (if the arising number is smaller than the advance deduction).

g) In case the loan interest is paid later, at the end of the period to calculate the loan interest payable in the period, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 635 – Financial expenses (interest on loans for production and business)

Dr. 627, 241 (capitalized interest)

Account 335 – Expenses payable.

h) In case the enterprise issues bonds at par value, if interest is paid later (when the bond matures), each period the enterprise must pre-calculate the interest expense payable in the period into production, business or capitalization, record:

Dr. 627, 241 (capitalized interest)

Dr 635 – Financial expenses (if interest is included in financial expenses)

Cr 335 – Payable expenses (bond interest payable during the period).

At the end of the bond's term, the enterprise pays the bond principal and interest to the bond buyer, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 335 – Expenses payable (total bond interest)

Dr 34311 – Par value

There are accounts 111, 112,…

i) In case the enterprise issues a discount bond, if the interest is paid later (when the bond matures), each period the enterprise must pre-calculate the interest expense payable in the period into the cost of production, business or capitalization, record:

Dr. 627, 241 (capitalized interest)

Dr 635 – Financial expenses (if interest is included in financial expenses)

Cr 335 – Payable expenses (bond interest payable during the period)

Cr 34312 – Bond discount (allocation in the period).

At the end of the bond's term, the enterprise pays the bond principal and interest to the bond buyer, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 335 – Expenses payable (total bond interest)

Dr 34311 – Par value

There are accounts 111, 112,…

k) In case the enterprise issues bonds with a premium, if the interest is paid later (when the bond matures), each period the enterprise must pre-calculate the interest expense payable in the period into the cost of production, business or capitalization, record:

Dr. 627, 241 (capitalized interest)

Dr 635 – Financial expenses (if interest is included in financial expenses)

Cr 335 – Payable expenses (bond interest payable during the period).

At the end of the bond's term, the enterprise pays the bond principal and interest to the bond buyer, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 335 – Expenses payable (total bond interest)

Dr 34311 – Par value

There are accounts 111, 112,…

l) For enterprises with 100% state capital when converted into joint stock companies:

– For debts borrowed from the Commercial Bank and the Vietnam Development Bank which are overdue but because the enterprise suffers a loss, no longer has state capital, cannot pay it, the equitized enterprise must carry out the following procedures: application file for debt freeze, debt rescheduling, debt cancellation in accordance with current law. When there is a decision to write off loan interest, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 335 – Expenses payable (interest is written off)

Cr 421 – Undistributed profit after tax (the part of loan interest that has been accounted for in expenses of previous periods is written off)

Cr 635 – Financial expenses (loan interest has been accounted into financial expenses in this period).

- In case the time from the expiration date of the investor's payment for shares to the time the company is granted the Certificate of Business Registration is more than 3 months, the enterprise is entitled to calculate loan interest to pay the investors. :

+ To record loan interest payable, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 635 – Financial expenses

Account 335 – Expenses payable.

+ When paying investors, record:

Dr 335 – Expenses payable

There are accounts 111, 112.

m) Accounting for the prepaid expenses to temporarily calculate the cost of real estate products and goods that are determined to be sold.

- When deducting expenses to temporarily calculate cost of real estate sold in the period, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 632 – Cost of goods sold

Account 335 – Expenses payable.

- The actual incurred investment and construction expenses, which have sufficient dossiers and documents and have been tested and accepted, are collected to calculate the real estate construction investment costs, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 154 – Unfinished production and business expenses

Dr 133 – Deductible VAT

There are related accounts.

- When the prepaid expenses have enough records and documents proving that they have actually been incurred, the accountant shall record a decrease in the accrued expenses and a decrease in the cost of production and business in progress, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 335- Expenses payable

Cr 154- Expenses for production and business in progress.

– When the entire real estate project is completed, the accountant must finalize and record a decrease in the balance of the remaining prepaid expenses, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 335- Expenses payable

Cr 154- Production and business expenses in progress

Cr 632- Cost of goods sold (the difference between the

remaining advance is higher than the actual costs incurred).

Article 55. Account 336 – Internal payables

1. Accounting principles

a) This account is used to record the payment of payables between the enterprise and its dependent units that do not have the legal status of a dependent accounting entity (hereinafter referred to as the accounting unit). dependent accounting); Between dependent accounting units of the same enterprise.

In an enterprise, the classification of subordinate units for accounting purposes is based on the nature of the unit (independent or dependent accounting, legal entity or not, has a representative). legal representation or not) regardless of the name of that unit (member unit, branch, enterprise, group, team...).

b) Failure to record in account 336 payment transactions between the parent company and its subsidiaries and between subsidiaries (between units with independent legal status).

c) Internal payables recorded in account 336 “Internal payables” include payables to working capital and payables to the dependent accounting unit to the enterprise and to the sub-accounting units. other belonging; Amounts payable by the enterprise to the dependent accounting unit. Accounts payable and payable can be the relationship of receiving assets, capital, funds, current payments, household payments, loan interests, exchange rate differences...;

d) Depending on the decentralization of management and operation characteristics, the enterprise shall decide the dependent accounting unit to record the business capital allocated by the enterprise to Account 3361 – Working capital at affiliated units or 411 – Owner's investment capital.

dd) Account 336 “Internal payables” is recorded in detail for each unit having payment relationship, which is tracked by each payable and payable amount.

e) At the end of the period, accountants check and compare accounts 136 and 336 between units according to each internal payment content to make a record of clearing and settlement for each unit as a basis for accounting. clearing on these 2 accounts. When comparing, if there is a difference, the cause must be found and corrected in time.

2. Structure and contents of account 336 – Internal payables

Debtor:

- Amount paid to the dependent accounting unit;

- Amount paid by the dependent accounting unit to the enterprise;

– Amount of payments that internal units pay or collect on behalf of internal units;

– Offsetting receivables with payables of the same payment relationship.

Yes Party:

- Amount of business capital of the dependent accounting unit granted by the enterprise

- Amount payable by the dependent accounting unit to the enterprise;

– Amount to be paid to the dependent accounting unit;

– Amounts payable to other internal units for payments already paid by other units and receipts for other units.

Credit balance: The amount remaining to be paid and payable to the enterprise and the units within the enterprise.

Account 336 – Internal payable, has 4 tier 2 accounts:

- Account 3361 – Internal payables for working capital: This account is only opened at a subordinate unit without a dependent accounting status to reflect the business capital assigned by the superior enterprise.

This account does not reflect the capital amount of subsidiaries or units with the nature of subsidiaries (subsidiaries with independent legal status) receiving contributions from the parent company.

– Account 3362 – Internal payables for exchange rate differences: This account is only opened at the Project Management Board under the enterprise which is the Investor, used to reflect the exchange rate difference incurred to be paid to the enterprise.

– Account 3363 – Internal payables for borrowing costs eligible for capitalization: This account is only opened at the Project Management Board under the enterprise that is the Investor, used to record the capitalized borrowing costs incurred to be transferred to the enterprise.

- Account 3368 – Other internal payables: Reflects all other payables between internal entities within the same enterprise.

3. Accounting method for some major economic transactions

3.1. At the dependent accounting unit

a) When a dependent accounting unit such as a branch, store, project management board, etc. receives capital from an enterprise or superior unit, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Debits to accounts 111, 112, 152, 155, 156, 211, 213, 217...

Cr 336 – Internal payables (3361).

b) Amounts payable to other internal units for amounts already paid or paid on behalf of, or when receiving products, goods and services from internal units, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr. 152, 153, 156

Dr 331 – Payables to sellers

Dr 641 – Selling expenses

Dr 642 – Administration expenses

Dr 133 – Deductible VAT

Account 336 – Internal payables.

c) When collecting money on behalf of or borrowing from other internal units, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Debts of accounts 111,112,…

Account 336 – Internal payables.

d) When paying to enterprises and internal units for payables, payables, payments on behalf of, or collection on behalf of, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 336 – Internal payables

There are accounts 111,112, XNUMX,…

dd) When there is a decision to transfer assets to other internal units and a decision to reduce business capital, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 336 – Internal payables (3361)

Dr 214 – Depreciation of fixed assets (if transferring fixed assets, investment real estate)

There are accounts 152, 155, 156, 211, 213, 217....

e) Offsetting between receivables and payables arising from transactions with internal units, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 336 – Internal payables

Account 136 – Internal receivables.

g) In case the dependent accounting unit is not authorized to account for undistributed profit after tax (Account 421), the dependent accounting unit periodically transfers direct revenues, incomes, and expenses. Continued to Account 336 – Internal payables or via Account 911 – Determination of business results, the following accounts shall be recorded:

- To transfer revenue and income, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr. 511, 711

Account 911 – Determination of business results (if the dependent accounting unit monitors business results in the period)

Cr 336 – Internal payables (if the dependent accounting unit does not track business results).

Periodically, the dependent accounting unit that is decentralized to monitor business results in the final period transfers the business results (profit) to the superior unit, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 911 – Determination of business results

Account 336 – Internal payables.

- When transferring expenses, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 336 – Internal payables (if the dependent accounting unit is not decentralized to monitor business results)

Dr 911 – Determination of business results (if the dependent accounting unit is decentralized to monitor separate business results)

There are accounts 632, 635, 641, 642.

Periodically, the dependent accounting unit is decentralized to monitor business results in the period, when the business results (losses) are transferred to the superior unit, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 336 – Internal payables

Account 911 – Determination of business results.

h) In case of decentralization of accounting to undistributed after-tax profits, periodically the dependent accounting unit transfers undistributed after-tax profits to superior units, the following accounts shall be recorded:

- When profit is transferred, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 421 – Undistributed profit after tax

Account 336 – Internal payables.

- For loss transfer, record:

Dr 336 – Internal payables

Cr 421 – Undistributed profit after tax.

3.2. Accounting at enterprises with dependent accounting units (superior units)

a) The number of bonus and welfare funds to be allocated to dependent accounting units, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 353 – Bonus and welfare fund

Account 336 – Internal payables.

b) Accounts payable to dependent accounting units, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 152 – Raw materials, materials

Dr 153 – Tools and instruments

Dr 211 – Tangible fixed assets

Dr 331 – Payables to sellers

Dr 623 – Expenses for using construction machines

Dr 627 – General production costs

Dr 641- Selling expenses

Dr 642 – Administration expenses

Account 336 – Internal payables.

c) When paying payables to dependent accounting units, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 336 – Internal payables

There are accounts 111, 112, …

d) Offsetting internal receivables and payables, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 336 – Internal payables

Account 136 – Internal receivables.

Article 56. Account 337 – Payment according to construction contract progress

1. Accounting principles

a) This account is used to record the amount to be paid by the customer according to the planned schedule and the amount to be collected according to the revenue corresponding to the completed work as determined by the contractor of the construction in progress contract. .

b) Account 337 “Payment according to the construction contract schedule” only applies to the case where the construction contract stipulates that the contractor is paid according to the planned schedule. This account does not apply to the case where the construction contract stipulates that the contractor is paid according to the value of the volume of work confirmed by the customer.

c) The basis for recording to the Debit of Account 337 is the voucher determining the revenue corresponding to the completed work in the period (not an invoice) made by the contractor himself, without waiting for the customer's confirmation. The contractor must choose a method to determine the completed work and assign the responsibility to the relevant departments to determine the value of the completed work and make a voucher to reflect the construction contract revenue in the period.

The basis for recording in Account 337 is the invoice made on the basis of the payment schedule according to the plan specified in the contract. The amount stated on the invoice is the basis for recording the amount receivable by the contractor from the customer, not the basis for revenue recognition in the accounting period.

d) Account 337 must be monitored in detail according to each construction contract.

2. Structure and contents of account 337 – Payment according to construction contract progress

Debtor: Reflects the amount of receivable according to the recognized revenue corresponding to the completed work portion of the construction-in-progress contract.

Yes Party: Reflects the amount to be paid by the customer according to the planned progress of the construction in progress contract.

Debit side balance: Reflects the difference between the recorded revenue of the contract and the amount payable by the customer according to the planned progress of the construction-in-progress contract.

Credit balance: Reflects the difference between the recorded revenue of the contract which is smaller than the amount payable by the customer according to the planned progress of the construction-in-progress contract.

3. Accounting method for some major economic transactions

a) Where the construction contract stipulates that the contractor is paid according to the planned schedule, when the construction contract performance results can be estimated reliably, the accounting records shall base on the vouchers reflecting the business activities. revenues corresponding to the completed work (not an invoice) determined by the contractor, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 337 – Payment according to construction contract schedule

Cr 511 – Revenue from selling goods and providing services.

b) Based on the invoice made according to the planned schedule to reflect the amount to be collected according to the schedule stated in the contract, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 131 – Receivables from customers

Cr 337 – Payment according to the construction contract schedule

Account 3331 – VAT payable.

c) When the contractor receives payment from the customer, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr. 111, 112

Account 131 – Receivables from customers.

Article 57. Account 338 – Other payables and payables

1. Accounting principles

a) This account is used to record the payment of payables and payables in addition to those reflected in other accounts of account group 33 (from account 331 to account 337). This account is also used to record revenue received in advance for services provided to customers and price differences arising in the sublease transaction of financial lease or operating lease.

b) The content and scope of this account's reflection include the following main transactions:

- The value of excess property has not yet determined the cause, pending the handling decision of the competent authority; Value of excess property payable to individuals and collectives (inside and outside the unit) according to the decision of the competent authority stated in the handling record, if the cause has been identified;

– Amounts deducted and paid for social insurance, health insurance, unemployment insurance and trade union fees;

– Deductions from the employee's salary as ordered by the court;

– Profits, dividends, payable to owners;

– Supplies and goods borrowed and borrowed are of a temporary nature, and capital contributions to business cooperation contracts (BCC) do not form a new legal entity.

– Receivables on behalf of the third party, the money the trustee receives from the entrusting party to pay import and export taxes, VAT on imported goods and to pay for the entrusting party on behalf of the entrusting party. ;

– Amounts collected in advance from customers in many accounting periods for leasing properties, infrastructure, interests received before lending capital or buying debt instruments (referred to as revenue received in advance); Unrealized revenues and incomes.

– The difference between the selling price of deferred payment or installment payment as committed and the selling price at sight.

– Amount to be returned to the proceeds from the sale of shares belonging to the State capital, upon equitization of enterprises with 100% state capital.

- The difference between the selling price and the residual value of the sold and leased fixed assets is a financial lease; The difference between the selling price and the fair value of the sold and leased fixed assets is an operating lease.

– Other payables and payables, such as payments to buy voluntary retirement insurance, life insurance and other support (in addition to salary) for employees…

c) Other payables and payables in foreign currencies or the payment of such other payables and payables must be tracked in details of their own foreign currency origin and converted into an accounting currency according to the principles :

– When incurring other payables and payables in foreign currencies, the accountants must convert them according to the actual exchange rate at the time of arising: (which is the selling rate of the commercial bank where the enterprise regularly has money). transaction);

- When paying other payables and payables in foreign currencies, the accountants must convert them according to the actual actual book rate;

– At the end of the period, the accountant must re-evaluate the balance of other payables and payables in foreign currencies at the actual exchange rate at the time of making the report (which is the selling rate of the commercial bank where it is regularly available). transactions) and is recognized immediately as financial expenses, or financial income. Particularly for revenue received in foreign currency, if there is no solid evidence that the enterprise will have to return the amount received in advance from customers in foreign currency, it shall not be re-evaluated.

2. Structure and contents of account 338 – Other payables and payables

Debtor:

- Transfer the excess property value to relevant accounts according to the decision stated in the handling record;

- Union expenses paid at the unit;

- The number of social insurance, health insurance, unemployment insurance and labor union paid to the agency managing the social insurance, health insurance, unemployment insurance and trade union funds;

- Unrealized revenue for each accounting period; return the money received in advance to the customer when not continuing to perform the asset lease;

– Amount to allocate the difference between the selling price of deferred payment or installment payment as committed and the selling price for immediate payment (deferred interest) to financial expenses;

- Carrying forward the difference between the selling price and the residual value of the fixed assets sold and leased as a financial lease, recording a decrease in production and business expenses;

- Carrying forward the difference between the selling price and the fair value of the sold and leased fixed assets as operating lease, recording a decrease in production and business expenses;

– To contribute to the Enterprise Arrangement Support Fund the proceeds from the equitization of enterprises with 100% state capital;

- Transfer the cost of equitization minus (-) to the amount of money the State collects from the equitization of State companies;

– Other paid and paid amounts.

Yes Party:

– Value of excess property pending settlement (cause unknown); Value of excess property payable to individuals and collectives (inside and outside the unit) according to the decision stated in the handling record due to the immediate identification of the cause;

- Deducting social insurance, health insurance, unemployment insurance and labor insurance into production and business expenses or deducted from employee's salary;

– Payments to employees for housing, electricity and water in the collective;

- Overspending of trade union expenses shall be compensated;

- Social insurance number paid to employees when paid by the social insurance agency;

– Unrealized revenue arising in the period;

- The difference between the selling price of deferred payment or installment payment as committed and the selling price at sight;

- The difference between the selling price and the residual value of the sold and leaseback fixed assets of the sale and leaseback transactions of the fixed assets is a financial lease;

- The difference between the selling price and the fair value of the sold and leaseback fixed assets of the sale and leaseback transactions of the fixed assets is an operating lease;

- Reflecting the total proceeds from the sale of shares belonging to the State capital; The difference between the actual value of the State capital portion at the time the 100% State-owned enterprise transforms into a joint stock company is larger than the actual value of the State capital portion at the time of enterprise valuation;

- Supplies, goods borrowed, temporarily borrowed, capital contributions received under business cooperation contracts without establishing a legal entity;

– Receivables on behalf of other units;

– Other payables.

Credit balance:

- The deducted social insurance, health insurance, unemployment insurance and labor union contributions have not yet been paid to the management agency or the trade union funds are left to the unit which have not been fully spent;

- Excess discovered property value pending settlement;

- Unrealized revenue at the end of the accounting period;

- The difference in the selling price is higher than the fair value or residual value of the sold and leased fixed assets which have not yet been transferred;

– Reflects the proceeds from the sale of shares belonging to the State capital or the difference between the actual value of the State capital portion at the time the 100% State-owned enterprise transforms into a joint-stock company is larger than the actual value of the State-owned share. state capital at the time of determining the enterprise's payable value to the end of the accounting period;

- Other payables and payables.

This account may have a Debit balance: The debit balance reflects the amount paid or paid more than the amount due or payable or the amount of social insurance paid to employees that has not yet been paid and the unpaid excess of the trade union fund.

Account 338 – Payables, other payables, has 8 level 2 accounts:

– Account 3381 – Excess assets pending settlement: Reflecting the value of excess property, the cause of which has not yet been determined, pending the handling decision of the competent authority. In case the cause of excess property value has been identified and a handling record is available, it shall be immediately recorded in the relevant accounts, not through account 338 (3381).

– Account 3382 – Union fees: Reflect the situation of deduction and payment of trade union fees at the unit.

– Account 3383 – Social insurance: Reflect the situation of deduction and payment of social insurance in the unit.

– Account 3384 – Health insurance: Reflects the situation of deduction and payment of health insurance at the unit.

– Account 3385 – Payable for equitization: Reflects the payable amount from the proceeds from the sale of shares belonging to the State capital, the difference between the actual value of the State capital at the time the 100% state-owned enterprise is transformed into a joint stock company is larger than the actual value. state capital at the time of enterprise valuation;

- Account 3386 – Unemployment insurance: Reflect the situation of deduction and payment of unemployment insurance in the unit.

– Account 3387 – Unrealized revenue: Reflects the current number and the increase or decrease in unrealized revenue of the enterprise in the accounting period. Unrealized revenue includes revenue received in advance such as: Amount prepaid by customers for one or more accounting periods for asset leasing; Interest received before lending capital or purchasing debt instruments; And other unrealized revenues such as: The difference between the sales price of deferred payment or installment payment as committed and the immediate payment price, the amount of revenue corresponding to the value of goods or services or the amount to be discounted. Discounts for customers in the traditional customer program… Do not account in this account:

+ Money received in advance from the buyer but the enterprise has not provided products, goods or services;

+ Unearned revenue from asset leasing and service provision for many periods (revenue in advance is only recognized when cash is actually collected, not recorded against Account 131 – Receivables from customers. row).

– Account 3388 – Other payables and payables: Reflect other payables of the entity other than the payables already reflected in other accounts from Account 3381 to Account 3387.

3. Accounting method for some major economic transactions

3.1. In case of detecting excess assets with unidentified causes, pending settlement:

a) The excess property value is recorded according to its fair value at the time of discovery for recording in the accounting books, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Drs 111, 152, 153, 156, 211 (According to fair value)

Cr 338 – Other payables and payables (3381).

b) When there is a record of handling by a competent authority on the excess property, the accountants, based on the handling decision, shall record in relevant accounts, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 338 – Other payables and payables (3381)

Cr 411 – Owner's investment capital; or

Cr 441 – Capital for capital construction investment;

Cr 338 – Other payables and payables (3388);

Cr 642 – Business administration expenses

Cr 711 - Other income.

3.2. Accounting for surplus assets when equitizing enterprises with 100% state capital

- When receiving a notice or decision on equitization from a competent authority, the equitized enterprise is responsible for inventorying and classifying assets it is managing and using at the time of enterprise valuation. Karma. Based on the report on cash inventory results at the time of enterprise valuation, the accountant shall record the excess cash value through inventory, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr. 111, 112

Cr 3381 – Excess assets pending settlement.

In case of excess of assets: Enterprises actively monitor and record information about excess assets through inventory in the notes to the financial statements.

- Accounting for handling of excess and deficient assets in inventory: For assets discovered in excess through inventory, based on the "Minutes of handling excess and deficient assets through inventory", the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 3381 – Excess assets pending settlement

Cr 331 – Payables to the seller (if the seller's excess assets)

Account 338 – Other payables and payables (3388)

Cr 411 – Owner's investment capital (for excess assets for which the cause cannot be determined or the owner cannot be found).

3.3 Accounting for social insurance, health insurance, unemployment insurance, and unemployment insurance

- When deducting social insurance, health insurance, unemployment insurance and personal care insurance, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Debits to accounts 622, 623,627, 641, 642 (counts included in production and business expenses)

Dr 334 – Payables to employees (the amount deducted from the employee's salary)

Account 338 – Other payables and payables (3382, 3383, 3384, 3386).

- When paying social insurance, health insurance, unemployment insurance, and personal control, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 338 – Other payables and payables (3382, 3383, 3384, 3386)

There are accounts 111, 112,…

- Social insurance payable to employees when taking sick leave, maternity leave, etc., the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 338 – Other payables and payables (3383)

Cr 334 – Payables to employees.

- Expenditure on trade union expenses at the unit, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 338 – Other payables and payables (3382)

There are accounts 111, 112,…

- Expenditures of trade unions in excess are compensated. When receiving money, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr. 111, 112

Cr 338 – Other payables and payables (3382).

3.4. When borrowing, borrowing supplies and goods, or receiving capital contribution to a business cooperation contract that does not form a legal entity, record

Debits to accounts 111, 112, 152, 153, 156…

Cr 338 – Other payables and payables.

3.5. Accounting for unrealized revenue from leasing fixed assets and investment real estate by the operating lease method, the revenue of the accounting period is determined by the total amount of the collected operating lease of fixed assets and investment properties divided by the number of period of collection of pre-lease payments for fixed assets and investment properties (except for the case where a one-time revenue is recognized for the entire amount received in advance):

- When receiving money from customers prepaid for leasing fixed assets and investment properties for many years, the accountant shall record unrealized revenue at the VAT-exclusive price, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Debits to accounts 111, 112,… (total amount received in advance)

Cr 3387 – Unrealized revenue (price excluding VAT)

Account 3331 – VAT payable (33311).

- When calculating and recording revenue of each accounting period, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 3387 – Unrealized revenue

Cr 511 – Revenue from selling goods and providing services (5113, 5117).

- In case the property lease contract is not performed, the money must be returned to the customer, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 3387 – Unrealized revenue (rental price exclusive of VAT)

Dr 3331 – VAT payable (the amount returned to the lessee for VAT of the fixed asset leasing activity that cannot be performed)

There are accounts 111, 112,… (returned amount).

3.6. Accounting for sales by deferred payment or installment payment:

- When selling goods with deferred payment or installment payment, the revenue from sale of goods and provision of services of the accounting period shall be recorded according to the immediate selling price, the difference between the sale price of deferred payment or installment payment and the selling price of the immediate payment shall be recorded as follows: to account 3387 “Unrealized revenue”, record:

Dr 111, 112,131, ...

Cr 511- Revenue from sale of goods and provision of services (according to the immediate selling price excluding VAT)

Cr 3387 – Unrealized revenue (the difference between the selling price of deferred payment, installment payment and the selling price of immediate payment excluding VAT)

Cr 333 – Taxes and other payables to the State (3331).

- Periodically, when calculating, determining and transferring interest income from sales of deferred payment and installment payment during the period, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 3387 – Unrealized revenue

Cr 515 – Revenue from financial activities.

- When actually collecting sales proceeds with deferred payment or installment payment, including the difference between the selling price of deferred payment, installment payment and the selling price of immediate payment, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 111, 112, ...

Account 131 – Receivables from customers.

- Concurrently recording cost of goods sold:

+ If selling products or goods, record:

Dr 632- Cost of goods sold

There are accounts 154 (631), 155, 156, 157,…

+ If liquidating or selling investment property, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 632- Cost of goods sold (residual value of investment property)

Dr 214 – Depreciation of fixed assets (2147) (accumulated depreciation – if any)

Cr 217- Investment real estate.

3.7. In case of sale and sublease of fixed assets that are financial leases with a selling price higher than the residual value of the sold and sublease fixed assets:

- When completing the asset sale procedure, based on invoices and related documents, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Debits to accounts 111, 112,… (total payment price)

Cr 711- Other income (residual value of fixed assets sold and leased back)

Cr 3387 – Unrealized revenue (difference between selling price and residual value of fixed assets)

Account 3331 – VAT payable.

At the same time, record a decrease in fixed assets:

Dr 811 – Other expenses (residual value of sold and leased fixed assets)

Dr 214 – Depreciation of fixed assets (value of depreciation) (if any)

Cr 211 – Tangible fixed assets (historical cost of fixed assets).

- Periodically, transfer the larger difference (profit) between the selling price and the residual value of the sold and leased fixed assets and record a decrease in production and business expenses in the period appropriate to the lease period. take note:

Dr 3387 – Unrealized revenue

There are accounts 623, 627, 641, 642,…

3.8. Enterprises that have not yet fully allocated the exchange rate difference gain of the pre-operation period (recorded in account 3387 – Unrealized revenue) must transfer the entire exchange rate difference gain into operating revenue. financial statements to determine business results in the period, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 3387 – Unrealized revenue

Cr 515 – Revenue from financial activities.

3.9. Accounting for payables for equitization of enterprises with 100% state capital.

- When collecting money from the sale of state-owned shares in an enterprise, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr. 111, 112

Cr 3385 – Payable for equitization.

– Accounting for policies for redundant employees at the enterprise: Based on the decision of the competent authority on determining the amount to be used from the proceeds from the sale of shares to support the enterprise in implementing policy towards redundant employees at the time of equitization decision, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 3385 – Payables for equitization

Cr 334 – Payables to employees.

When actually paying employees, record:

Dr 334 – Payables to employees

There are accounts 111, 112.

– Finalization of equitization costs: At the end of the equitization process, enterprises must report and make finalization of equitization costs with the equitization decision-making body. The cost of equitization shall be deducted from the proceeds from the equitization of the enterprise, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 3385 – Payables for equitization

Cr 1385 – Receivables from equitization (details of equitization costs).

When paying the proceeds from equitization (after deducting the equitization expenses) to the Enterprise Arrangement Support Fund at the parent company of the economic group, the State corporation, the parent company in the public parent company - subsidiary company or Fund to support business arrangement and development held by the State Capital Investment Corporation, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 3385 – Payables for equitization

There are accounts 111, 112.

– If the proceeds from the sale of shares belong to the State capital, the unit is not allowed to use the proceeds from the sale of shares, this payable profit must be deducted from the payable amount for equitization but not recorded in financial expenses. main, accountants record:

Dr 3385 – Payables for equitization

Account 335 – Expenses payable.

When paying investors, record:

Dr 335 – Expenses payable

There are accounts 111, 112.

– Accounting for the difference between the actual value of the state capital at the time the SOE converts to a joint stock company and the actual value of the state capital at the time of enterprise valuation.

+ In case the actual value of the state capital at the time the enterprise transforms into a joint stock company is larger than the actual value of the state capital at the time of determining the enterprise value, the difference in increase (profit) must be to be paid to the Business Arrangement Support Fund at the parent company of an economic group, a State corporation, a parent company in a parent company-subsidiary combination, or a Business Arrangement and Development Support Fund established by The State Capital Investment and Trading Corporation keeps the following accounts:

Dr 421 – Undistributed profit after tax

Cr 3385 – Payable for equitization.

When paying the proceeds from equitization (after deducting the equitization expenses) to the Enterprise Arrangement Support Fund at the parent company of the economic group, the State corporation, the parent company in the public parent company - subsidiary company or Fund to support business arrangement and development held by the State Capital Investment Corporation, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 3385 – Payables for equitization

There are accounts 111, 112.

+ In case the actual value of the state capital at the time the enterprise converts to a joint stock company is smaller than the actual value of the state capital at the time of enterprise valuation, the difference will be reduced (loss) , which is reflected as follows:

In case a collective or individual must compensate, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 138 – Other receivables (1388)

Cr 421 – Undistributed profit after tax.

When receiving money from the collective or individual paying compensation, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr. 111, 112

Account 138 – Other receivables (1388).

In case the difference is reduced due to objective or subjective reasons, but due to force majeure, the person responsible for compensation is unable to make compensation and has been considered and decided by a competent authority. using the proceeds from the sale of this share to offset the loss after deducting the insured part (if any), the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 3385 – Payables for equitization

Cr 421 – Undistributed profit after tax.

3.10. Accounting of transactions at the import entrustment party

a) When receiving money from the import-entrusting enterprise to purchase imported goods, the following accounts shall be recorded according to relevant documents:

Debts of accounts 111, 112,….

Account 338 – Other payables (3388).

b) When transferring money for deposit to open LC (if payment by letter of credit), based on relevant documents, record:

Dr 244 – Mortgage, deposit, deposit

There are accounts 111, 112.

c) When importing materials, equipment and goods to the entrusting party, the accountants shall keep track of the imported consigned goods on their management system and make notes on the financial statements about the quantity and types , specifications, quality of consigned imports, import term, payers, etc., the value of entrusted imports is not recorded on the balance sheet.

d) Accounting for import entrustment payment operations:

– When transferring the L/C opening escrow to overseas sellers as part of the payment for imported goods on trust, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Debt 138 – Other receivables

Account 244 – Mortgage, deposit, deposit.

– When paying overseas sellers for the amount to be paid for consigned imports, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 138 – Other receivables (if the principal has not yet advanced money for the purchase of imported goods)

Dr 3388 – Other payables (deduct from the amount received by the entrusting party)

There are accounts 111, 112, 3388,...

- Import tax, VAT on imported goods, SCT must be paid on behalf of the import entrusting enterprise: In the entrusted import-export transaction (must have an entrusting import-export contract), the entrusting party is determined to be the representative of the entrusting party to perform obligations to the state budget (the person paying taxes on behalf of the entrusting party), the tax payment obligation is determined to be that of the entrusting party. In this case, the trustee only reflects the amount of tax paid into the state budget as payment on behalf of the entrusting party. When paying into the state budget, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 138 – Other receivables (must collect the amount paid on behalf of)

Dr 3388 – Other payables (deduct from the amount received by the entrusting party)

There are accounts 111, 112.

dd) For the import entrustment fee and VAT calculated on the import entrustment fee, based on the VAT invoice and related documents, the accountant shall record the revenue from the import entrustment fee, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Debits to accounts 131, 111, 112,… (total payment price)

Cr 511 – Revenue from sale of goods and provision of services (5113)

Account 3331 – VAT payable.

e) Other expenses for the import entrusting enterprise related to the import entrustment operation (banking fees, customs assessment fees, warehouse rental, warehousing, loading and unloading expenses, transportation of goods, etc.) , based on relevant documents, record:

Dr 138 – Other receivables (details for each import entrusting business)

There are accounts 111, 112,…

g) Offsetting other receivables and payables at the end of the transaction, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 338 – Other payables

Cr 138 – Other receivables.

3.11. Accounting of transactions at the export entrustment party

a) When receiving entrustment to export materials, equipment and goods to the entrusting party, the accountant shall keep track of the goods received for export on their management system and make a note on the financial statements about the quantity, types, specifications, quality of consigned exports, export deadlines, payers..., the value of entrusted exports is not recorded on the balance sheet. The payable export tax (if any) shall comply with the provisions of Account 333 – Taxes and other payables to the State.

b) Payments made on behalf of the entrusting party for export, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 138 – Other receivables (1388)

There are accounts 111, 112.

c) When receiving money for goods from overseas buyers, the accounts payable shall be recorded to the entrusting party, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 112 – Bank deposits

Account 338 – Other payables (3388).

d) Offsetting other receivables, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 338 – Other payables

Cr 138 – Other receivables.

3.12. To determine the amount of profits and dividends to be paid to the owners, the following accounts shall be recorded:

– When determining payable amount, record:

Dr 421 – Undistributed profit after tax

Cr 338 – Other payables and payables (3388).

– When paying dividends and profits to owners, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 338 – Other payables and payables (3388)

Accounts 111 and 112 (payments of dividends and profits to owners) are available.

Cr 3335 – Personal income tax (if deducted at the source of the owner's personal income tax).

3.13. When preparing financial statements, accountants re-evaluate balances of other payables and payables in foreign currencies at actual exchange rates:

– If there is an exchange rate loss, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 413 – Exchange rate difference

Cr 338 – Other payables and payables.

– If there is an exchange rate interest, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 338 – Other payables and payables

Cr 413 – Exchange rate difference.

Article 58. Account 341 – Loans and financial lease liabilities

1. Accounting principles

a) This account is used to record loans and finance lease debts and the payment status of loans and finance lease debts of the enterprise. Do not reflect in this account loans in the form of bond issuance or preference share issue with a provision that obliges the issuer to repurchase at a certain time in the future.

b) Enterprises must monitor in detail the payment terms of loans and finance lease debts. Accounts with a repayment period of more than 12 months from the date of preparation of the financial statements are presented as loans and long-term financial lease liabilities. Accounts due to be paid within the next 12 months from the time of making the financial statements, the accountants present them as loans and short-term financial lease liabilities to have a payment plan.

c) Borrowing costs directly related to the loan (other than the payable loan interest), such as costs of appraisal, audit, preparation of loan documents, etc., are accounted into financial expenses. Where these costs arise from a separate loan for the purpose of investment, construction or production of unfinished assets, they are capitalized.

d) For finance lease liabilities, the total lease liabilities reflected to the Credit side of account 341 is the total payable amount calculated using the present value of the minimum lease payments or the fair value of the lease payments. rental property.

e) Enterprises must make detailed accounting and keep track of each borrower, each debtor, each debt contract and each type of debt asset. In case of borrowings and debts in foreign currencies, accountants must keep track of the details of the original currency and follow the following principles:

- Loans and debts in foreign currencies must be converted into accounting currency at the actual exchange rate at the time of arising;

- When repaying debt or borrowing in foreign currency, the Debiter of account 341 shall be converted according to the actual actual accounting rate for each subject;

– When preparing financial statements, balances of loans and financial lease liabilities in foreign currencies must be re-evaluated according to actual exchange rates at the time of preparation of financial statements.

– Exchange rate differences arising from the payment and re-evaluation at the end of the period of loans and financial leases in foreign currencies are recorded in financial income or expenses.

2. Structure and contents of account 341 – Loans and financial lease liabilities

Debtor:

- Amounts paid for loans and finance lease debts;

- The amount of the loan or debt to be reduced is approved by the lender or creditor;

– Exchange rate difference due to re-evaluation of loan balance, financial lease debt in foreign currency at the end of the period (in case the foreign currency rate decreases against Vietnam Dong).

Yes Party:

- Amount of loans and financial lease debts incurred in the period;

– Exchange rate difference due to re-evaluation of balance of loans and financial lease liabilities in foreign currency at the end of the period (in case the foreign currency rate increases against Vietnam Dong).

Credit balance: Undue balance of loans and finance lease debts.

Account 341 – Loans and financial lease debt has 2 accounts at level 2

Account 3411 – Loans: This account reflects the value of borrowed money and the payment status of loans of the business (this account does not reflect loans in the form of bond issuance).

Account 3412 – Finance lease debt: This account reflects the value of the finance lease debt and the financial lease payment status of the enterprise.

3. Accounting method for some major economic transactions

(a) Borrow with money

– In case of borrowing in Vietnam Dong (entered into the fund or deposited in the bank), the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 111 – Cash (1111)

Dr 112 – Bank deposits (1121)

Cr 341 – Loans and financial lease liabilities (3411).

- In case of borrowing in foreign currency, it must be converted into Vietnam Dong at the actual exchange rate, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 111 – Cash (1112) (loan to fund)

Dr 112 – Bank deposits (1122) (loans deposited in banks)

Dr. 221, 222 (investment loans in subsidiaries, associates, joint ventures)

Dr 331 – Payables to sellers (loans to pay directly to sellers)

Dr 211 – Tangible fixed assets (borrowing to buy fixed assets)

Dr 133 - Deductible VAT (if any).

Cr 341 – Loans and financial lease liabilities (3411).

– Borrowing expenses directly related to the loan (other than the payable loan interest) such as costs of auditing, preparation of appraisal documents, etc., the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr. 241, 635

There are accounts 111, 112, 331.

b) Borrowing directly to the seller to purchase inventory, fixed assets, to pay for capital construction investment, if input VAT is deductible, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr. 152, 153, 156, 211, 213, 241 (purchase price exclusive of VAT)

Dr 213 – Intangible fixed assets (purchase price exclusive of VAT)

Dr 133 – Deductible VAT (1332)

Cr 341 – Loans and financial lease liabilities (3411).

– If input VAT is not deductible, the value of purchased and construction fixed assets is recorded including VAT. Borrowing costs directly related to the loan (other than the loan interest payable) such as audit costs, preparation of appraisal and accounting records similar to the entries in item a.

c) Paying loan or advance capital (prepaid) to the seller, contractor for capital construction, to pay expenses, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Debits to accounts 331, 641, 642, 811

Cr 341 – Loans and finance leases (3411).

d) Borrowing to invest in subsidiaries, joint ventures or associates, investing in stocks and bonds, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr. 221, 222, 228

Cr 341 – Loans and financial lease liabilities (3411).

dd) In case the loan interest payable is entered in principal, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 635 – Financial expenses

Dr. 154, 241 (if interest is capitalized)

Cr 341 – Loans and financial lease liabilities (3411).

e) When repaying loans in Vietnam Dong or with debt collection from customers, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 341 – Loans and finance lease liabilities (3411)

There are accounts 111, 112, 131.

g) When repaying loans in foreign currencies:

Dr 341 – Loans and finance lease liabilities (according to the book exchange rate of Account 3411)

Dr 635 – Financial expenses (exchange losses)

There are accounts 111, 112 (according to the exchange rate in the accounting books of Accounts 111, 112)

Cr 515 – Financial income (interest on exchange rates).

h) Accounting of transactions related to finance lease: Comply with the provisions of Account 212 – Financial lease fixed assets.

i) When preparing the financial statements, the balance of loans and financial lease liabilities in foreign currencies are revalued at the actual exchange rates at the end of the period:

– If there is an exchange rate loss, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 413 – Exchange rate difference

Cr 341 – Loans and financial lease liabilities.

– If there is an exchange rate interest, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 341 – Loans and finance lease debt

Cr 413 – Exchange rate difference.

Article 59. Account 343 – Bonds issued

1. Accounting principles

1.1 Account 343 is only applicable to enterprises that borrow capital by issuing bonds. This account is used to record the issuance of bonds, including convertible bonds, and the bond payment situation of the enterprise. This account is also used to record bond discounts and premiums incurred when issuing bonds and the allocation of discounts and premiums when determining borrowing costs to include in production costs. trading or capitalized from time to time.

1.2. The real interest rate (also known as the effective interest rate) is determined as follows:

a) Is the commercial bank lending interest rate commonly applied in the market at the time of transaction;

b) In case the interest rate cannot be determined according to point a above, the actual interest rate is the interest rate that enterprises can borrow in the form of issuing debt instruments without the right to convert into shares (such as issuing bonds). ordinary bonds without the right to convert or borrow by ordinary escrow) under normal production and business conditions.

1.3. Accounting principles for common bonds (non-convertible bonds)

a) When an enterprise borrows capital by issuing bonds, there may be 3 cases:

– Issuance of bonds of par value (issue price equals par value): Is the issue of bonds at the price exactly equal to the face value of the bond. This situation usually occurs when the market interest rate equals the nominal interest rate of the issued bond;

– Issuance of bonds at a discount (the issue price is less than the par value): Is the issue of bonds at a price less than the face value of the bond. The difference between the bond issue price and the par value of the bond is called the bond discount. This situation usually occurs when the market interest rate is greater than the nominal interest rate of the issued bond;

– Issuance of bonds with premium (issuing price is greater than par value): Is the issue of bonds at a price greater than the face value of the bond. The difference between the bond issue price and the par value of the bond is called the bond premium. This usually occurs when the market interest rate is less than the nominal interest rate of the issued bond.

b) Bond discount and premium only arise when the enterprise borrows by issuing bonds and at the time of issuance there is a difference between the market interest rate and the nominal interest rate purchased by investors. bonds accepted. Bond discount and premium are determined and recognized at the time of bond issuance. The difference between the market interest rate and the nominal interest rate after the bond issue date does not affect the amount of premium or discount recognized.

c) Enterprises use account 3431 – Ordinary bonds to record details related to issued bonds, including:

– Face value of bonds;

- Discounting bonds;

– Bond premium.

At the same time keep track of details by bond issuance deadline.

d) Enterprises must monitor the discount and premium for each type of bond issued and the allocation of each discount and premium when determining borrowing costs to be included in production and business expenses or capitalized in each period. specific:

– Bond discounts are gradually amortized to account for borrowing costs in each period during the bond's term;

– Bond premiums are amortized gradually to reduce borrowing costs each period during the term of the bond;

– Where the interest expense of a bond eligible for capitalization, the loan interest and the discount or premium allocation capitalized in each period must not exceed the actual interest incurred and the fraction additional discount or extra in that period;

– The allocation of the discount or premium can use the effective interest rate method or the straight-line method:

According to the real interest method: The discount or premium allocated to each period is calculated as the difference between the interest expense payable for each interest payment period (calculated as the opening book value of the bond multiplied by (x) by the actual interest rate market) with the amount payable each period.

According to the straight line method: The discount or premium is evenly distributed over the life of the bond.

e) In case of paying interest on bond maturity, the enterprise must periodically calculate the bond interest payable each period to record it into production and business expenses or capitalize it into the value of unfinished assets.

g) When preparing the financial statements, on the balance sheet in the payables portion, the issued bond quota is recorded on a net basis (determined by the bond value at par value minus (-) discount). bond discount plus (+) Bond premium).

h) Bond issuance costs are amortized over the bond's maturity using the straight-line method or the effective interest rate method and recognized in financial expenses or capitalization. At the time of initial recognition, bond issuance costs are recorded as a decrease in the face value of bonds. Periodically, accountants allocate bond issuance costs by recording an increase in the bond's par value and recording it in financial expenses or capitalization in accordance with the recognition of interest payable on bonds.

1.4. Accounting principles for convertible bonds

a) Convertible bond is a type of bond that can be converted into common shares of the same issuer under the conditions specified in the issuance plan. Enterprises issuing convertible bonds must carry out the procedures and meet the conditions for issuing convertible bonds as prescribed by law.

b) The enterprise (the issuer of the convertible bond) uses account 3432 – Convertible bonds to record the value of the principal portion of the convertible bond at the reporting time. Enterprises must open detailed accounting books to track each type of convertible bond by term, interest rate and par value.

c) Convertible bonds recorded on account 3432 are bonds that can be converted into a certain number of shares as specified in the issuance plan. Bonds that are convertible into an unspecified number of shares at maturity (depending on the market value of the shares at maturity) are accounted for as common bonds.

d) Convertible bond issuance costs are amortized over the bond's term using the straight-line method or the effective interest rate method and recognized in financial expenses or capitalization. At the time of initial recognition, the issue of convertible bonds is recorded as a decrease in the principal debt of the bonds. Periodically, the accountant allocates the cost of issuing convertible bonds by recording an increase in the principal value of the debt and recording it as a financial expense or capitalization in accordance with the recognition of the bond's interest payable.

e) At the time of initial recognition, when issuing convertible bonds, the enterprise must separately calculate and determine the value of the debt component (principal debt) and the capital component of the convertible bond. The principal portion of the convertible bond is recognized as a liability; The equity component (stock options) of convertible bonds is recognized as equity. The determination of the value of the components of the convertible bond is done as follows:

– Determine the value of the principal portion of the convertible bond at the time of issuance

At initial recognition, the principal portion of a convertible bond is determined by discounting the nominal value of future payments (including principal and interest) to its present value. interest rate of similar bonds in the market but without the right to convert into shares and less the cost of issuing convertible bonds. If the interest rate of a similar bond cannot be determined, the enterprise may use the prevailing borrowing interest rate in the market at the time of bond issuance to determine the present value of future payments.

The common borrowing rate in the market is the borrowing rate used in most transactions in the market. Enterprises are entitled to proactively determine the popular borrowing interest rates in the market in the most suitable way to their production and business characteristics and not contrary to regulations of the State Bank.

Example of determining the value of the principal portion of a convertible bond at the time of issuance: On January 1, 1X20, Thang Long Joint Stock Company issued 2 million convertible bonds with par value of VND 1 with a term of 10.000 years. nominal interest rate 3%/year, interest is paid once a year at the end of the year. The interest rate of similar non-convertible bonds is 10%/year. At maturity, each bond is converted into a stock. Knowing that convertible bonds are issued to raise capital for normal production and business activities (loan interest is included in financial expenses). The determination of the principal portion of convertible bonds at the time of initial recognition is made (ignoring bond issuance costs) as follows:

Unit: Copper

According to this example, the total proceeds from the bond issue is VND 10.000.000.000, where the total present value of future payments including principal and interest of the bond is VND 8.858.385.000. This value is determined to be the value of the principal portion of the convertible bond at the time of initial recognition and is recognized as a liability from the issuance of the convertible bond.

– Determine the value of the convertible bond's capital component (bond conversion option)

The value of the convertible bond's capital component is determined as the difference between the total proceeds from the issuance of the convertible bond and the value of the debt component of the convertible bond at the time of issuance.

According to the example above, the value of the capital component of the convertible bond is determined to be: 10.000.000.000 – 8.858.385.000 = VND 1.141.615.000. The value of the capital component of convertible bonds is recognized as stock options under the equity portion.

g) After initial recognition, the accountant must adjust the value of the principal portion of the transferred bond as follows:

- Record an increase in the value of the principal debt of the bond for bond issuance expenses which are allocated periodically;

– Record an increase in the value of the bond's principal for the difference between the bond interest payable calculated at the interest rate of the equivalent non-convertible bond or the actual interest rate higher than the payable bond interest amount. at the nominal interest rate.

Example: Following the above example, the determination of financial expenses in the period and adjustment of the principal portion of the convertible bond at the end of the period is as follows:

Unit: Thousand VND

h) At maturity of convertible bonds:

– The value of the stock option of the convertible bond being reflected in the equity is transferred to be recognized as a share premium regardless of whether the bondholder exercises the conversion option. shares or not.

– In case the bondholder does not exercise the option to convert the bond into shares, the enterprise shall reduce the principal of the convertible bond in proportion to the principal repayment of the bond.

– In case the bondholder exercises the option to convert the bonds into shares, the accountant shall record a decrease in the principal of the convertible bond and an increase in the owner's investment capital corresponding to the par value of the shares. further release. The difference between the value of the principal portion of the convertible bond and the value of additional shares issued at par value is recorded as share premium.

2. Structure and contents of account 343 – Bonds issued

a) Account 343 “Issued bonds” has 2 tier 2 accounts:

– Account 3431 “Common bonds”. This account has 3 level 3 accounts:

+ Account 34311 – Face value of bonds

+ Account 34312 – Bond discount

+ Account 34313 – Bond premium.

– Account 3432 “Convertible bonds”

b) Structure and contents of account 3431 “Common bonds”

Debtor:

– Bond payments at maturity;

- Discounts on bonds arising in the period;

– Extra allocation of bonds in the period.

Yes Party:

- Value of bonds issued at par value in the period;

– Allocation of bond discounts during the period;

– Bond premium incurred during the period.

Credit balance: Value of debt due to bond issuance to the end of the period.

c) Structure and contents of account 3432 “Convertible bonds”

Debtor:

– Paying the bond principal at maturity if the bondholder does not exercise the option to convert into shares;

– Transfer of bond principal to record an increase in equity if the bondholder exercises the option to convert into shares.

Yes Party:

- Value of bond principal at the time of issuance;

– Value is adjusted to increase the bond principal in the period.

Credit balance: Value of bond principal at the reporting time.

3. Accounting method for some major economic transactions

3.1. Accounting for ordinary bonds

a) Accounting for issuing bonds at par value

- To reflect the proceeds from bond issuance, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Debits to accounts 111, 112,… (the proceeds from the sale of bonds)

Account 34311 – Face value of bonds.

- If paying interest on bonds periodically, when paying interest, it shall be included in production and business expenses or capitalized, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 635 – Financial expenses (if included in financial expenses in the period)

Dr. 627, 241 (if capitalized)

There are accounts 111, 112,… (the amount of bond interest paid in the period).

– If paying bond interest after (when the bond matures), each period, the enterprise must calculate in advance the interest expense payable in the period into production and business expenses or capitalize, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 635 – Financial expenses (if included in financial expenses in the period)

Dr. 241, 627 (if capitalized in the value of uncompleted assets)

Cr 335 – Payable expenses (bond interest payable during the period).

At the end of the bond's term, the enterprise pays the bond principal and interest to the bond buyer, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 335 – Expenses payable (total bond interest)

Dr 34311 – Face value of bonds (principal)

There are accounts 111, 112,…

– In case of prepayment of bond interest immediately upon issuance, the interest expense is recorded to the debit side of Account 242 (details of prepaid bond interest), and then gradually allocated to cost objects.

+ At the time of bond issuance, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Debits to accounts 111, 112,… (total amount actually collected)

Dr 242 – Prepaid expenses (details of prepaid bond interest)

Account 34311 – Face value of bonds.

+ Periodically, allocating prepaid bond interest to borrowing costs in each period, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 635 – Financial expenses (if included in financial expenses in the period)

Dr. 241, 627 (if capitalized in the value of uncompleted assets)

Cr 242 – Prepaid expenses (details of prepaid bond interest) (bond interest amortized during the period).

Bond issuance costs:

+ When incurring bond issuance expenses, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 34311 – Face value of bonds

There are accounts 111, 112,…

+ Periodically, allocating bond issuance costs according to the straight-line method or the actual interest rate method, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Debits to Accounts 635, 241, 627 (allocation of bond issuance expenses during the period)

Account 34311 – Face value of bonds.

- Paying for bonds upon maturity, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 34311 – Face value of bonds

There are accounts 111, 112,…

b) Accounting for issuing discounted bonds

- To reflect the actual proceeds from bond issuance, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Debits to accounts 111, 112,… (the proceeds from the sale of bonds)

Dr 34312 – Bond discount (the difference between the proceeds from the sale of bonds is smaller than the face value of the bond)

Account 34311 – Face value of bonds.

- In case of periodic interest payment, when paying loan interest, it shall be included in production and business expenses or capitalized, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 635 – Financial expenses (if included in financial expenses in the period)

Dr. 241, 627 (if capitalized in the value of uncompleted assets)

Accounts 111, 112,... (the amount of bond interest paid in the period)

Account 34312 – Bond discount (discount allocation for each period).

– In case of paying interest later (when the bond matures):

+ Each period, the enterprise must calculate the loan interest expense payable in the period, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 635 – Financial expenses (if included in financial expenses in the period)

Debits to Accounts 241, 627 (if capitalized in the value of uncompleted assets)

Cr 335 – Payable expenses (bond interest payable during the period)

Cr 34312 – Bond discount (allocation in the period).

+ At the end of the bond's term, the enterprise must pay the bond principal and interest to the bond buyer. The following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 335 – Expenses payable (total bond interest)

Dr 34311 – Face value of bonds

There are accounts 111, 112,…

– In case of prepayment of bond interest immediately upon issuance, the interest expense is recorded to the debit side of Account 242 (details of prepaid bond interest), and then gradually allocated to the objects of expense recognition.

+ When issuing bonds, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Debits to accounts 111, 112,… (total amount actually collected)

Dr 34312 – Bond discount

Dr 242 – Prepaid expenses (prepaid bond interest)

Account 34311 – Face value of bonds.

+ Periodically calculating loan interest expenses into production and business expenses in the period, or capitalized, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 635 – Financial expenses (if included in financial expenses in the period)

Dr. 241, 627 (if capitalized in the value of uncompleted assets)

Cr 242 – Prepaid expenses (bond interest amortized during the period)

Account 34312 – Bond discount (discount allocation for each period).

+ Paying bonds upon maturity, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 34311 – Face value of bonds

There are accounts 111, 112,…

c) Accounting for issuing bonds with premium

– Reflecting the actual amount of bond issuance:

Dr. 111, 112 (the proceeds from the sale of bonds)

Cr 34313 – Bond premium (the difference between the actual proceeds from the sale of bonds is larger than the face value of the bonds)

Account 34311 – Face value of bonds.

- In case of periodic interest payment:

+ When paying interest to be included in production and business expenses or capitalized, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 635 – Financial expenses (if included in financial expenses in the period)

Dr. 241, 627 (if capitalized in the value of uncompleted assets)

There are accounts 111, 112,… (the amount of bond interest paid in the period).

+ Simultaneously, gradually allocating bond premiums to reduce borrowing costs in each period, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 34313 – Bond premium (amortization in each period)

There are accounts 635, 241, 627.

– In case of paying interest later (when the bond matures), each period the enterprise must record in advance the interest expense payable in the period.

+ When calculating loan interest expenses for entities recording borrowing costs in the period, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr. 635, 241, 627

Cr 335 – Payable expenses (bond interest payable during the period).

+ Simultaneously, gradually allocating bond premiums to reduce borrowing costs in each period, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 34313 – Bond premium

There are accounts 635, 241, 627.

+ At the end of the bond's term, the enterprise must pay the bond principal and interest to the bondholder, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 335 – Expenses payable (total bond interest)

Dr 34311 – Face value of bonds (principal)

There are accounts 111, 112,…

– In case of prepayment of bond interest immediately upon issuance, the interest expense is recorded to the debit side of Account 242 (details of prepaid bond interest), and then gradually allocated to cost objects.

+ When issuing bonds, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Debits to accounts 111, 112,… (total amount actually collected)

Dr 242 – Prepaid expenses (prepaid bond interest)

Account 34313 – Bond premium

Account 34311 – Face value of bonds.

+ Periodically, when calculating the allocation of loan interest expenses to entities that record borrowing costs in the period, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 635 – Financial expenses (if included in financial expenses in the period)

Dr. 241, 627 (if capitalized in the value of uncompleted assets)

Cr 242 – Prepaid expenses (bond interest amortized during the period).

+ At the same time, gradually allocate the bond premium to record a decrease in borrowing costs each period, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 34313 – Bond premium (amount of bond premium each period)

There are accounts 635, 241, 627.

3.2. Accounting for the issue of convertible bonds

a) At the time of issuance, the accountant determines the value of the principal and stock options of the convertible bond by discounting the nominal value of the future payment to the present value, recording:

Drs 111, 112 (total revenue from convertible bond issuance)

Cr 3432 – Convertible bonds (principal debt)

Cr 4113 – Bond conversion option (difference between proceeds and principal of convertible bond).

b) The arising bond issuance costs are amortized gradually in accordance with the bond term:

- When incurring bond issuance expenses, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 3432 – Convertible bonds

There are accounts 111, 112, 338…

- To periodically allocate bond issuance costs to financial expenses, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr. 635, 241, 627

Account 3432 – Convertible bonds.

c) Periodically, the accountant shall record the financial expenses or capitalize the bond interest payable at the interest rate of similar non-convertible bonds or at the prevailing market borrowing rate. at the same time, when adjusting the value of the principal portion of the convertible bond, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 635 – Financial expenses

Dr. 241, 627 (if capitalized)

Cr 335 – Payable expenses (bond interest payable in the period calculated at nominal interest rate)

Cr 3432 – Convertible bonds (the difference between the bond interest calculated at the actual interest rate or the interest rate of the equivalent non-convertible bond is higher than the bond interest payable in the period calculated at the nominal interest rate). means).

d) At the maturity of the bond, if the bondholder does not exercise the option to convert the bond into shares, the enterprise shall return the bond principal, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 3432 – Convertible bonds

There are accounts 111, 112.

At the same time, when transferring the value of stock options of convertible bonds into share premium, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 4113 – Bond conversion option

Cr 4112 – Share premium.

e) When the bond matures, in case the bondholder exercises the option to convert the bond into shares, the accountant shall record a decrease in the principal debt of the convertible bond and an increase in the owner's invested capital. take note:

Dr 3432 – Convertible bonds

Cr 4111 – Owner's contributed capital (at par value)

Cr 4112 – Share premium (the difference between the value of additional shares issued at par value and the principal value of convertible bonds).

At the same time, when transferring the value of stock options of convertible bonds into share premium, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 4113 – Bond conversion option

Cr 4112 – Share premium.

Article 60. Account 344 – Receiving deposit, making a deposit

1. Accounting principles

a) This account is used to record the money deposited by the enterprise from outside units and individuals to ensure that services related to production and business are properly performed. signed economic contracts, such as receiving deposits, making deposits to ensure the performance of economic contracts, agency contracts, etc.

b) Accountants receiving deposits and deposits must keep track of each customer's deposit and deposit in detail by term and by type of original currency. Deposits and deposits payable with a remaining term of not more than 12 months are presented as short-term debt, and amounts with a maturity of more than 12 months are presented as long-term debt.

c) In case of mortgage or pledge in kind, it is not recorded in this account but recorded in the notes to the financial statements.

d) In case of accepting deposit or deposit in foreign currency, the accountant must keep track of the details of the original foreign currency separately and convert the foreign currency into the accounting currency according to the following principles:

- At the time of receiving deposit or deposit in foreign currency, accountants convert it into accounting currency according to the actual exchange rate at the time of arising;

- When returning deposits and deposits in foreign currencies, accountants must convert them according to the actual actual book rate;

- When preparing the financial statements, the accountant shall re-evaluate the amount of money received as a deposit or deposit to be returned in foreign currency at the actual exchange rate at the reporting time. Foreign exchange differences arising are recognized immediately in financial expenses or financial income.

2. Structure and contents of account 344 – Get deposit, make a deposit

Debtor: Refund of deposit receipt, deposit.

Yes Party: Get deposit, deposit with money.

Credit balance: Amount received for deposit, unpaid deposit.

3. Accounting method for some major economic transactions

a) When receiving deposits or deposits from outside units or individuals, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr. 111, 112

Account 344 – Receive deposit, deposit (details for each customer).

b) When returning the deposit or deposit to the customer, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 344 – Receive deposit, deposit

There are accounts 111, 112.

In case of refund of deposit or deposit in foreign currency, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 344 – Receiving deposit, making a deposit (according to actual actual book rate of each subject)

Dr 635 – Financial expenses (exchange losses)

Cr 111, 112 (according to weighted average book rate of cash account)

Cr 515 – Financial income (interest on exchange rates).

c) In case the depositor violates the economic contract signed with the enterprise, it will be fined as agreed in the economic contract:

– When receiving fines for breach of signed economic contracts: If deducting from the deposit receipt, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 344 – Receive deposit, deposit

Cr 711 - Other income.

– When actually paying the remaining deposit or deposit, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 344 – Deposit and deposit (deducted fines)

There are accounts 111, 112.

d) When preparing the financial statements, the accountant shall re-evaluate the amount received as a deposit, or the deposit is obligated to return it in foreign currency at the actual exchange rate at the reporting time:

– If there is an exchange rate interest, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 344 – Receive deposit, deposit

Account 413- Exchange rate difference.

– If there is an exchange rate loss, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 413 – Exchange rate difference

Account 344 – Receive deposit, make a deposit

Article 61. Account 347 – Deferred income tax payable

1. Accounting principles

a) This account is used to record the current value and the increase or decrease in deferred income tax payable. The deferred tax liability is determined on the basis of taxable temporary differences arising during the year and the current tax rate according to the following formula:

If there is a change in the future CIT rate at the time of recognition of the deferred income tax liability, if the reversal of the deferred income tax payable falls within the period when the new tax rate is available. effective, the tax rate applied to recognize the deferred tax liability is calculated at the new tax rate.

b) The tax base of the asset or liability and the Temporary difference:

The tax base of an asset is the amount that will be deducted from taxable income when the carrying amount of the property is recovered. If the income is not taxable, the tax base of the asset is equal to its carrying amount. The tax base of a liability is its carrying amount less (-) the amount that will be deducted from taxable income when the liability is settled in future periods. For revenue received in advance, the tax base is its carrying amount, less the amount of the future non-taxable revenue.

– A temporary difference is the difference between the carrying amount of an asset or liability in the Balance Sheet and the tax base of that asset or liability. There are two types of temporary differences: deductible temporary differences and taxable temporary differences. Taxable temporary differences are temporary differences that will result in a tax liability in determining future taxable income when the carrying amount of an asset or liability is recovered. is paid.

+ Temporary difference in time is just one of the cases of temporary difference, for example: If accounting profit is recognized in one period but taxable income is calculated in another period.

Temporary differences between the carrying amount of the asset or liability and the tax base of the asset or liability may not be a temporary difference in time, for example: When revaluation of an asset, the carrying amount of the asset changes, but if the tax base does not change, a temporary difference arises. However, the book value recovery period and tax basis have not changed, so this temporary difference is not a temporary difference in time.

+ Accountants do not continue to use the concept of "Permanent difference" to distinguish it from temporary differences when determining deferred tax due to the time it takes to recover assets or settle the liability as well as the time to The deduction of such assets and liabilities from taxable income is finite.

c) A deferred tax liability is recognized for all taxable temporary differences, unless the deferred tax liability arises from the initial recognition of an asset or liability. a transaction that affects neither accounting profit nor taxable profit (or tax loss) at the time of the transaction.

d) When preparing financial statements, accountants must determine taxable temporary differences arising in the current year as a basis for determining the amount of deferred income tax to be recognized in the year.

dd) The recognition of deferred income tax payable in the year is made according to the principle of offsetting the deferred tax payable arising in this year with the deferred income tax payable already recognized from other the previous year but this year is recorded as a decrease (return), according to the following principles:

– If the amount of deferred tax payable arising in the year is greater than the amount of deferred income tax payable to be reversed in the year, the accountant shall additionally record the amount of deferred income tax payable as the difference between the amount of deferred income tax incurred is greater than the amount to be reversed during the year;

– If the amount of deferred tax payable arising in the year is less than the amount of deferred income tax payable to be reversed in the year, the accountant will only record (reverse) the amount of deferred income tax payable as the difference. The difference between the amount of deferred tax payable incurred is less than the amount to be reversed during the year.

e) Deferred tax liabilities incurred during the year not related to items recognized directly in equity must be recognized as a deferred tax expense incurred during the year.

g) A reduction in deferred tax liability is required when taxable temporary differences no longer affect taxable profit (when the asset is recovered or the liability is settled).

h) The offset of deferred income tax liabilities and deferred tax assets is only done when preparing the balance sheet, not when recording deferred income tax payable in the accounting books.

2. Structure and contents of account 347 – Deferred tax payable

Debtor: The deferred income tax payable is reduced (reverted) during the period.

Yes Party: Deferred income tax payable is recognized during the period.

Credit balance: Deferred income tax payable remaining at the end of the period.

3. Accounting method for some major economic transactions

At the end of the year, according to the "Determining table of deferred income tax payable" to record the deferred income tax payable arising from transactions during the year into the deferred corporate income tax expense:

a) If the amount of deferred tax payable arising in the year is greater than the amount of deferred tax payable which is reversed in the year, the accountant shall only additionally record the amount of deferred income tax payable as the difference. between the amount of deferred income tax incurred is greater than the amount to be reversed in the year, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 8212 – Deferred corporate income tax expenses

Cr 347 – Deferred income tax payable.

b) If the amount of deferred tax payable arising in the year is less than the amount of deferred tax payable which is reversed in the year, the accountant only records the reduction (reversion) of the deferred income tax payable as the amount of the deferred tax payable. the difference between the amount of deferred income tax incurred is smaller than the amount to be refunded in the year, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 347 – Deferred income tax payable

Cr 8212 – Deferred corporate income tax expenses.

Article 62. Account 352 – Provision for payables

1. Accounting principles

a) This account is used to record existing provisions for payables, setting up and use of provisions for payables of the enterprise.

b) Provision for payables is recognized only when the following conditions are satisfied:

– The enterprise has a present obligation (legal or constructive) as a result of a past event;

– It is probable that an outflow of economic benefits will result in the payment of a debt obligation; and

– Provide a reliable estimate of the amount of the obligation.

c) The recognized amount of a provision for payable is the most reasonable estimate of the amount that will be required to settle the present obligation as at the balance sheet date or at the balance sheet date. mid-year accounting period.

d) Provision for payables is made at the time of preparation of the financial statements. If the provision for payables to be made in this accounting period is larger than the provision for payables that have not been used up in the previous accounting period, the difference shall be recorded into production and business expenses of the next accounting period. that math. If the provision for payables made in this accounting period is smaller than the provision for payables that have not been used up in the previous accounting period, the difference must be reversed and recorded as a decrease in production and business costs of the period. that accountant.

Provisions for payables for warranty for construction and installation works are made for each construction and installation work and are made at the end of the annual accounting period or at the end of the interim accounting period. In case the amount of provision payable for warranty of construction and installation works is larger than the actual cost incurred, the difference shall be reversed and recorded in Account 711 "Other income".

d) Only expenses related to the initially made provision for payables will be offset by such provision.

e) No provision is recognized for future operating losses, unless they relate to a high-risk contract and the provision for recognition is satisfied. If the enterprise has high-risk contracts, the present contractual obligation should be recognized and assessed as a provision, and the provision is made separately for each high-risk contract.

g) A provision for expenses for restructuring the enterprise is recognized only when the recognition conditions are met for provisions as prescribed in VAS paragraph “Provisions, financial assets and contingent liabilities”. When conducting enterprise restructuring, joint obligations arise only when the enterprise:

There must be a specific official plan to clearly define the restructuring of the enterprise, which must contain at least 5 of the following contents:

All or part of the business involved;

+ Important positions are affected;

+ Position, duties and estimated number of employees who will receive compensation when they are forced to quit;

+ Expenses to be paid; and

When will the plan be implemented?

– Provide a solid estimate of the people affected and initiate the restructuring process by starting to implement the plan or by communicating important issues to those affected by the restructuring. restructuring.

h) An allowance for restructuring is estimated only for expenses directly arising from restructuring activities, which are expenses that satisfy both conditions:

– Required for restructuring activities;

- Not related to the regular activities of the business.

The provision for restructuring does not include expenses such as:

– Retrain or transfer existing staff;

- Marketing;

Invest in new systems and distribution networks.

i) Provisions for payables generally include:

– Provision for payables for business restructuring;

– Provision for product warranty payments;

– Provision for warranty of construction works;

– Provision for other payables, including provision for severance allowance as prescribed by law, provision for periodic repair and maintenance of fixed assets (according to technical requirements), provision for payables in respect of a high-risk contract in which the required costs of the obligations relating to the contract exceed the economic benefits expected to be derived from the contract;

k) When making provision for payables, the enterprise shall record it in administrative expenses, especially for the provision payable for product and goods warranties, it shall be recorded in selling expenses, provision payable for warranty for construction works is recognized in manufacturing overhead.

2. Structure and contents of account 352 – Provision for payables

Debtor:

– Record a decrease in the provision for payable when incurred expenses related to the provision that was initially made;

– Write down (reverse) the provision for payable when the enterprise is no longer subject to an economic decline because it does not have to pay the debt obligation;

– Record a decrease in provision for payables, the difference between the amount of the provision for payables payable this year is smaller than the amount of provision for payables made in the previous year that has not been fully utilized.

Yes Party: Reflects the amount of provision payable to be charged to expenses.

Credit balance: Reflects the amount of provision for payables available at the end of the period.

Account 352 has 4 level 2 accounts

– Account 3521 – Provision for product and goods warranty: This account is used to record the provision for product and goods warranty for the quantity of products and goods that have been determined to be consumed in the period;

– Account 3522 – Provision for construction warranty: This account is used to record the reserve for construction warranty for works, work items completed and handed over during the period;

– Account 3523 – Provision for enterprise restructuring: This account reflects the provision payable for business restructuring activities, such as expenses for relocation of business locations, expenses for supporting employees, etc.;

– Account 3524 – Provision for other payables: This account reflects provisions for other payables as prescribed by law in addition to those already reflected above, such as costs for environmental restoration, costs for clean-up, restoration and return of premises, provision for severance allowance in accordance with the provisions of the Labor Law, repair and maintenance costs, periodic fixed assets, etc.

3. Accounting method for some major economic transactions

a) Accounting method for product and goods warranty provision

- In case the enterprise sells goods to customers with a repair warranty attached to the damage caused by manufacturing defects detected during the product or goods warranty period, the enterprise will estimate the warranty cost by themselves. on the basis of the quantity of products and goods determined to be consumed in the period. When making provision for expenses for repair and warranty of sold products and goods, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 641 – Selling expenses

Cr 352 – Provision for payables (3521).

– When incurring expenses related to the provision payable for warranty of products and goods originally made, such as costs of raw materials, direct labor costs, depreciation expenses of fixed assets, expenses service fee for external purchase…,:

+ In case there is no independent part about product and goods warranty:

When incurring expenses related to product and goods warranty, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Debits to accounts 621, 622, 627,…

Dr 133 - Deductible VAT (if any).

There are accounts 111, 112, 152, 214, 331, 334, 338,…

At the end of the period, when transferring the actual product and goods warranty expenses incurred in the period, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 154 – Unfinished business expenses

Cr 621, 622, 627, ...

When repairing product warranty, goods are completed and handed over to customers, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 352 – Provision for payables (3521)

Dr 641 – Selling expenses (provision for missing product and goods warranties)

Cr 154 – Production and business expenses in progress.

+ In case there is an independent department for warranty of products and goods, the amount to be paid to the warranty department for warranty expenses for products, goods, and completed construction and installation works and handed over to customers, record the :

Dr 352 – Provision for payables (3521)

Dr 641 – Selling expenses (smaller difference between the provision for warranty payments for products and goods compared to the cost of goods sold).

actual warranty)

Account 336 – Internal payables.

– When preparing financial statements, enterprises must determine the amount of provision for warranty of products and goods to be set up:

+ In case the provision to be made in this accounting period is larger than the provision for payables made in the previous accounting period but has not been used up, the difference shall be recorded in expenses, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 641 – Selling expenses

Cr 352 – Provision for payables (3521).

+ In case the provision for payables to be made in this accounting period is smaller than the provision for payables that have been made in the previous accounting period but has not been used up yet, the difference shall be recorded as a decrease in expenses, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 352 – Provision for payables (3521)

Cr 641 – Selling expenses.

b) Method of accounting for construction warranty reserve

– The provision for construction warranty is made for each completed and handed over work or work item in the period. When determining the reserve amount payable for warranty expenses for construction works, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 627 – General production costs

Cr 352 – Provision for payables (3522).

– When incurring expenses related to the reserve payable for warranty of the initially made construction work, such as cost of raw materials, direct labor cost, depreciation expense of fixed assets, cost of construction, etc. outside services…,:

+ In case the enterprise carries out the construction warranty by itself:

When incurring expenses related to the warranty, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Debits to accounts 621, 622, 627,…

Dr 133 - Deductible VAT (if any).

There are accounts 111, 112, 152, 214, 331, 334, 338,…

At the end of the period, when transferring actual warranty expenses incurred in the period, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 154 – Unfinished business expenses

Cr 621, 622, 627, ...

When the warranty repair is completed and handed over to the customer, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 352 – Provision for payables (3522)

Dr 632 – Cost of goods sold (the difference between the provision made is smaller than the actual cost of warranty)

Cr 154 – Production and business expenses in progress.

+ In case of assigning to affiliated units or outsourcing to perform the warranty, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 352 – Provision for payables (3522)

Dr 632 – Cost of goods sold (the difference between the provision made is smaller than the actual cost of warranty)

There are accounts 331, 336…

- At the end of the warranty period for the construction work, if the work is not subject to the warranty or the reserve payable for the construction work warranty is larger than the actual costs incurred, the difference must be reversed, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 352 – Provision for payables (3522)

Cr 711 - Other income.

c) Accounting method of provision for enterprise restructuring and other provisions for payables

– When making provision for expenses for restructuring the enterprise, provision for other payables, provision for contracts with great risks in which the obligatory costs for obligations related to contract exceeds the economic benefits expected to be derived from such contract (such as compensation or compensation for non-performance of the contract, legal proceedings, etc.), the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 642 – Administration expenses (6426)

Cr 352 – Provision for payables (3523, 3524).

– When making provision for expenses for environmental restoration, expenses for site clean-up, restoration and return, provision for severance allowance according to the provisions of the Labor Law…, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr. 627, 641, 642

Cr 352 – Provision for payables

- For fixed assets that must be repaired periodically according to technical requirements, the accountant must make an advance deduction for repair costs of fixed assets, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr. 627, 641, 642

Cr 352 – Provision for payables

– When incurring expenses related to the established payable provision, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 352 – Provision for payables (3523, 3524)

There are accounts 111, 112, 241, 331,…

– When preparing financial statements, enterprises must determine the amount of provisions for payables that need to be set up:

+ In case the provision for payables to be made in this accounting period is larger than the provision for payables made in the previous accounting period but has not been used up yet, the difference shall be recorded into expenses, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 642 – Administration expenses (6426)

Cr 352 – Provision for payables (3523, 3524).

+ In case the provision for payables to be made in this accounting period is smaller than the provision for payables that have been made in the previous accounting period but has not been used up yet, the difference shall be recorded as a decrease in expenses, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 352 – Provision for payables (3523, 3524)

Cr 642 – Business administration expenses (6426).

d) In some cases, an enterprise may seek a third party to pay part or all of the cost of a provision (for example, through insurance policies, claims or other supplier's warranty), a third party can refund what the business has paid. When the enterprise receives a reimbursement from a third party to pay part or all of the expenses for the provision, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 111, 112, ...

Account 711- Other income.

dd) Accountants handle provisions for payables before converting a 100% state-owned enterprise into a joint stock company

Provisions payable after covering losses, by the time of official conversion into joint stock companies, if remaining, the increase in state capital at the time of handover shall be recorded, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 352 – Provision for payables

Cr 411 – Owner's investment capital.

Article 63. Account 353 – Bonus and welfare fund

1. Accounting principles

a) This account is used to record the current number, increase and decrease of bonus fund, welfare fund and bonus fund of the management board of the company. Bonus and welfare funds are deducted from the after-tax profits of enterprises to be used for rewarding and encouraging material benefits, serving public welfare needs, and improving and enhancing material living standards. employees' mental health.

b) The appropriation and use of bonus funds, welfare funds and bonus funds of the management board of the company must comply with current financial policies.

c) The reward fund, welfare fund and bonus fund of the management board of the company must be accounted for in detail according to each type of fund.

d) For fixed assets invested and purchased with the welfare fund when completed and used for production and business, an increase in fixed assets shall be recorded at the same time as an increase in owner's invested capital and a decrease in the welfare fund.

dd) For fixed assets invested and purchased with the welfare fund when completed and used for cultural and welfare needs of the enterprise, an increase in fixed assets shall be recorded and at the same time transferred from the Welfare Fund (account 3532) to Welfare fund has formed fixed assets (account 3533). These fixed assets are not depreciated monthly, but at the end of the accounting year, depreciation of fixed assets is calculated once/year to reduce the welfare fund that has formed fixed assets.

2. Structure and content of account 353 – Bonus and welfare fund

Debtor:

– Expenditures on bonus funds, welfare funds, bonus funds for the management board of the company;

- Reducing the welfare fund that has formed fixed assets when calculating depreciation of fixed assets or due to sale, liquidation, or detection of shortages when inventorying fixed assets;

– Invest in and purchase fixed assets with the welfare fund when completed to serve cultural and welfare needs;

- Grant bonus and welfare funds to subordinates.

Yes Party

- Deduction for setting up bonus fund, welfare fund and bonus fund for the management board of the company from profit after CIT;

- Bonus and welfare fund granted by superiors;

– The welfare fund that has formed fixed assets increases due to the investment, purchase of fixed assets by the welfare fund, which is completed and put into use for production, business or cultural and welfare activities.

Credit balance: Current bonus and welfare funds of the enterprise.

Account 353 – Bonus and welfare fund, has 4 level 2 accounts:

– Account 3531 – Bonus fund: Reflects the current number, the situation of setting up and spending the bonus fund of the enterprise.

– Account 3532 – Welfare fund: Reflect the current number, the situation of setting up and spending the welfare fund of the enterprise.

– Account 3533 – Welfare fund with fixed assets: Reflects the current number, the increase and decrease of the welfare fund that has formed the fixed assets of the enterprise.

- Account 3534 – Bonus fund for executive management of the company: Reflects the current number, the situation of setting up and spending the bonus fund of the executive management board of the company.

3. Accounting method for some major economic transactions

a) During the year when temporarily deducting bonus and welfare funds, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 421 – Undistributed profit after tax

Account 353 – Bonus and welfare fund (3531, 3532, 3534).

b) At the end of the year, to determine the bonus and welfare fund to be additionally deducted, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 421 – Undistributed profit after tax

Account 353 – Bonus and welfare fund (3531, 3532, 3534).

c) Calculating bonuses payable to employees and other employees in the enterprise, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 353 – Bonus and welfare fund (3531).

Cr 334 – Payables to employees.

d) Using the welfare fund to pay allowances for difficulties, expenses for employees and workers on vacation, and expenses for cultural and cultural movements, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 353 – Bonus and welfare fund (3532)

There are accounts 111, 112.

dd) When selling products and goods covered by the bonus and welfare fund, the accountant shall record the revenue excluding the payable VAT, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 353 – Bonus and welfare fund (total payment price)

Cr 511 – Revenue from sale of goods and provision of services

Account 3331 – VAT payable (33311).

e) When superiors grant bonus and welfare funds to subordinate units, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 353 – Bonus and welfare fund (3531, 3532, 3534)

There are accounts 111, 112.

g) The number of bonus and welfare funds downgraded by the superior unit, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 111, 112, ...

Account 353 – Bonus and welfare fund (3531, 3532).

h) Using the welfare fund to support natural disaster, fire, charity spending... the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 353 – Bonus and welfare fund (3532)

There are accounts 111, 112.

i) When investing and purchasing fixed assets completed with the welfare fund and put into use for the purposes of culture and welfare of the enterprise, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 211 – Tangible fixed assets (historical cost)

Dr 133 – Deductible VAT (if deductible)

There are accounts 111, 112, 241, 331,…

If input VAT is not deductible, the historical cost of fixed assets includes VAT

Also, write:

Dr 3532 – Welfare fund

Cr 3533 – Welfare fund has formed fixed assets.

k) Periodically, calculating the depreciation of fixed assets invested or purchased with the welfare fund and used for the cultural and welfare needs of the enterprise, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 3533 – Welfare fund has formed fixed assets

Cr 214 – Depreciation of fixed assets.

l) When selling, liquidating fixed assets invested, purchased with welfare funds, used for cultural and welfare activities:

- Record a decrease in fixed assets transferred, sold or liquidated:

Dr 3533 – Welfare fund has formed fixed assets (residual value)

Dr 214 – Depreciation of fixed assets (depreciation value)

Cr 211 – Tangible fixed assets (historical cost).

- Reflecting receipts and expenses for sale and liquidation of fixed assets:

+ For expenses, record:

Dr 353 – Bonus and welfare fund (3532)

Dr 133 – Deductible VAT (if deductible)

Cr 111, 112, 334, ...

+ For revenues, record:

Dr. 111, 112

Account 353 – Bonus and welfare fund (3532)

Account 3331 – VAT payable (if any).

m) Accounting for the transfer of assets being welfare works: In case of transferring houses for officials and employees invested by the enterprise's welfare fund to the local real estate agency for management, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 3533 – Welfare fund has formed fixed assets (residual value)

Dr 214 – Depreciation of fixed assets (depreciation value)

Cr 211 – Tangible fixed assets (historical cost).

n) In case the business owner decides to reward the Board of Directors and Board of Directors from the Bonus Fund for the management and administration of the company, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 353 – Bonus and welfare fund (3354)

There are accounts 111, 112…

o) In case a joint-stock company is entitled to issue bonus shares from the bonus fund to increase the owner's investment capital, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 3531 – Bonus fund

Dr 4112 – Share premium (sale price is lower than par value)

Account 4111 – Owner's contributed capital

Cr 4112 – Share premium (selling price higher than par value).

p) Accountants handle the balance of bonus and welfare funds before determining the enterprise value when equitizing 100% state-owned enterprises.

– When transferring the balance of bonus and welfare fund to be distributed to employees named in the regular list of the enterprise at the time of equitization, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 353 – Bonus and welfare fund (3531, 3532)

Cr 334 – Payables to employees.

– When spending money from the Bonus and Welfare Fund for employees, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 334 – Payables to employees

There are accounts 111, 112.

– In case the enterprise has spent more than the Bonus and Welfare Fund (account 353 has a debit balance), it shall be handled as follows:

+ For the amount directly paid to employees named in the regular list at the time of equitization decision which must be recovered before selling preferred shares, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 138 – Other receivables

Account 353 – Bonus and welfare fund (3531, 3532).

+ For payments, gifts, and expenses for employees who have quit their jobs, quit their jobs before the time of deciding on the equitization of the enterprise and are handled by the agency determining the enterprise value as irrecoverable receivables, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Debts of accounts 111, 112, 334 (participation must be compensated by organizations and individuals)

Dr 642 – Administration expenses

Account 353 – Bonus and welfare fund.

Article 64. Account 356 – Science and technology development fund

1. Accounting principles

a) This account is used to record the current number, the increase or decrease of the Science and Technology Development Fund (S&T) of the enterprise. The enterprise's science and technology development fund can only be used for science and technology investment in Vietnam.

b) The Science and Technology Development Fund is accounted into the enterprise's management expenses to determine the business results in the period. The setting up and use of the Science and Technology Development Fund of the enterprise must comply with the provisions of law.

c) In case an enterprise uses the Science and Technology Development Fund to finance research and trial production, the proceeds from the sale of trial-produced products shall be offset against trial production costs according to the following principles:

- The difference between the proceeds from the sale of trial-produced products that is higher than the trial production costs shall be recorded as an increase in the Science and Technology Development Fund;

- The difference between the proceeds from the sale of trial production products and the cost of trial production is recorded as a reduction to the Science and Technology Development Fund.

d) Periodically, the enterprise shall make a report on the rate of deduction, use and settlement of the Science and Technology Development Fund and submit it to the competent authority as prescribed by law.

2. Structure and contents of account 356 – Science and Technology Development Fund

Debt Party:

– Expenditures from the Science and Technology Development Fund;

– Reduce the scientific and technological development fund that has formed fixed assets (fixed assets) when calculating depreciation of fixed assets; residual value of fixed assets upon sale or liquidation; expenses for liquidation and sale of fixed assets formed from the Science and Technology Development Fund.

– Reduce the science and technology development fund that has formed fixed assets when the fixed assets formed from the science and technology development fund are converted to serve production and business purposes.

Yes Party:

- Setting up the Science and Technology Development Fund into the enterprise management expenses.

- Revenues from the liquidation and sale of fixed assets formed from the Science and Technology Development Fund that have formed fixed assets.

Credit side balance: Number of existing science and technology development funds of the enterprise.

Account 356 – Science and Technology Development Fund has 2 tier 2 accounts:

– Account 3561 – Science and technology development fund: Reflect the current number and situation of setting up and spending the science and technology development fund;

– Account 3562 – Science and technology development fund that has formed fixed assets: Reflects the existing number, the increase and decrease of the science and technology development fund that has formed the fixed asset (the science and technology development fund that has formed the fixed asset).

3. Accounting methods of some major economic operations

a) In the year when setting aside the science and technology development fund, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 642 – Administration expenses

Cr 356 – Science and technology development fund.

b) When spending the Science and Technology Development Fund for the purposes of scientific and technological research and development of the enterprise, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 356 – Science and technology development fund

Dr 133 - Deductible VAT (if any).

There are accounts 111, 112, 331…

c) When using the Science and Technology Development Fund to cover trial production activities:

- Accounting for collection of trial production costs, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 154 – Unfinished production and business expenses

Dr 133 – Deductible VAT

There are accounts 111, 112, 152, 331, XNUMX…

- When selling trial-produced products, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr. 111, 112, 131

Cr 154 – Production and business expenses in progress

Cr 333 – Taxes and other payables to the State (if any)

- The difference between the trial production costs and the proceeds from the sale of trial production products is adjusted to increase or decrease the Fund, the following accounts shall be recorded:

+ In case the revenue from the sale of trial-produced products is higher than the cost of trial production, the following accounts shall be recorded as an increase in Science and Technology Development Fund, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 154 – Unfinished production and business expenses

Cr 356 – Science and Technology Development Fund

+ In case the revenue from the sale of trial production is smaller than the trial production cost, the above entry shall be recorded in reverse.

d) When investing, purchasing fixed assets completed with the science and technology development fund used for scientific and technological research and development purposes:

- When investing and purchasing fixed assets, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Drs 211 and 213 (historical cost)

Dr 133 - Deductible VAT (if any).

There are accounts 111, 112, 331…

Also, write:

Dr 3561 – Science and technology development fund

Cr 3562 – Science and Technology Development Fund has formed fixed assets.

- At the end of the accounting period, when calculating the amortization of fixed assets invested and purchased with the Science and Technology Development Fund for scientific and technological research and development purposes, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 3562 – Science and Technology Development Fund has formed fixed assets

Cr 214 – Depreciation of fixed assets.

– When liquidating or selling fixed assets invested or purchased with the science and technology development fund:

+ Record a decrease in fixed assets liquidated or sold:

Dr 3562 – Science and Technology Development Fund has formed fixed assets (residual value)

Dr 214 – Depreciation of fixed assets (depreciation value)

There are accounts 211, 213.

+ Recording the proceeds from the liquidation and sale of fixed assets:

Dr. 111, 112, 131

Cr 3561 – Science and technology development fund

Account 3331 – VAT payable (33311).

+ Recording expenses incurred directly related to the liquidation and sale of fixed assets:

Dr 3561 – Science and technology development fund

Dr 133 - Deductible VAT (if any).

There are accounts 111, 112, 331.

- At the end of the scientific and technological research and development process, the transfer of fixed assets formed from the Science and Technology Development Fund to serve production and business purposes, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 3562 – Science and Technology Development Fund has formed fixed assets (remaining value

of fixed assets formed from the fund that have not been fully depreciated)

Cr 711 - Other income.

From the time fixed assets are converted to serve production and business purposes, the depreciation of fixed assets shall be included in production and business expenses according to the provisions of the current corporate accounting regime.

Article 65. Account 357 – Price stabilization fund

1. Accounting principles

a) This account is used to record the fluctuation and value of the Price Stabilization Fund at the reporting time of the enterprise that is allowed to set up the Price Stabilization Fund to calculate its production and business expenses in accordance with the provisions of law. . Depending on each business line or field, an enterprise may actively add to the name of this Fund in accordance with its line of business, such as the Fund for Stabilization of Gasoline and Oil Prices.

b) Enterprises must set up, use and settle the Price Stabilization Fund in accordance with the provisions of law. Enterprises only use this account if it is required by law to set aside a price stabilization fund for production and business expenses in the period.

c) The price stabilization fund, when set up, is included in the cost of goods sold, when using the fund for price stabilization purposes, the enterprise may record a decrease in the cost of goods sold.

2. Structure and contents of account 357 – Price Stabilization Fund

Debt Party: Number of used price stabilization funds.

Yes Party: Amount set aside for the price stabilization fund for production and business expenses in the period.

Credit side balance: Number of existing price stabilization funds of the enterprise at the end of the period.

3. Accounting method of Price Stabilization Fund

- When setting up the price stabilization fund, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 632 – Cost of goods sold

Account 357 – Price stabilization fund.

– When using the Price Stabilization Fund, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 357 – Price stabilization fund

Cr 632 – Cost of goods sold.

Article 66. Accounting principles for equity

1. Equity is the remaining net assets of an enterprise owned by shareholders and capital contributors (owners). Owner's equity is reflected according to each source as follows:

- Owner's contributed capital;

– Profits from business activities;

– Differences in revaluation of assets.

2. The accountant does not record the contributed capital according to the charter capital on the business registration license. The amount of capital mobilized and received from the owners is always recorded according to the actual amount contributed, absolutely not according to the amount of commitment to contribute by the owners. In case the capital contribution is received by non-monetary assets, accountants must record it according to the fair value of the non-monetary assets at the date of capital contribution.

3. The receipt of capital contributions in the form of intangible assets such as copyrights, rights to exploit and use properties, trademarks, trademarks, etc. can only be made when there are specific provisions of the law or a competent authority. permission permission. When the law does not have specific provisions on this issue, capital contribution transactions with trademarks and trademarks are accounted for as property leases or franchises, whereby:

– For the party contributing capital with a brand, trademark, or trade name: The proceeds from the use of the mark or trade name by the other party are the revenue from leasing intangible assets or franchising. , no increase in the value of the investment in another entity and income or equity is recognized in proportion to the value of the investment;

– For the party receiving capital contribution in the form of trademarks, trademarks or trade names: The value of the brand, trademark, and trade name shall not be recorded and an increase in equity corresponding to the value of the brand, trademark, or trade name shall be recorded. trade name receiving capital contribution. Payments for the use of trademarks, trademarks and trade names are recorded as rental costs and franchise costs.

4. The use of the owner's investment capital, asset revaluation difference, and development investment fund to offset business losses shall be made according to the owner's decision. procedures prescribed by law.

5. The distribution of profits is only done when the enterprise has undistributed after-tax profits. Any case of paying dividends or profits to the owner in excess of the undistributed after-tax profit is essentially a reduction in contributed capital. business registration certificate.

Article 67. Account 411 – Owner's investment capital

1. Accounting principles

a) This account is used to record the capital currently invested by the owner and the increase or decrease in the owner's invested capital. Subsidiaries and units with independent legal status record the capital invested in this account by the parent company.

Depending on the operation characteristics of each unit, this account can be used at units without legal status for dependent accounting to reflect the amount of business capital provided by the superior unit (in case of not recorded to account 3361 – Internal payable for working capital).

b) Owner's investment capital includes:

– Initial and additional capital contributions of the owners;

– Additional amounts from equity funds, profit after tax of business activities;

– Capital component of convertible bonds (options to convert bonds into shares);

- Non-refundable aid, other received amounts permitted by competent authorities to record an increase in owner's investment capital.

c) Enterprises only record into account 411 – “Investment capital of the owner” according to the actual amount of capital contributed by the owner, not recorded according to the commitments and receivables of the owners.

d) The enterprise must organize detailed accounting of the owner's investment capital according to each source of capital formation (such as owner's contributed capital, share capital surplus, and other capital) and keep track of details for each organization. organizations and individuals contribute capital.

dd) The enterprise records a decrease in the owner's investment capital when:

- Enterprises pay capital to the State Budget or mobilize capital for other enterprises under decisions of competent agencies;

– Return capital to owners, cancel treasury shares in accordance with law;

- Dissolution, termination of operation in accordance with the law;

- Other cases as prescribed by law.

e) Determine the investor's capital contribution in foreign currency

– When the investment license stipulates that the charter capital of the enterprise is determined in a foreign currency equivalent to an amount of Vietnam Dong, the determination of the investor's capital contribution in foreign currency (excess, deficiency, sufficient amount) charter capital) is based on the amount of foreign currency actually contributed, regardless of the conversion of foreign currency into Vietnam Dong under the investment license.

– In case an enterprise keeps accounting books, prepares and presents financial statements in Vietnam Dong, when investors contribute capital in foreign currencies according to the schedule, the accountants must apply the actual exchange rate from time to time. Points actually contributed to convert into Vietnam Dong and recorded in owner's investment capital, share capital surplus (if any).

– During the operation, the balance of account 411 “Owner’s investment capital” cannot be re-evaluated with foreign currency origin.

g) In case of receiving capital contribution in the form of assets, an increase in the owner's invested capital must be recorded according to the revaluation price of the property accepted by the capital contributors. For intangible assets such as trademarks, trademarks, trade names, rights to exploit, develop projects, etc., an increase in contributed capital may only be recorded if permitted by relevant laws.

h) For joint-stock companies, the share capital contributed by the shareholders is recorded at the actual price of the issue of shares, but is reflected in detail according to two separate criteria: Owner's contributed capital and capital surplus. share:

– Owner's contributed capital is reflected at par value of shares and tracked in detail for ordinary shares with voting rights and preferred shares. Enterprises must make separate detailed accounting for 2 types of preferred shares:

+ Preference shares are classified as equity if the issuer has no obligation to repurchase such preferred shares.

+ Preference shares are classified as a liability if it is obligatory for the issuer to repurchase such preferred shares at a predetermined time in the future, and the obligation to repurchase shares must be clearly stated in the notice. issuance records at the time of share issuance.

– Share premium reflects the difference between par value and issuance price of shares (including re-issuance of treasury shares) and can be positive surplus (if the issue price is higher than par value). or negative surplus (if the issue price is below par).

i) Principles of identification and recognition of a bond-to-stock conversion option (capital component of convertible bonds):

– The option to convert bonds into shares arises when the enterprise issues a type of bond that can be converted into a certain number of shares specified in the issuance plan.

– The value of the convertible bond's capital component is determined as the difference between the total proceeds from the issuance of the convertible bond and the value of the debt component of the convertible bond (see regulations of the convertible bond). 343 – Bonds issued).

– At initial recognition, the value of stock options of convertible bonds is recognized separately in the owner's equity. At bond maturity, the option is recorded as equity premium.

2. Structure and contents of account 411 – Owner's investment capital

Debtor: Owner's investment decreased due to:

- Return of contributed capital to capital owners;

- Transfer of capital to another entity;

– Issuance of shares lower than par value;

- Dissolution, termination of business activities;

- Compensation for business losses under the decision of a competent authority;

– Cancellation of treasury shares (for joint stock companies).

Yes Party: Owner's investment capital increases due to:

– Owners contribute capital;

– Supplementing capital from business profits, from equity funds;

– Issuance of shares higher than par value;

– Generate the option to convert bonds into shares;

– The value of gifts, donations and sponsorships (after deducting payable taxes) is recorded as an increase in the owner's investment capital according to a decision of a competent authority.

Credit side balance: Investment capital of the existing owner of the business.

Account 411- Owner's investment capital, there are 4 tier 2 accounts:

– Account 4111- Owner's contributed capital: This account reflects the actual capital invested by the owners according to the company's charter of the capital owners. For joint-stock companies, capital contributed from the issuance of shares is recorded in this account at par value.

For joint stock companies, account 4111 – Owner's contributed capital has 2 level 3 accounts:

+ Account 41111 – Common shares with voting rights: This account reflects the total par value of ordinary shares with voting rights;

+ Account 41112 – Preferred shares: This account reflects the total par value of preferred shares. Enterprises must detail preferred shares into 2 main groups: Groups are classified and presented as equity (at entry 411a of the Balance Sheet); Group classified and presented as liabilities (at entry 342 of the Balance Sheet)

– Account 4112- Share premium: This account reflects the difference between the issue price and par value of shares; The difference between the repurchase price of treasury shares and the re-issuance price of treasury shares (for joint-stock companies). This account can have a Credit balance or a Debit balance

– Account 4113- Bond conversion option: This account is only used at the issuer of the convertible bond, used to record the capital component (stock option) of the convertible bond at the reporting time.

Structure and contents of account 4113 – “Bond conversion options”

Debtor: Carry forward the value of stock options to record an increase in equity premium at the bond's maturity.

Yes Party: Value of stock options of convertible bonds recognized at the time of issuance.

Credit balance: Value of stock options of convertible bonds at the reporting time.

– Account 4118- Other capital: This account reflects the amount of business capital formed by the addition of business results or by donation, donation, sponsorship, or revaluation of assets (if these amounts are allowed to increase or decrease the investment capital). owner's property).

3. Accounting method for some major economic transactions

3.1. When actually receiving contributed capital from the owners, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Debits to accounts 111 and 112 (if capital is received in cash)

Debits to accounts 121, 128, 228 (if capital is received in shares, bonds, investments in other enterprises)

Drs 152, 155, 156 (if capital contribution is received by inventory)

Drs 211, 213, 217, 241 (if capital contribution is received by fixed assets, investment real estate)

Debits to accounts 331, 338, 341 (in case of converting loans or payables into contributed capital)

Drs 4112, 4118 (the difference between the value of assets and liabilities converted into capital is smaller than the value of the paid-in capital).

counted as owner's contributed capital).

Cr 4111- Owner's contributed capital

Cr 4112, 4118 (the difference between the value of assets and liabilities converted into capital is larger than the value of the capital calculated as contributed capital of the owner).

3.2. In case a joint stock company issues shares to raise capital from shareholders

a) When receiving money to buy shares from shareholders at the issue price at par value, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr. 111, 112 (par value)

Cr 4111 – Owner's contributed capital (par value).

The joint-stock company records details of par value of ordinary shares with voting rights on account 41111; Par value of preferred shares on account 41112.

b) When receiving money to buy shares from shareholders with the difference between the issue price and par value, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 111,112 (issuance price)

Dr 4112 – Share premium (issuance price is less than par value)

Cr 4111 – Owner's contributed capital (par value)

Cr 4112 – Share premium (issue price > par value)

c) Direct expenses related to the issuance of shares, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 4112 – Share premium

There are accounts 111, 112.

3.3. In case a joint stock company issues shares from equity sources:

a) In case a joint-stock company is allowed to issue additional shares from the share capital surplus, the following accounts shall be recorded according to relevant accounting records and vouchers:

Dr 4112 – Share premium

Cr 4111 – Owner's contributed capital.

b) In case a joint-stock company is allowed to issue additional shares from the Investment and Development Fund, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 414 – Investment and development fund

Account 4111 – Owner's contributed capital

Cr 4112 – Share premium (if any).

c) In case a joint-stock company is allowed to issue additional shares from undistributed after-tax profits (paying dividends in shares), the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 421 – Undistributed profit after tax

Cr 4111 – Owner's contributed capital;

Cr 4112 – Share premium (if any).

3.4. In case a joint-stock company issues shares to invest in other enterprises (including the case of business combinations in the form of stock issuance)

a) If the issue price of shares is greater than the par value, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 221 – Investments in subsidiaries

Cr 4111 – Owner's contributed capital;

Cr 4112 – Share premium (if any).

b) If the share issuance price is less than par value, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 221 – Investments in subsidiaries

Dr 4112 – Share premium (if any)

Cr 4111 – Owner's contributed capital.

3.5. In case a joint-stock company is entitled to issue bonus shares from the bonus fund to increase the owner's investment capital, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 3531 – Bonus fund

Dr 4112 – Share premium (issue price lower than par value)

Account 4111 – Owner's contributed capital

Cr 4112 – Share premium (issue price > par value).

3.6. Treasury stock accounting

a) When buying treasury shares, the accountant shall record according to the actual purchase price, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 419 – Treasury shares

There are accounts 111, 112.

b) When re-issuing treasury shares, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 111,112 (reissuance price)

Dr 4112 – Share premium (reissuance price is smaller than book price)

Account 419 – Treasury shares (according to book price)

Cr 4112 – Share premium (the re-issuance price is greater than the book price of treasury shares).

c) When a joint stock company cancels treasury shares:

Dr 4111 – Owner's contributed capital (at par value)

Dr 4112 – Share premium (purchase price is greater than par value)

Account 419 – Treasury shares (according to book price)

Cr 4112 – Share premium (repurchase price is less than par value).

3.7. When an enterprise adds charter capital from other lawful capital sources, the enterprise must convert it to Owner's investment capital, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Debits to accounts 412, 414, 418, 421, 441

Cr 411 – Owner's investment capital (4111).

3.8 When the capital construction with capital construction investment has been completed or the purchase of fixed assets has been completed and put into use for production and business activities, the investment capital settlement is approved, an increase is recorded. Original cost of fixed assets, and at the same time record an increase in Owner's invested capital:

Dr 441 – Capital for capital construction investment

Cr 4111 – Owner's contributed capital.

3.9. When receiving gifts, donations or sponsorships and competent agencies request to record an increase in State capital, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Debts of accounts 111,112,153, 211…

Cr 411 – Owner's investment capital (4118).

In other cases where the competent authority does not require an increase in State capital, gifts, donations or sponsorships shall be recorded in other incomes.

3.10. When returning contributed capital to owners, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 411- Owner's investment capital (4111, 4112)

There are accounts 111,112.

3.11. When returning contributed capital to the owner, the following accounts shall be recorded:

- When returning contributed capital in cash, inventory and assets, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 4111 – Owner's contributed capital

There are accounts 111, 112,152, 155, 156… (book value).

- When returning contributed capital in fixed assets, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 411 – Owner's investment capital

Dr 214 – Depreciation of fixed assets

There are accounts 211, 213.

- The difference between the carrying amount of the asset paid to the owner's capital and the owner's contributed capital is recorded as an increase or decrease in other capital of the owner.

3.12. Accounting for convertible bond options

– At the time of issuance of convertible bonds, accountants determine the value of the principal and stock options of the convertible bonds by discounting the nominal value of future payments. For current value, write:

Drs 111, 112 (total revenue from convertible bond issuance)

Cr 3432 – Convertible bonds (principal debt)

Cr 4113 – Bond conversion option (difference between proceeds and principal of convertible bond).

– At bond maturity, in case the bondholder exercises the option to convert the bond into shares, the accountant shall record a decrease in the principal debt of the convertible bond and an increase in the owner's invested capital. :

Dr 3432 – Convertible bonds

Cr 4111 – Owner's contributed capital (at par value)

Cr 4112 – Share premium (the difference between the value of additional shares issued at par value and the principal value of convertible bonds).

- When the bond matures, the accountant transfers the value of the stock option of the convertible bond into the share premium (including the case where the bondholder does not exercise the option), the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 4113 – Bond conversion option

Cr 4112 – Share premium.

3.13. Guidance on accounting for increase and decrease of State capital in enterprises with 100% state capital before transforming into joint stock companies

a) For assets discovered in excess through inventory, based on the "Minutes of handling excess and deficient assets through inventory", the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 3381 – Excess assets pending settlement

Cr 331 – Payables to the seller (if the seller's excess assets)

Account 338 – Other payables and payables (3388)

Cr 411 – Owner's investment capital (for excess assets for which the cause cannot be determined and the owner cannot be found).

b) Accounting for transferring materials, assets that are not needed, assets that are stagnant, or assets awaiting liquidation that have not been handled yet to corporations, state corporations, parent companies, or other independent state companies. :

- In case an enterprise transfers unused, stagnant, or pending liquidation supplies and goods to a group, state corporation, parent company or other independent state company, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 411 – Owner's investment capital

There are accounts 152, 153, 155.

- In case an enterprise transfers fixed assets that are not needed, pending liquidation to a group, state corporation, parent company or other independent state company, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 411 – Owner's investment capital

Dr 214 – Depreciation of fixed assets

Cr 211 – Tangible fixed assets.

c) Accounting for the transfer of assets that are welfare works

For assets being welfare works invested with state capital, if the equitized enterprise continues to use it for business purposes, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 466 – Funding for fixed assets

Cr 411 – Owner's investment capital.

d) Accounting for handling of payables before transforming into a joint-stock company: Before transforming into a joint-stock company, the equitized enterprise must deal with payable debts, depending on each debt and decide intended to handle:

- For debts payable but not payable but recorded as an increase in state capital, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 331, 338, ...

Cr 4111 – Owner's contributed capital.

- For payables payable in cash or property, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 331, 338, ...

Dr 214 – Depreciation of fixed assets (accumulated depreciation of fixed assets used for debt repayment)

There are accounts 111, 112, 152, 153, 155, 156, 211, 213…

The difference between the carrying value or residual value of assets used to repay the debt and the carrying amount of the liability shall be handled according to the decision of the competent authority.

dd) Accounting for handling provisions before the enterprise turns into a joint stock company: Provisions after making up for losses, if any, will be recorded to increase state capital, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr. 229, 352

Cr 411 – Owner's investment capital.

e) Accounting to handle the balance of exchange rate difference (if any)

- If exchange rate interest is recorded as an increase in state capital, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 413 – Exchange rate difference

Cr 411 – Owner's investment capital.

- If exchange rate loss is recorded as a decrease in state capital, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 411 – Owner's investment capital

Cr 413 – Exchange rate difference.

In case the competent authority decides otherwise, the foreign exchange difference profits and losses reflected in Account 413 will be handled according to the decision of the competent authority.

g) Accounting for handling long-term investment capital in other enterprises

- In case the equitized enterprise inherits capital already invested in long-term in another enterprise, the unit must re-determine the value of long-term investment capital at the time of transfer in accordance with law.

- In case the equitized enterprise fails to inherit long-term investments in other enterprises and transfers it to another state-owned enterprise as a partner, the following accounts shall be recorded according to the handover minutes:

Dr 411 – Owner's investment capital

There are accounts 222, 228…

h) Accounting for the difference between the actual value and the book value of State capital: The difference of State capital between the actual value and the value recorded in the accounting books is accounted for as an advantage. business of the enterprise, is recognized as follows:

Dr 242 – Prepaid expenses

Cr 411 – Owner's investment capital.

i) Accounting for the difference in prepaid land rent: In case the unit has paid one-off land rent for the entire land lease period or has paid in advance the land rent for many years before July 01, 07 (the date of the Land Law). effective land) but there is an increased difference due to the re-determining of the land rental unit price at the time of valuation for the remaining period of the land lease contract or the remaining time for which the land rent has been paid, the following accounts shall be recorded. receive the following:

- In case the prepaid land rent is qualified for recognition of intangible fixed assets, the increased difference shall be recorded as:

Dr 213 – Intangible fixed assets

Cr 411 – Owner's investment capital.

– In case the prepaid land rent does not meet the criteria for recognition of intangible fixed assets, the increased difference shall be recorded:

Dr 242 – Prepaid expenses

Cr 411 – Owner's investment capital.

k) The accountant converts equity capital sources into state capital at the enterprise at the time of official conversion to a joint stock company:

At the time the enterprise is officially transformed into a joint-stock company, the accountant will transfer the entire balance of the Investment and Development Fund, Other funds belonging to the equity, Undistributed profit after tax, and Construction investment capital. Capital construction, Asset revaluation difference and Exchange rate difference to Owner's invested capital, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr. 412, 413, 414, 418, 421, 441

Cr 411- Owner's investment capital.

l) Accounting for proceeds from equitization

- When collecting money from the sale of state-owned shares in an enterprise, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Debts of accounts 111, 112…

Cr 3385 – Payable for equitization.

- When collecting money from the issuance of additional shares to increase business capital, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr. 111, 112 (issuance price)

Dr 4112 – Share premium (the difference between the issue price is smaller than the par value)

Cr 4111 – Owner's contributed capital (par value)

Cr 4112 – Share premium (the difference between the issue price and the par value of the shares).

m) Handing over assets and capital to joint stock companies

– In case of equitization of independent enterprises: In case of equitization of independent enterprises, accountants carry out handover procedures in accordance with current regulations on handing over assets, liabilities and capital sources to the company. joint stock company. All accounting vouchers, accounting books and financial statements of the equitized enterprise subject to archiving shall be transferred to the joint stock company for further archiving.

– In case of equitization of dependent accounting units of independent State-owned companies, groups, corporations, parent companies, independent accounting member companies of the Corporation: When handing over assets, liabilities and capital sources for the joint-stock company, based on the minutes of asset handover, detailed appendices on assets handed over to the joint-stock company and relevant documents and accounting books, accounting accounting to record the decrease in value of assets handed over to the joint-stock company, the following accounts shall be recorded;

Dr. 336, 411

Dr 214 – Depreciation of fixed assets (depreciated part)

Debits to accounts 331, 335, 336, 338, 341…

There are accounts 111,112,121,131,152,153,154,155,156,211,213,221,222, XNUMX,…

n) Accountant at a joint stock company converted from an enterprise with 100% state capital.

– Opening new accounting books: When receiving assets, liabilities, capital sources and accompanying documents, the Joint Stock Company must open new accounting books (including general accounting books and detailed accounting books). ) to reflect the value of assets and capital received.

– Accountants receive the handover of assets, liabilities and capital sources, in a joint-stock company: When receiving the handover of assets, liabilities and capital sources, based on the documents and minutes of handing over, the accountant records :

Debits to accounts 111,112,121,131,138,141,152,153,154,155,156,157,211,221…

There are accounts 331, 333, 334, 335, 338, 341,…

Cr 411 – Owner's investment capital.

– Accountant at enterprises with affiliated units to be equitized

+ Accounting at the parent company of a group with equitized subsidiaries: When a member enterprise of the Group has been equitized, the parent company shall record a decrease based on the value of the state capital sold out. the value of the investment and the reduction of the owner's invested capital, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 411 – Owner's investment capital

Cr 221 – Invest in Subsidiaries.

+ Accounting at enterprises with affiliated units without legal status to be equitized: When the affiliated units of the Corporation or the Company have been equitized, the Corporation and the Company shall base themselves on equitization. value of state capital sold out, recorded as a decrease in business capital in affiliated units, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 411 – Owner's investment capital

Cr 1361 – Working capital in affiliated units.

Article 68. Account 412 – Differences in asset revaluation

1. Accounting principles

a) This account is used to record the difference due to the revaluation of existing assets and the handling of such difference at the enterprise. Revalued assets are mainly fixed assets, investment real estate, in some cases it is possible and necessary to re-evaluate supplies, tools, tools, finished products, goods, unfinished products...

b) The difference in revaluation of assets is recorded to this account in the following cases:

– When there is a decision of the State on re-evaluation of assets;

- When performing the equitization of State-owned enterprises;

– Other cases as prescribed by law

c) This account does not reflect the difference in revaluation when the assets are used to contribute capital to invest in other entities or change the form of ownership. The revaluation difference in these cases is recorded in Account 711 – Other income (if profit) or Account 811 – Other expenses (if loss).

d) The property value is re-determined on the basis of the price list prescribed by the State, determined by the Property Valuation Council or by a professional price appraisal agency.

dd) Price difference due to revaluation of assets shall be accounted and handled according to current law.

2. Structure and contents of account 412 – Difference in revaluation of assets

Debtor:

– Decreased difference due to revaluation of assets;

– Dealing with increased difference due to revaluation of assets.

Yes Party:

– Increased difference due to revaluation of assets;

– Dealing with reduced difference due to revaluation of assets.

Account 412 – Differences in revaluation of assets, which may have a debit balance or a credit balance:

Debit side balance: The difference is reduced by revaluation of the unresolved asset.

Credit balance: The difference increased due to unresolved asset revaluation.

3. Accounting method for some major economic transactions

a) When there is a decision of the State on re-evaluation of fixed assets, investment real estate, supplies, goods, etc. or valuation when conducting equitization of State enterprises, the enterprise shall conduct an inventory. , revaluation of assets and recording the difference due to revaluation of assets in the accounting books.

- Re-evaluate materials and goods:

+ If the re-evaluated price is higher than the recorded value in the accounting books, the difference in price will increase, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Debits to accounts 152, 153, 155, 156

Cr 412 – Differences in revaluation of assets.

+ If the re-evaluated price is lower than the recorded value, the difference in price will be reduced, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 412 – Difference in asset revaluation

There are accounts 152, 153, 155, 156.

– Re-evaluation of fixed assets and investment properties: Based on the summary of the results of inventory and re-evaluation of fixed assets and investment properties:

+ For the original cost, residual value, and increased depreciation, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Debits of accounts 211, 213, 217 (increase in historical cost)

Cr 214 – Depreciation of fixed assets (the increase in depreciation value)

Cr 412 – Difference in revaluation of assets (increase in residual value).

+ For the original cost, residual value and adjusted depreciation value, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 412 – Difference on revaluation of assets (residual value adjusted down)

Dr 214 – Depreciation of fixed assets (decreased value of depreciation)

Accounts 211, 213, 217 (reduced original cost)

b) At the end of the fiscal year, the difference in asset revaluation shall be settled according to the decision of the competent authority or authority:

– If account 412 has a credit balance, and there is a decision to add owner's invested capital, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 412 – Difference in asset revaluation

Cr 411 – Owner's investment capital.

– If account 412 has a debit balance, and there is a decision to write down Owner's invested capital, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 411 – Owner's investment capital

Cr 412 – Differences in revaluation of assets.

Article 69. Account 413 – Exchange rate differences

1. General provisions on exchange rates and exchange rate differences

1.1. Exchange difference is the difference arising from the actual exchange or conversion of the same amount of foreign currency into the accounting currency at different exchange rates. Exchange rate differences mainly arise in the following cases:

- Actual purchase, sale, exchange and payment of economic transactions arising in foreign currency during the period;

– Re-evaluate monetary items denominated in foreign currencies at the time of preparation of the financial statements;

– Convert financial statements prepared in foreign currencies into Vietnam Dong.

1.2. Types of exchange rates (hereinafter referred to as rates) used in accounting

Enterprises having economic operations in foreign currencies must record their accounting books and prepare financial statements in a unified currency, Vietnam Dong, or the official currency used in accounting. maths. The conversion of foreign currency into Vietnam Dong must be based on:

– Actual exchange rate;

- Rates recorded in accounting books.

When determining tax obligations (declaring, finalizing and paying taxes), enterprises must comply with the provisions of tax law.

1.3. Principles of determining actual exchange rates:

a) Actual exchange rate for transactions in foreign currencies arising in the period:

- Actual exchange rate when buying and selling foreign currencies (foreign currency trading spot contracts, forward contracts, futures contracts, options contracts, swap contracts): is the rate signed in the contract. a contract to buy and sell foreign currency between an enterprise and a commercial bank;

- If the contract does not specify the payment rate, the enterprise shall record in the accounting books on the following principles:

+ Actual exchange rate when contributing capital or receiving capital contribution: is the foreign currency buying rate of the bank where the enterprise opens an account to receive capital from investors at the date of capital contribution;

+ Actual exchange rate when recording receivables: is the buying rate of the commercial bank where the enterprise appoints customers to pay at the time the transaction occurs;

+ Actual exchange rate when recording a liability: is the selling rate of the commercial bank where the enterprise intends to transact at the time the transaction occurs.

+ For purchases of assets or expenses that are immediately paid in foreign currencies (not through accounts payable), the actual exchange rate is the buying rate of the commercial bank where the business is located. make payments.

b) Actual exchange rate when re-evaluating monetary items denominated in foreign currencies at the time of preparation of financial statements: is the exchange rate announced by the commercial bank where the enterprise regularly conducts transactions (due to self-selected enterprises) according to the following principles:

– Actual exchange rate when re-evaluating monetary items denominated in foreign currencies classified as assets: is the foreign currency buying rate of the commercial bank where the enterprise regularly conducts transactions at the time of establishment. Financial report. For foreign currencies deposited in banks, the actual exchange rate when re-evaluating is the buying rate of the bank where the enterprise opens a foreign currency account.

- Actual exchange rate when re-evaluating monetary items denominated in foreign currencies classified as liabilities: is the foreign currency selling rate of commercial banks at the time of preparation of financial statements;

– Units in the group may apply the same exchange rate set by the Parent Company (must be close to the actual exchange rate) to re-evaluate monetary items of foreign currency origin arising from transactions. internal transactions.

1.4. Principles of determining book-keeping exchange rates: Book-to-date rates include: Actual actual book rates or moving average book rates (weighted average exchange rates after each entry).

– Actual nominal exchange rate: is the exchange rate when collecting receivables, deposits, deposits or paying payables in foreign currencies, determined according to the exchange rate at the time of payment. transactions arising or at the time of the end-of-period re-evaluation of each object.

– The moving average carrying rate is the rate used at the creditor of the cash account when making payment in foreign currencies, determined on the basis of taking the total value reflected at the debit side of the cash account. divided by the actual amount of foreign currency available at the time of payment.

1.5. Principles of applying exchange rates in accounting

a) When transactions in foreign currencies arise, the actual exchange rate at the time the transaction occurs is used to convert into the accounting currency for:

– Accounts reflecting revenue and other income. Particularly in the case of selling goods, providing services or earning income related to revenue received in advance or transactions receiving money in advance from the buyer, the revenue and income corresponding to the amount received in advance will be applied the exchange rate. actual transaction at the time of advance receipt of the buyer (not applicable at the actual exchange rate at the time of revenue and income recognition).

– The accounts reflect production, business and other expenses. Particularly in case of allocating prepaid expenses to production and business expenses in the period, the expenses are recorded at the actual exchange rate at the time of prepayment (not applicable at the actual exchange rate at the time of prepayment). time of cost recognition).

– Accounts reflect assets. Particularly in case the purchased property is related to a prepayment to the seller, the asset value corresponding to the prepaid amount is applied the actual exchange rate at the time of prepayment to the seller (not applicable). applied at the actual exchange rate at the time of asset recognition).

– Equity type account;

– Debiter of accounts receivable; The Debiter of accounts capital in cash; The Debiter of the accounts must pay when there is a transaction of prepayment of money to the seller.

– The Creditor has accounts payable; The Creditor has accounts receivable when there is a transaction to receive money in advance from the buyer;

b) When transactions in foreign currencies arise, the actual actual book-keeping exchange rate shall be used to convert into the accounting currency for the following types of accounts:

– The Creditor has accounts receivable (except for the pre-receipt of money from the buyer); The Debiter to the Account must collect when finalizing the amount received in advance from the buyer due to the delivery of products, goods, fixed assets, provision of services, and the accepted volume; The Creditor has accounts for deposit, deposit, prepaid expenses;

– The Debiter of accounts payable (except for the transaction of prepayment of money to the seller); The Creditor must pay when finalizing the advance payment to the seller due to the receipt of products, goods, fixed assets, services, acceptance of the volume.

– In case many receivables or payables in foreign currencies arise in a period with the same object, the actual nominal book rate for each object is determined on the basis of a moving average of transactions. translate with that object.

c) When making payments in foreign currencies, the moving average bookkeeping rate is used to convert into the currency of the accounting books on the credit side of the cash accounts.

1.6. Principles of determining monetary items denominated in foreign currencies: These are assets recovered in foreign currencies or liabilities in foreign currencies. Monetary items denominated in foreign currencies may include:

a) Cash, cash equivalents, term deposits in foreign currencies;

b) Receivables and payables denominated in foreign currencies, except:

– Prepayments to sellers and prepaid expenses in foreign currencies. Where at the time of making the report there is solid evidence that the seller is unable to provide the goods or services and the enterprise will have to receive back the prepayments in foreign currency, these amounts are considered as currency denominated in foreign currency.

– Prepayments from buyers and revenue received in foreign currencies in advance. If at the time of making the report, there is solid evidence that the enterprise cannot provide goods or services and will have to return the advance payments in foreign currency to the buyer, these amounts are considered as payments. currency items denominated in foreign currencies.

c) Loans and loans in any form are entitled to be recovered or have the obligation to repay in foreign currencies.

d) Deposits, deposits and deposits are entitled to receive back in foreign currency; Deposits and deposits must be returned in foreign currencies.

2. Accounting principles for exchange rate differences

a) The enterprise must also keep track of the original currency on the detailed accounting books of the following accounts: Cash, bank deposits, money in transit, receivables, payables.

b) All exchange rate differences are immediately recognized in financial income (if profit) or financial expense (in case of loss) at the time of arising.

Particularly, the exchange rate difference in the period before the operation of enterprises in which 100% charter capital is held by the State and implemented national key projects and works associated with the tasks of stabilizing the macro-economy, security and safety. Security and defense are collected and reflected in Account 413 and gradually allocated to revenue from financial activities or financial expenses when the enterprise comes into operation on the following principles:

– The accumulated exchange rate loss in the pre-operation period is allocated directly from Account 413 to financial expenses, not carried over to Account 242 – prepaid expenses;

– The accumulated exchange rate gain in the pre-operation period is allocated directly from account 413 to financial income, not carried forward to account 3387 – Unrealized revenue;

- The time allocation shall comply with the provisions of law for the type of enterprise in which 100% of charter capital is held by the State. Particularly, the minimum allocation of exchange rate losses in each period must be not less than the pre-tax profit before allocating exchange rate losses (after allocating exchange rate losses, the profit before tax of the income statement will be zero business).

c) Enterprises must re-evaluate monetary items denominated in foreign currencies at actual exchange rates at all times of preparing financial statements in accordance with law. Enterprises that have used financial instruments to provide for foreign exchange risks are not allowed to re-evaluate loans and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies that have used financial instruments to make provision for foreign exchange risks. .

d) Enterprises must not capitalize exchange rate differences into the value of unfinished assets.

3. Structure and contents of account 413 – Exchange rate difference

Debtor:

– Exchange rate loss due to revaluation of monetary items denominated in foreign currencies;

Exchange rate loss in the period before the operation of enterprises in which 100% of charter capital is held by the State and implemented national key projects and works associated with the tasks of stabilizing the macro-economy, national security and national security. room.

- Transfer of exchange rate interest into financial income;

Yes Party:

– Exchange rate gain due to revaluation of monetary items denominated in foreign currencies;

- Exchange rate gain in the period before the operation of enterprises in which 100% charter capital is held by the State and implemented national key projects and works associated with the tasks of stabilizing the macro-economy, national security and national security. room.

– Transfer the exchange rate loss into financial expenses;

Account 413 can have a debit balance or a credit balance.

Debit side balance: Exchange rate loss in the period before the operation of enterprises in which 100% of charter capital is held by the State and implemented national key projects and works associated with the tasks of stabilizing the macro-economy, security and national defense .

Credit balance: Exchange rate gains in the period before the operation of enterprises in which 100% of charter capital is held by the State with the implementation of national key projects and works associated with the tasks of stabilizing the macro-economy, security and national defense .

Account 413 – Exchange rate difference, has 2 tier 2 accounts:

– Account 4131 – Differences in revaluation of monetary items denominated in foreign currencies: Reflects exchange rate difference due to revaluation of monetary items denominated in foreign currencies (profit and loss) at the end of the financial year of business activities, including capital construction investment activities (enterprises). production and business including capital construction investment activities).

– Account 4132 – Exchange rate difference before operation: Reflects foreign exchange differences arising and exchange differences due to revaluation of monetary items denominated in foreign currencies in the period prior to the operation. This account only applies to enterprises in which 100% of charter capital is held by the State and has implemented national key projects and works associated with the tasks of stabilizing the macro-economy, security and national defense.

4. Accounting method for some major economic transactions

4.1. Accounting for foreign exchange differences arising in the period (including exchange rate differences in the period before the operation of enterprises not 100% charter capital is held by the State):

a) When purchasing supplies, goods, fixed assets, and services for payment in foreign currencies:

Dr. 151, 152, 153, 156, 157, 211, 213, 217, 241, 623, 627, 641, 642 (actual exchange rate at the transaction date)

Dr 635 – Financial expenses (loss on exchange rates)

Accounts 111 (1112), 112 (1122) (according to the exchange rate recorded in the accounting books).

Cr 515 – Financial income (interest on exchange rates).

b) When purchasing supplies, goods, fixed assets and services from suppliers that have not yet been paid, when borrowing or receiving internal debt... in foreign currency, based on the actual exchange rate at the transaction date, take note:

Debits to accounts 111, 112, 152, 153, 156, 211, 627, 641, 642…

There are accounts 331, 341, 336…

c) When making advances to sellers in foreign currencies to buy supplies, goods, fixed assets and services:

– When accounting for the advance payment to the seller at the actual exchange rate at the time of advance, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 331 – Payables to sellers (actual exchange rate at advance date)

Dr 635 – Financial expenses (loss on exchange rates)

Accounts 111 (1112), 112 (1122) (according to the exchange rate recorded in accounting books)

Cr 515 – Financial income (interest on exchange rates).

– When receiving materials, goods, fixed assets and services from the seller, the accountant shall record according to the following principles:

+ For the value of supplies, goods, fixed assets and services corresponding to the amount in foreign currency advanced to the seller, the accountants shall record it at the actual exchange rate at the time of advance, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Drs 151, 152, 153, 156, 157, 211, 213, 217, 241, 623, 627, 641, 642

Cr 331 – Payable to the seller (actual exchange rate on advance date).

+ For the value of unpaid supplies, goods, fixed assets and services, the accounts shall record at the actual exchange rate at the time of arising (transaction date), the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr. 151, 152, 153, 156, 157, 211, 213, 217, 241, 623, 627, 641, 642 (actual exchange rate at the transaction date)

Cr 331 – Payable to the seller (actual exchange rate on transaction date).

d) When paying payables in foreign currencies (debts payable to sellers, loans, finance lease debts, internal debts...), the following accounts shall be recorded:

Debits of accounts 331, 336, 341,… (accounting exchange rate)

Dr 635 – Financial expenses (loss on exchange rates)

There are accounts 111 (1112), 112 (1122) (accounting exchange rate).

Cr 515 – Financial income (interest on exchange rates).

e) When generating revenue and other income in foreign currencies, based on the actual exchange rate at the transaction date, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Debits to Accounts 111(1112), 112(1122), 131… (actual exchange rate at the transaction date)

There are accounts 511, 711 (actual exchange rate at the transaction date).

g) When receiving money from the buyer in foreign currency in advance to provide supplies, goods, fixed assets and services:

– The accountant reflects the amount received in advance by the buyer at the actual exchange rate at the time of advance receipt, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr. 111 (1112), 112 (1122)

Account 131 – Receivables from customers.

– When transferring materials, goods, fixed assets and services to the buyer, the accountant shall record according to the following principles:

+ For the part of revenue and income corresponding to the amount in foreign currency received in advance by the buyer, the accountant shall record at the actual exchange rate at the time of advance receipt, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 131 – Receivables from customers (actual exchange rate at the time of advance receipt)

There are accounts 511, 711.

+ For the part of revenue and income that has not yet been collected, the accountants shall record it at the actual exchange rate at the time of generation, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 131 – Receivables from customers

There are accounts 511, 711.

h) When collecting receivables in foreign currencies, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr. 111 (1112), 112 (1122) (actual exchange rate at the transaction date)

Dr 635 – Financial expenses (loss on exchange rates)

There are accounts 131, 136, 138 (accounting exchange rate).

Cr 515 – Financial income (interest on exchange rates).

i) When lending or investing in foreign currencies, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr. 121, 128, 221, 222, 228 (actual exchange rate at the transaction date)

Dr 635 – Financial expenses (loss on exchange rates)

There are accounts 111 (1112), 112 (1122) (accounting exchange rate)

Cr 515 – Financial income (interest on exchange rates).

k) Deposits and deposits in foreign currencies

- When bringing foreign currency to deposit or deposit, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 244 – Mortgage, mortgage, deposit, escrow

There are accounts 111 (1112), 112 (1122) (accounting exchange rate).

– When receiving the deposit or deposit, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr. 111 (1112), 112 (1122) (actual exchange rate upon receipt)

Dr 635 – Financial expenses (exchange losses)

Account 244 – Mortgage, mortgage, security deposit, deposit (booking rate)

Cr 515 – Financial income (interest on exchange rates).

4.2. Accounting for foreign exchange differences arising from revaluation of monetary items denominated in foreign currencies

a) When preparing financial statements, accountants re-evaluate monetary items denominated in foreign currencies according to actual exchange rates at the reporting time:

– If there is an exchange rate interest, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr. 1112, 1122, 128, 228, 131, 136, 138, 331, 341,..

Cr 413 – Exchange rate difference (4131).

– If there is an exchange rate loss, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 413 – Exchange rate difference (4131)

There are accounts 1112, 1122, 128, 228, 131, 136, 138, 331, 341,…

b) Accounting for dealing with exchange rate differences arising from revaluation of monetary items denominated in foreign currencies: Accountants transfer the entire revaluation exchange rate difference (according to the net amount after offset the amount incurred on the Debit and Credit side of Account 4131) against financial expenses (in case of exchange rate losses), or financial income (if exchange rate gains) to determine operating results. business:

- To transfer the interest from the re-evaluated exchange rate at the end of the fiscal year to financial income, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 413 – Exchange rate difference (4131)

Cr 515 – Revenue from financial activities (if exchange rate interest).

- Carrying forward the loss on re-evaluated exchange rate at the end of the fiscal year into financial expenses, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 635 – Financial expenses (if exchange rate loss)

Cr 413 – Exchange rate difference (4131).

c) Accounting for exchange rate differences arising in the period before the operation of enterprises in which 100% charter capital is held by the State and implemented national key projects and works associated with the task of stabilizing the macro-economy. scale, security, defense:

The entity applies all exchange rate regulations and accounting principles as other enterprises, except:

– The recognition of exchange rate gain when incurred is recorded to the Credit account 413 – Exchange difference;

– The recognition of exchange rate loss when incurred is recorded to Dr 413 – Exchange difference;

When the enterprise comes into operation, the accountant will transfer the exchange rate difference into financial income or financial expenses.

d) Handling the remaining exchange rate difference on Account 242 – Prepaid expenses and Account 3387 – Unrealized revenue:

– Enterprises that have not fully allocated exchange rate difference losses of the pre-operation period (recording on account 242 before the effective date of this Circular) must transfer all exchange rate difference losses to financial expenses to determine business results in the period, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 635 – Financial expenses

Account 242 – Prepaid expenses.

– Enterprises that have not fully allocated the exchange rate difference profit of the pre-operation period (recording on account 3387 before the effective date of this Circular) must transfer all exchange rate difference profits into revenue from financial activities to determine business results in the period, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 3387 – Unrealized revenue

Cr 515 – Revenue from financial activities.

Article 70. Account 414 – Development Investment Fund

1. Accounting principles

a) This account is used to record the current number and the increase or decrease in the development investment fund of the enterprise.

b) The investment and development fund is set aside from profits after corporate income tax and used for investment in expansion of production and business scale or in-depth investment of the enterprise.

c) The deduction and use of the development investment fund must comply with the current financial policy applicable to each type of enterprise or the decision of the owner.

d) The enterprise does not continue to deduct the financial reserve fund. The business owner makes a decision to transfer the balance of the financial reserve fund into the development investment fund.

2. Structure and contents of account 414 – Development Investment Fund

Debtor: Situation of spending and use of investment and development funds of enterprises.

Yes Party: Investment and development fund increased because it was set aside from profit after tax.

Credit balance: Number of existing development investment funds.

3. Accounting method for some major economic transactions

a) During the period, when temporarily setting aside the development investment fund from profits after corporate income tax, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 421 – Undistributed profit after tax

Cr 414 – Investment and development fund.

b) At the end of the year, determine the amount of investment and development funds to be deducted, the accountants calculate the additional amount, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 421 – Undistributed profit after tax

Cr 414 – Investment and development fund.

c) In case a joint-stock company issues additional shares from the Development Investment Fund, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 414 – Investment and development fund

Cr 4111 – Owner's contributed capital (at par value)

Cr 4112 – Share premium (the difference between the issue price and par value, if any).

d) Transferring the balance of financial reserve fund: The balance of the existing financial reserve fund at the enterprise being transferred to the investment and development fund, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 415 – Financial reserve fund

Cr 414 – Investment and development fund.

dd) When an enterprise adds charter capital from the Investment and Development Fund, the enterprise must convert it to Owner's investment capital, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 414 – Investment and development fund

Cr 4111 – Owner's contributed capital.

Article 71. Account 417 – Business arrangement support fund

1. Accounting principles

a) This account is used to record the setting up and use of the "Business Arrangement Support Fund" in one-member limited liability companies with 100% charter capital owned by the State as prescribed by law.

b) The management and use of the Fund; Settlement report; Archiving of records and vouchers must comply with current provisions of law. The Fund Management Unit must open a separate account to monitor the Fund's revenues and expenditures; Open accounting books for clear, complete and timely accounting of arising transactions.

c) The Fund's revenue may include items, such as:

– Revenue from equitization; Revenues from forms of business arrangement and transformation;

- Funding support according to the decision of the competent authority;

– Interest on deposits of the Fund at the bank;

- Fines for late payment;

- Other amounts as prescribed by law.

d) Contents of Fund expenditure

– Support businesses to arrange, change ownership, settle policies for redundant workers and handle financial issues in accordance with the law;

- Supplementing charter capital for units as prescribed by law;

- Transferring and investing in enterprises under decisions of competent authorities;

- Other expenses as prescribed by law.

2. Structure and contents of account 417 – Business arrangement support fund

Debtor: Expenses from the Fund as prescribed by law.

Yes Party: Fund's revenues

Credit side balance: Current balance of the Business Arrangement Support Fund at the end of the period.

3. Accounting method for some major economic transactions

a) Accounting for equitization revenues:

Dr 1385 – Receivables from equitization

Cr 417 – Business arrangement support fund.

b) When accounting for revenue of the Fund according to decisions of competent authorities, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr. 111, 112, 138

Cr 417 – Business arrangement support fund.

c) Based on the statement of settlement of expenditures for implementation of policies towards employees at the equitized enterprise and the equitization expenses made by the equitized enterprise, the accounting staff at the parent company, the Group , The State Corporation shall record the revenue from the difference between revenue and expenditure for equitization of the enterprise and the amount paid to employees and equitization expenses, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr. 111, 112

Dr 417 – Business Arrangement Support Fund.

Cr 1385 – Receivables from equitization.

d) When transferring the Fund or spending money from the Fund under a decision of a competent authority, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 417 – Business Arrangement Support Fund

There are accounts 111, 112.

dd) When there is approval of the Prime Minister on the addition of charter capital for State corporations, corporations, parent companies, the accountant shall record:

Dr 417 – Business Arrangement Support Fund

Cr 411 – Owner's investment capital.

Article 72. Account 418 – Other funds under equity

1. Accounting principles

This account is used to record the current amount and the increase and decrease in other funds belonging to the owner's equity. Other funds under equity are formed from profit after tax. The deduction and use of other funds belonging to the equity source must comply with the current financial policies applicable to each type of enterprise or the decision of the owner.

2. Structure and contents of account 418 – Other funds under equity

Debtor: Situation of spending and use of other funds under the enterprise's equity.

Yes Party: Other funds under equity increased because they were set aside from profit after tax.

Credit balance: Number of other funds under existing equity.

3. Accounting method for some major economic transactions

a) Deduction for setting up other funds under equity from profit after corporate income tax, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 421 – Undistributed profit after tax

Cr 418 – Other funds under equity.

b) When using the fund, record:

Dr 418 – Other funds under equity

There are accounts 111, 112.

c) When an enterprise adds charter capital from other funds under its equity, the enterprise must convert it to Owner's investment capital, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 418 – Other funds under equity

Cr 411 – Owner's investment capital (4111).

Article 73. Account 419 – Treasury shares

1. Accounting principles

a) This account is used to record the current value and the fluctuation of the number of shares repurchased by a joint-stock company among the shares issued by such company to the public for later use. re-issuance (referred to as treasury shares).

Treasury shares are shares issued by the company and redeemed by the issuing company itself, but it is not canceled and will be reissued within the time period specified by the securities laws. The treasury shares held by the company do not receive dividends, have no right to vote or participate in the distribution of assets when the company is dissolved. When paying dividends on shares, treasury shares held by the company are considered unsold shares.

b) The value of treasury shares is reflected on this account at the actual repurchase price, including the redemption price and costs directly related to the repurchase of shares, such as transaction costs, information, etc.

c) At the end of the accounting period, when preparing the financial statements, the actual value of treasury shares is recorded as a decrease in Owner's invested capital on the Balance Sheet by recording a negative number (…).

d) This account does not reflect the value of shares purchased by the company from other joint stock companies for the purpose of holding investment.

dd) The capital value of treasury shares upon re-issuance, or when used to pay dividends, bonuses, etc., is calculated according to the weighted average method.

2. Structure and contents of account 419 – Treasury shares

Debtor: Actual value of treasury shares when purchased.

Yes Party: Actual value of treasury shares to be re-issued, dividend or canceled.

Debit side balance: Actual value of treasury shares currently held by the company.

3. Accounting method for some major economic transactions

a) Accounting for repurchase of shares issued by the company itself:

– When the company has completed the procedures to buy back the number of shares issued by the company in accordance with the law, the accountant will carry out the procedures to pay money to the shareholders at the agreed price to buy, sell and receive the shares. , take note:

Dr 419 – Treasury shares (share redemption price)

There are accounts 111, 112.

– During the stock repurchase process, when incurring expenses directly related to the share repurchase, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 419 – Treasury shares

There are accounts 111, 112.

b) Re-issuance of treasury shares:

- When re-issuing treasury shares at a price higher than the actual redemption price, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 111,112 (total payment price for re-issuance of shares)

Account 419 – Treasury shares (actual repurchase price)

Cr 411 – Owner's investment capital (4112) (the difference between the re-issuance price is higher than the actual repurchase price).

- When re-issuing treasury shares to the market at a price lower than the actual purchase price of shares, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 111,112 (total payment price for re-issuance of shares)

Dr 4112- Share premium (re-issuance price is lower than redemption price)

Account 419 – Treasury shares (actual redemption price).

c) When canceling treasury shares, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 4111 – Owner's contributed capital (par value of canceled shares);

Dr 4112 – Share premium (repurchase price is higher than par value)

Account 419 – Treasury shares (actual redemption price).

d) When there is a decision of the Board of Directors (approved by the General Meeting of Shareholders) to pay dividends in treasury shares:

- In case the issue price of treasury shares at the date of payment of stock dividends is higher than the actual purchase price of treasury shares, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 421- Undistributed profit after tax (share issue price)

Account 419 – Treasury shares (according to actual repurchase price of treasury shares)

Cr 4112 – Share premium (the difference between the repurchase price of treasury shares and the issue price at the dividend payment date).

– If the issue price of treasury shares at the date of payment of stock dividends is lower than the actual purchase price of treasury shares, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 421- Undistributed profit after tax (share issue price)

Dr 4112 – Share premium (the difference between the repurchase price of treasury shares and the issue price at the dividend payment date).

Account 419 – Treasury shares (according to actual purchase price of treasury shares).

Article 74. Account 421 – Undistributed profit after tax

1. Accounting principles

a) This account is used to record business results (profit and loss) after corporate income tax and the distribution of profits or handling of losses of the enterprise.

b) The distribution of profits from business activities of the enterprise must be clear, unambiguous and in accordance with current financial policies.

c) The business results of each financial year (previous year, this year) must be recorded in detail, and at the same time, detailed monitoring of each content of profit distribution of the enterprise (appropriation of funds, owners' investment capital, dividends, profits to shareholders, to investors).

d) When applying retrospectively due to changes in accounting policies and retrospective adjustment of material errors of previous years but only discovered this year, leading to adjustment of the opening balance of the year undistributed profits, The accountant must increase or decrease the opening balance of account 4211 "Previous year's undistributed profit after tax" in the accounting books and increase or decrease the target "Undistributed profit after tax" on the Balance Sheet. accounting balance according to the provisions of Accounting Standard “Changes in accounting policies, accounting estimates and errors” and Accounting Standard “Corporate Income Tax”.

dd) The parent company is entitled to distribute profits to owners not exceeding the undistributed after-tax profit in the Consolidated Financial Statements after excluding the effects of profits recognized from the acquisition. cheap price (disadvantage or negative trade advantage). In case the undistributed after-tax profit on the consolidated financial statements is higher than the undistributed after-tax profit on the parent company's own financial statements and if the amount of profit decided to distribute exceeds the After-tax profits have not been distributed in the separate financial statements, the parent company only makes the distribution after transferring profits from subsidiaries to the parent company.

For all businesses, when distributing profits, it is necessary to consider non-monetary items in undistributed after-tax profits that can affect cash flows and ability to pay dividends, profits of the company. businesses, such as:

– Profits from revaluation of assets used for capital contribution; due to revaluation of monetary items; due to revaluation of financial instruments;

– Other non-monetary items…

e) In the business cooperation contract (BCC) profit sharing, the enterprise must separately monitor the results of the BCC as a basis for profit distribution or loss distribution to the parties. The enterprise that is the party to pay and finalize CIT on behalf of the parties in the BCC only reflects the profit corresponding to its share, not the entire result of the BCC on this account unless it has control. for BCC.

g) With respect to payable preferred dividends: The enterprise must exclude the payable preferred dividends according to the nature of the preferred shares and the principles:

– If preferred shares are classified as a liability, no dividend payable from undistributed post-lease profit shall be recognized;

– If preferred stock is classified as equity, the preferred dividend payable is accounted for in the same manner as the dividend payment of common stock.

h) Enterprises must track in the internal management system the number of taxable losses and non-taxable losses, in which:

– Taxable loss is the loss generated by deductible expenses when determining taxable income;

– Non-taxable loss is a loss caused by expenses that are not deductible when determining taxable income.

When transferring losses according to the provisions of law, enterprises are only allowed to transfer the taxable losses as a basis for deduction of tax payable in the future.

2. Structure and contents of account 421 – Undistributed profit after tax

Debtor:

- Number of losses on business activities of the enterprise;

- Deduction for the establishment of enterprise funds;

– Divide dividends and profits to owners;

- Supplement the owner's investment capital;

Yes Party:

- Actual profit of the enterprise's business activities in the period;

– The number of losses of the subordinate is compensated by the superior;

- Handling business losses.

Account 421 can have a Debit balance or a Credit balance.

Debit side balance: Number of unresolved business losses.

Credit balance: Amount of undistributed or unused profit after tax.

Account 421- Undistributed profit after tax, has 2 tier 2 accounts:

– Account 4211 – Undistributed profit after tax of the previous year: Reflects business results, profit distribution or loss treatment in previous years. Account 4211 is also used to record an increase or decrease in the opening balance of Account 4211 when applying retrospectively due to changes in accounting policies and retrospective adjustment of material errors of the previous year, this year is new. detect.

At the beginning of the following year, the accountant will transfer the opening balance of the year from Account 4212 "This year's undistributed profit after tax" to Account 4211 "Previous year's undistributed profit after tax".

– Account 4212 – Undistributed profit after tax this year: Reflecting the business results, profit distribution and loss handling of this year.

3. Accounting method for some major economic transactions

a) At the end of the accounting period, business results are transferred:

- In case of profit, record:

Dr 911 – Determination of business results

Cr 421- Undistributed profit after tax (4212).

- In case of loss, record:

Dr 421 – Undistributed profit after tax (4212)

Account 911 – Determination of business results.

b) When there is a decision or announcement to pay dividends and profits to be distributed to owners, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 421 – Undistributed profit after tax

Cr 338 – Other payables and payables (3388).

When paying dividends and profits, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 338 – Other payables and payables (3388)

There are accounts 111, 112,… (actual payment).

c) In case a joint stock company pays dividends in shares (issuing additional shares from undistributed profit after tax), the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 421 – Undistributed profit after tax

Cr 4111- Owner's contributed capital (par value)

Cr 4112 – Share premium (the difference between the issue price and par value) (if any).

d) Enterprises that are not joint-stock companies, when deciding to supplement the owner's investment capital from business operating profits (remaining profits of the enterprise), the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 421 – Undistributed profit after tax

Cr 4111 – Owner's contributed capital.

dd) When deducting funds from business results (remaining profits of the enterprise), the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 421 – Undistributed profit after tax

Cr 414 – Investment and development fund.

Cr 418 – Other funds under equity.

Account 353 – Bonus and welfare fund (3531, 3532, 3534).

e) At the beginning of the fiscal year, to transfer this year's undistributed after-tax profit to the previous year's undistributed profit, the following accounts shall be recorded:

– In case account 4212 has Credit (interest) balance, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 4212 – Undistributed profit after tax this year

Cr 4211 – Undistributed profit after tax of the previous year.

– In case account 4212 has a debit balance (loss), the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 4211 – Undistributed profit after tax of the previous year

Cr 4212 – Undistributed profit after tax this year.

g) Accountants handle undistributed after-tax profits before converting a 100% state-owned enterprise into a joint stock company

– Accountants handle payables before converting into a joint stock company

For debts borrowed from the State Commercial Bank and the Vietnam Development Bank which are overdue but due to the enterprise's loss, no state capital, or failure to pay, the enterprise must complete the following procedures and documents. requesting debt freezing, debt rescheduling, and debt cancellation in accordance with current law. When there is a decision to write off loan interest, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 335 – Expenses payable (interest is written off)

Cr 421 – Undistributed profit after tax (the part of loan interest that has been accounted for in expenses of previous periods is deleted)

Cr 635 – Financial expenses (loan interest has been accounted into financial expenses in this period).

– Accounting for the difference between the actual value of the state capital at the time the enterprise is 100% state capital transferred to a joint stock company and the actual value of the state capital at the time of enterprise valuation. .

+ In case the actual value of the state capital at the time the enterprise transforms into a joint stock company is greater than the actual value of the state capital at the time of enterprise valuation, the difference in increase (profit) must be pay to the enterprise arrangement support fund in accordance with the law (such as at the Group, the Corporation, the parent company or the enterprise arrangement support fund at the State Capital Investment Corporation), take note:

Dr 421 – Undistributed profit after tax

Cr 3385 – Payable for equitization.

+ In case the actual value of the state capital at the time the enterprise converts to a joint stock company is smaller than the actual value of the state capital at the time of enterprise valuation, the reduced difference (losses ), take note:

Dr 138 – Other receivables (1388)

Cr 421 – Undistributed profit after tax.

+ In case the difference is reduced due to objective or subjective reasons but due to force majeure, the person responsible for compensation is unable to make compensation and has been considered and decided by a competent authority. intends to use the proceeds from the sale of these shares to offset the loss after deducting the insured's indemnity (if any), the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 3385 – Payables for equitization

Cr 421 – Undistributed profit after tax.

– Accountants convert undistributed after-tax profits into state capital at the enterprise at the time of official conversion to a joint stock company: At the time the enterprise officially transforms into a joint stock company, the accountant transfers all balance Yes Undistributed profit after tax to Owner's invested capital, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 421 – Undistributed profit after tax

Cr 411 – Owner's investment capital.

Article 75. Account 441 – Capital construction investment capital

1. Accounting principles

a) This account is used to record the current amount and the increase or decrease in capital construction investment of the enterprise. Capital for capital construction investment of enterprises is formed by the State budget or superior units. The unit's capital construction investment is used for investment in new construction, renovation and expansion of production and business establishments and purchase of fixed assets for technological innovation. Investment in capital construction in enterprises must comply with and respect current regulations on investment management and capital construction.

b) Every time the construction and procurement of fixed assets is completed, the assets are handed over and put into use for production and business, the accountant must carry out the procedures for finalizing the investment capital of each work, class, and class. project item. When the investment capital settlement is approved, the accountant must record a decrease in capital investment in capital construction and an increase in the owner's invested capital.

2. Structure and contents of account 441 – Capital construction investment capital

Debtor: The amount of capital construction investment decreased due to:

- New construction and purchase of completed fixed assets, handing over and putting into use and settlement of approved investment capital;

- Return the unused capital for capital construction to superior units and the State.

Yes Party: Capital for capital construction increased due to:

- State budget or superiors provide capital for capital construction investment;

– Receive capital construction investment due to sponsorship and aid;

- Supplement from development investment fund.

Credit balance: The existing capital construction investment capital of the enterprise has not been used or has been used but the construction work has not been completed or has been completed but the final settlement has not been approved.

3. Accounting method for some major economic transactions

a) Upon receipt of capital construction investment in cash or bank deposits, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr. 111, 112

Cr 441 – Capital for capital construction investment.

b) In case of receiving capital construction investment from the State budget according to the assigned estimate:

– When assigned capital construction investment cost estimates, enterprises actively monitor and record information about this item in the notes to the financial statements.

- When withdrawing the construction investment cost estimate for use, based on the situation of using the construction investment cost estimate to record into relevant accounts, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 111- Cash

Debits to accounts 152, 153, 331,…

Dr 133- Deductible VAT

Dr 241- Construction in progress (withdrawal of direct expenditure estimate)

Cr 441 – Capital for capital construction investment.

c) When the capital construction investment cost estimate has not been assigned, the unit to which the Treasury advances the investment capital, when receiving the Treasury's advance capital, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr. 111,112

Cr 338- Other payables and payables (3388).

d) When the capital construction investment cost estimate is assigned, the unit must carry out payment procedures to return the advance capital to the Treasury. When the Treasury accepts payment documents, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 338- Other payables and payables (3388)

Cr 441 – Capital for capital construction investment.

dd) Receiving capital for capital construction to pay loans and debts, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Debits to accounts 336, 338, 341…

Cr 441 – Capital for capital construction investment.

e) To supplement capital construction investment with development investment fund, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 414 – Investment and development fund

Cr 441 – Capital for capital construction investment.

g) When the basic construction and purchase of fixed assets by capital construction investment are completed, handed over and put into production and business: an increase in the value of fixed assets due to capital construction investment and purchase of fixed assets is recorded. complete, write:

Dr 211 – Tangible fixed assets

Dr 213 – Intangible fixed assets

Cr 241 – Construction in progress.

h) When returning capital construction investment to the State Budget, to superior units, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 441 – Capital for capital construction investment

There are accounts 111, 112.

i) When an enterprise adds charter capital from capital for capital construction, the enterprise must convert it to Owner's investment capital, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 441- Capital for capital construction investment

Cr 4111 – Owner's contributed capital (4111).

Article 76. Account 461 – Non-business funding sources

1. Accounting principles

a) This account is used to record the receipt, use and settlement of the unit's non-business and project funds. This account is only used in units that are allocated non-business funds or project funds by the State or superior units.

Non-business funding sources, project funds are funds allocated by the State budget or superiors to units, or directly aided and sponsored by the Government, domestic and foreign organizations and individuals. carry out approved target programs and projects, to perform economic, political and social tasks assigned by the State or superiors for non-profit purposes. The use of non-business funds and project funds must comply with the approved estimates and must be settled with the funding agency. The source of non-business funding can also be formed from non-business revenues generated at the unit, such as collection of hospital fees from public employees in the industry for treatment, nursing at the unit's hospital, tuition fees. fee collection...

b) Non-business funding sources, project funding sources must be accounted in detail according to each source: allocated by the State budget, superior units, receiving aid and sponsorship from organizations and individuals, from the unit's career revenue. At the same time, it is necessary to make detailed accounting and separate the non-business funding sources this year and the previous year's non-business expenses.

c) Non-business funding sources and project funds must be used for the right purposes, activities, standards and norms of the State, superior units and within the approved estimate. .

d) In case the funding source is allocated by the State budget, depending on each method of allocation of non-business funds of the State budget to record in the accounting books:

- If the State budget provides funding by money order, when receiving the Yes notice, the money has been deposited into the account of the unit, the accountant shall simultaneously record an increase in deposit and an increase in non-business funding sources;

– If the State budget provides funding in the form of assigning estimates of non-business expenditures or projects, when receiving notices or withdrawing estimates of non-business expenditures or projects to spend, the units must make such explanations in the financial statements. At the same time, credit account 461 “non-business funding" to relevant accounts.

dd) At the end of each fiscal year, the unit must complete the procedures for finalization of the receipt and use of non-business funding sources with the financial agency, the governing body and with each agency or organization that allocates the non-business funding. according to current financial policy. The unused funds shall be handled under the decision of the competent authority. The unit can only carry over to the following year the unused non-business and project funding when it is accepted by a competent agency or level.

e) At the end of the fiscal year, if the non-business expenditure has not been approved for finalization, the accountant shall transfer this year's non-business funding source to the previous year's non-business funding source.

2. Structure and content must be reflected in account 461 – Non-business funding source

Debtor:

- Expenditures equal to non-business funding sources, approved project budgets with non-business funding sources, project funding sources;

- Unused non-business and project funds shall be refunded to the state budget or paid to superiors.

Yes Party:

- Amount of non-business funding, actual project funding received from the State budget or superiors;

- Non-business revenues arising at the unit are supplemented with non-business funding sources.

Credit balance: Amount of non-business and project funding received from the State budget or superiors but not yet used or used but not yet finalised.

Account 461 – Source of career funding, has 2 level 2 accounts:

– Account 4611 – Source of funding for the previous year’s career: Reflects the amount of non-business funds and project funds of the previous year used but the previous year's final settlement report has not been approved and the previous year's non-business funds have not been used up. When the previous year's final settlement report is approved, the expenditure equal to the previous year's non-business funding or project budget will be deducted from account 461 "non-business funding" (4611- Non-business funding of the previous year). ). As for the previous year's unused non-business funding, depending on the decision of the financial agency or the competent authority, it must be returned to the budget or converted into this year's funding source.

– Account 4612 – This year’s cause of funding: Reflects the non-business funding sources, project funds that have been granted by the State budget or superiors this year, including non-business funds that have not been used up in the previous year when reviewing and approving the final settlement report, which are converted into accounts payable. this year's budget. At the end of the accounting year, to the beginning of the following year, if this year's funding has not been finalized, it will be transferred from account 4612 "This year's non-business funding source" to account 4611 "Previous year's non-business funding source" ” to follow up until the previous year's final settlement report is approved.

3. Accounting method for some major economic transactions

a) Receiving non-business funding, project funding granted by the State budget by money order or non-business funding granted by superiors in cash, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr. 111, 112

Cr 461 – Non-business funding (4612).

b) When withdrawing estimates of non-business expenses, projects for fund entry or purchase of supplies and tools, or paying directly to sellers, or paying directly, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 111 – Cash

Dr 331 – Payables to sellers

Dr 161 – Non-business expenses (1612)

Debts of accounts 152, 153, …

Cr 461 – Non-business funding (4612).

c) Non-business revenues arising at the unit (if any), the following accounts shall be recorded:

Debts of accounts 111, 112, …

Cr 461 – Non-business funding (4612).

d) Receiving non-business funding in the form of fixed assets granted by the State budget, superior units or receiving non-refundable aid in the form of fixed assets used for non-business activities or project activities, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 211 – Tangible fixed assets

Dr 213 – Intangible fixed assets

Cr 461 – Non-business funding.

Also, write:

Dr 161 – Non-business expenses

Cr 466 – Funding for fixed assets.

dd) At the end of the annual accounting period, the unit still has a balance of cash and deposits belonging to non-business funding sources or project funds if it has to pay the unused non-business funds to the State budget or to the State budget. above, when paying, write:

Dr 461 – Non-business funding

There are accounts 111, 112.

If the unused non-business funds and project funds are retained to convert into next year's funding sources, the above entry shall not be made.

e) When the finalization report of non-business expenses and project expenditures is approved right in the year, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 461 – Non-business funding (4612)

Cr 161 – Non-business expenses (1612) (approved expenditures).

g) If by the end of the year the final report on non-business expenses, the project has not been approved:

- When transferring non-business expenses and project expenses this year into non-business expenses and project expenses of the previous year, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 161- Non-business expenses (1611 – previous year's non-business expenses)

Cr 161- Non-business expenses (1612 - This year's non-business expenses).

- Simultaneously, when converting the non-business funding and project funding this year into the previous year's non-business funding and project funding, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 461- Non-business funding (4612)

Cr 461 – Non-business funding (4611).

h) When the final year's report on finalization of non-business expenses and project expenditures is approved, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 461 – Non-business funding (4611)

Cr 161 – Non-business expenses (1611).

i) The non-business funding source of the previous year, which is determined to be redundant when reviewing the annual settlement report, is converted into this year's non-business funding source, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 461- Non-business funding (4611)

Cr 461- Non-business funding (4612).

Article 77. Account 466 – Funding for the formation of fixed assets

1. Accounting principles

a) This account is used to record the current amount and the increase or decrease in funding sources for forming fixed assets. Only record the increase in funding sources that have formed fixed assets when the unit purchases fixed assets, invests in new construction or upgrades, renovating or expanding the fixed asset, is recorded as an increase in the historical cost of fixed assets by the non-business funding source or allocated project budget. from the state budget or receive aid, sponsorship, and put into use for non-business activities and projects.

b) Record a decrease in funding sources that have formed fixed assets when calculating depreciation of fixed assets or selling, liquidating, detecting lack of fixed assets when inventorying, returning to the State or transferring fixed assets to other units under orders of superiors, of Government.

2. Structure and contents of account 466 – Funds for the formation of fixed assets

Debtor: The funding sources for the reduction of fixed assets include:

- Paying back to the State or transferring fixed assets used for non-business activities or project activities under decisions of State agencies or competent authorities;

- Calculation of depreciation of fixed assets used for non-business activities and projects;

- Selling, liquidating fixed assets, detecting shortage of fixed assets used for non-business activities and projects;

– The residual value of fixed assets decreases due to revaluation.

Yes Party: The funding sources for the increase in fixed assets include:

– Invest in and purchase fixed assets completed and put into use for non-business activities and projects:

- Granted non-business funding, project funding, non-refundable aid in the form of fixed assets;

– The residual value of fixed assets increases due to revaluation.

Credit balance: The funding source for forming the existing fixed assets in the unit.

3. Accounting method for some major economic transactions

a) In case it is funded by the State budget, the superior unit or by using non-business funds, projects or non-refundable aid to purchase fixed assets, invest in capital construction, when the purchase of fixed assets or investment When XDCB completes assets to be put into use for non-business activities and projects, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 211 – Tangible fixed assets

Dr 213 – Intangible fixed assets

There are accounts 111, 112, 241, 331, 461,…

Also write:

Dr 161 – Non-business expenses

Cr 466 – Funding for fixed assets.

b) At the end of the annual accounting period, when calculating depreciation of fixed assets invested and purchased with non-business funds or project funds used for non-business activities and projects, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 466 – Funding sources for fixed assets

Cr 214 – Depreciation of fixed assets.

c) When transferring, selling or liquidating fixed assets used for non-business activities and projects:

- Record a decrease in fixed assets transferred, sold or liquidated:

Dr 466 – Funding for fixed assets (residual value)

Dr 214 – Depreciation of fixed assets (depreciation value)

Cr 211 – Tangible fixed assets (historical cost)

Cr 213 – Intangible fixed assets (historical cost).

- Revenues and expenses and the difference between revenues and expenditures on the sale and liquidation of fixed assets invested with non-business funds and project funds shall be handled and accounted according to the decision on liquidation and sale of fixed assets of the Company. competent authorities.

d) Accounting for the transfer of assets being welfare works: For assets being welfare works invested with state budget capital, if the enterprise is equitized from a 100% state-owned enterprise, continued to be used for business purposes, the following accounts shall be recorded:

Dr 466 – Funding sources for fixed assets

Cr 411 – Owner's investment capital.

Article 78. Principles of accounting for revenues

1. Revenue is an economic benefit obtained that increases the owner's equity of the enterprise, except for the additional contribution of shareholders. Revenue is recognized at the time of transactions, when it is probable that economic benefits will flow to them, measured at the fair value of the amounts entitled to receive, regardless of whether cash has been collected or will be collected.

2. Revenue and costs of generating such revenue must be recognized simultaneously on the matching principle. However, in some cases, the matching principle may conflict with the prudential principle in accounting, so the accountant must base on the nature and accounting standards to reflect the transaction honestly. , reasonable.

– An economic contract can include many transactions. Accountants must identify transactions to apply revenue recognition conditions in accordance with the provisions of Accounting Standard “Revenue”.

– Revenue must be recognized in accordance with the nature rather than the form or name of the transaction and must be allocated according to the obligation to provide goods and services.

+ For example, customers can only receive promotional goods when buying products and goods of the unit (such as buying 2 products and getting one more free), the nature of the transaction is to reduce the sale price, the product is free for customers. Customers in the form are called promotions, but in essence, they are sold because customers will not enjoy if they do not buy products. In this case, the value of the product given to the customer is recorded in the cost price and the revenue corresponding to the fair value of that product must be recognized.

+ For example: In case of selling products and goods together with replacement products, goods and equipment (prevention in case products or goods are damaged), revenue must be allocated to products, Goods sold and products and equipment delivered to customers for replacement to prevent damage. The value of replacement products, goods and equipment is recorded in cost of goods sold.

– For transactions that give rise to obligations of the seller now and in the future, revenue must be amortized according to the fair value of each obligation and recognized when the obligation has been fulfilled. .

3. Revenue, profit or loss is only considered unrealized if the enterprise still has the responsibility to perform future obligations (except for ordinary warranty obligations) and it is not certain that economic benefits will be obtained; The classification of profits and losses as realized or unrealized does not depend on whether cash flows have arisen or not.

Gains and losses arising from revaluation of assets and liabilities are not considered unrealized because at the time of revaluation, the entity already has a right to the asset and has a present obligation to the entity. with liabilities, for example: Gains and losses arising from revaluation of assets taken to contribute capital to invest in other entities, revaluation of financial assets at fair value, difference exchange rates due to revaluation of monetary items denominated in foreign currencies… are considered to have been realized.

4. Revenue does not include third-party receipts, for example;

- Indirect taxes (VAT, export tax, excise tax, environmental protection tax) to be paid;

– The amount of money collected by the agent selling goods on behalf of the goods owner due to agent selling;

– Additional surcharges and fees other than the unit selling price are not entitled;

- Other cases.

In case the payable indirect taxes cannot be immediately separated at the time of transaction, to facilitate the accounting work, revenue can be recorded in the accounting books including the amount of indirect tax but periodically, the accounting must record a decrease in revenue for the payable indirect tax amount. However, when preparing the financial statements, it is mandatory to determine and remove the entire payable indirect tax amount from the indicators reflecting gross revenue.

5. The time and basis for recording accounting revenue and taxable revenue may vary depending on each specific situation. Taxable turnover is only used to determine the amount of tax payable by law; The revenue recorded in the accounting books to prepare the financial statements must comply with the accounting principles and, depending on the case, not necessarily equal to the amount recorded on the sales invoice.

6. When circulating products, goods and services between dependent accounting units within the enterprise, depending on the operation characteristics and management decentralization of each unit, the enterprise may decide whether to revenue is recognized at the units if there is an increase in the value of products and goods between stages, regardless of the accompanying documents (invoices or internal documents). When preparing the consolidated financial statements, all revenues between units within the enterprise must be eliminated.

7. Revenue recognized only includes revenue of the reporting period. Revenue accounts have no balance. At the end of the accounting period, revenue must be transferred to determine business results.

Article 79. Account 511 – Revenue from sale of goods and provision of services

1. Accounting principles

1.1. This account is used to record the enterprise's revenue from selling goods and providing services in an accounting period, including the revenue from selling goods, products and providing services to the parent company and subsidiaries in the period. same corporation.

1.2. This account reflects revenue from production and business activities from the following transactions and transactions:

a) Sales: Selling products manufactured by enterprises, selling purchased goods and selling investment real estate;

b) Service provision: Performing the work agreed upon under the contract in one accounting period, or many accounting periods, such as providing transportation services, tourism, leasing fixed assets by mode of operating lease. construction contract collection….

c) Other revenue.

1.3. Conditions for revenue recognition

a) An enterprise only recognizes sales revenue when simultaneously satisfying the following conditions:

– The enterprise has transferred the majority of risks and benefits associated with the ownership of products and goods to the buyer;

– The enterprise no longer holds the right to manage the goods as the owner or the right to control the goods;

- The revenue can be measured reliably. When the contract stipulates that the buyer is entitled to return the purchased products and goods under specific conditions, the business is only allowed to recognize revenue when those specific conditions no longer exist and the buyer is not allowed to the right to return products and goods (unless the customer has the right to return goods in the form of exchange for other goods or services);

– The enterprise has or will receive economic benefits from the sale transaction;

- Determine the costs associated with the sale transaction.

b) An enterprise only recognizes revenue from service provision when the following conditions are simultaneously satisfied:

- The revenue can be measured reliably. When the contract stipulates that the buyer is entitled to return the purchased service under specific conditions, the business can only recognize revenue when those specific conditions no longer exist and the buyer is not entitled to return the service. service provided;

– The enterprise has or will receive economic benefits from the transaction of providing such services;

– Identify the work completed at the time of reporting;

– Determine the costs incurred for the transaction and the cost to complete the transaction providing that service.

1.4. Where an economic contract includes many transactions, the enterprise must identify the transactions to recognize revenue in accordance with Accounting Standards, for example:

– Where the economic contract stipulates the sale and provision of after-sales services (in addition to the normal warranty terms), the enterprise must separately record sales revenue and revenue from service provision;

– Where the contract stipulates that the seller is responsible for installing products and goods for the buyer, revenue is recognized only after the installation is completed.

– In case the enterprise is obliged to provide the buyer with free goods or services or at a discount or discount in the transaction for traditional customers, the accountant only records the revenue for the goods or services. shall provide it free of charge until the obligation to the buyer has been fulfilled.

1.5. Net sales and service provision that the enterprise can perform in the accounting period may be lower than the revenue from sales and provision of services initially recognized due to the following reasons: Trade discount, decrease the price of goods sold to customers or returned goods (due to the failure to ensure the conditions of specifications and quality stated in the economic contract);

In case products, goods and services that have been sold from previous periods, to the next period are subject to a commercial discount, sale price reduction, or sold goods are returned, the enterprise shall record a decrease in revenue according to the following principles:

– If products, goods and services that have been consumed from previous periods, to the next period, must be reduced in price, subject to trade discount, or returned but arise before the time of issuance of financial statements, the accountant must consider this as an adjustment event arising after the balance sheet date and record a decrease in revenue in the financial statements of the reporting period.

– In case products, goods and services are subject to a discount, trade discount, or are returned after the issuance of the financial statements, the enterprise shall record a decrease in revenue of the period in which they arise.

1.6. Revenue in some cases is determined as follows:

1.6.1. Revenue from sale of goods and provision of services does not include payable indirect taxes, such as VAT (including the case of payment of VAT by the direct method), excise tax, export tax, and environmental protection tax. .

In case it is not possible to immediately separate the payable indirect tax amount at the time of revenue recognition, the revenue shall be recorded including the payable tax amount and periodically must record a decrease in revenue for the payable indirect tax amount. . When making the income statement, the target "Revenue from sales of goods and provision of services" and the item "Deductions from revenue" do not include the amount of indirect tax payable in the period due to the nature of the indirect taxes are not considered part of revenue.

1.6.2. In case in a period the enterprise has written a sales invoice and has collected sales but by the end of the period has not yet delivered the goods to the purchaser, the value of this goods shall not be considered as sold in the period and shall not be recorded in the account. account 511 “Revenue from sale of goods and provision of services” but only accounts for the credit side of account 131 “Receivables from customers” about the amount collected from customers. When the goods are actually delivered to the buyer, they will account to account 511 “Revenue from sales and provision of services” of the value of delivered goods, pre-collected from sales, in accordance with the revenue recognition conditions.

1.6.3. In case of exporting goods for promotion or advertising, but customers are only allowed to receive promotional and advertising goods with other conditions such as having to buy products and goods (for example, buy 2 products, get 1 free). ....), the accountant must allocate the proceeds to calculate the revenue for both promotional goods, the value of promotional goods shall be included in the cost of goods sold (in this case, the nature of the transaction is a reduction in the sale price).

1.6.4. In case an enterprise has revenue from selling goods and providing services in a foreign currency, it must convert the foreign currency into an accounting currency at the actual exchange rate at the time of arising economic transactions. In case an advance is received from a customer in a foreign currency, the revenue corresponding to the advance amount will be converted into an accounting currency at the actual exchange rate at the time of receiving the advance.

1.6.5. Revenue from selling real estate of an enterprise being an investor must comply with the following principles:

a) For works and work items in which the enterprise is the investor (including works and work items of which the enterprise is both the investor and self-constructed), the enterprise is not allowed to record revenue from selling real estate in accordance with Accounting Standards for Construction Contracts and not recognized as revenue for the amount of money collected in advance from customers according to the progress. The recognition of revenue from the sale of real estate must satisfy the following five conditions simultaneously:

– The real estate has been completely completed and handed over to the buyer, the enterprise has transferred the risks and benefits associated with real estate ownership to the buyer;

– The enterprise no longer holds the right to manage the real estate as the owner of the real estate or control the real estate;

- The revenue can be measured reliably;

– The enterprise has obtained or will receive economic benefits from the sale of real estate;

– Determine the costs associated with the sale of real estate.

b) For works and work items of which the enterprise is the investor (including works and work items, the enterprise is both the investor and self-constructor), in case the customer has the right to complete the interior of the real estate and the enterprise completes the interior of the real estate in accordance with the design, model and requirements of the customer, the enterprise is recognized as revenue when completing and handing over the part. rough construction for customers. In this case, the enterprise must have a separate interior finishing contract with the customer, clearly specifying the customer's requirements on design, technique, design, and form of interior finishing of the real estate. products and minutes of handover of raw construction to customers.

c) For real estate subdivided into plots for sale, if the land has been transferred to the customer (regardless of whether the legal procedures for the certificate of land use rights have been completed) and the contract is irrevocable, The investor is entitled to recognize revenue from the sold land when the following conditions are satisfied simultaneously:

– The risks and benefits associated with the land use rights have been transferred to the buyer;

- The revenue can be measured reliably;

– Determine the costs related to the transaction of selling the land;

– The enterprise has obtained or is certain to receive economic benefits from the sale of the land.

1.6.6. For goods sold by agents or consigned by the method of selling at the right price to enjoy commission, the revenue is the part of the sales commission that the enterprise is entitled to.

1.6.7. For import and export entrustment service activities, the revenue is the entrustment fee the unit is entitled to.

1.6.8. For the unit receiving the processing of supplies and goods, the turnover is the actual processing amount to be enjoyed, excluding the value of the materials and goods received for processing.

1.6.9. In case of sale by mode of deferred payment or installment payment, the revenue is determined according to the immediate payment price;

1.6.10. Principles of revenue recognition for the sale of goods and provision of services under the program for traditional customers:

a) Characteristics of the transaction of selling goods and providing services under the program for traditional customers: Transactions under the program for traditional customers must simultaneously satisfy all of the following conditions:

– When buying goods and services, customers will accumulate bonus points so that when they reach the required number of points, they will receive a free quantity of goods and services or receive a discount;

– The seller must determine the fair value of the goods or services that will be provided free of charge or the amount that will be discounted or discounted to the buyer when the buyer meets the conditions of the program (accumulating enough points). bonus);

– The program must have a specific and clear time limit, if past the time limit prescribed by the program, the customer has not met the conditions set forth, the seller will no longer be obliged to provide the goods. free or discounted goods or services for the buyer (the number of points accumulated by the buyer is not valid);

– After receiving free or discounted goods or services, the buyer will be deducted the accumulated points according to the provisions of the program (exchange accumulated points for goods, services or discount amount, discounts on purchases).

– The provision of free or discounted goods or services to the buyer when reaching a sufficient number of bonus points can be done by the seller or a third party in accordance with the provisions of the program.

b) Accounting principles

– At the time of selling goods or providing services, the seller must separately determine the fair value of the goods or services to be provided free of charge or the amount to be discounted or discounted to the buyer when the buyer reaches the target price. meet the terms and conditions of the program.

- Revenue is recognized as the total amount receivable or collected minus the fair value of the goods or services to be provided free of charge or the amount to be discounted or discounted to the buyer. The value of goods and services that must be provided free of charge or the amount that must be discounted or discounted to buyers is recognized as unrealized revenue. If at the end of the program period, the buyer does not meet the prescribed conditions and is not entitled to free goods or services at a discount or discount, the unrealized revenue will be transferred to sales revenue, providing service level.

– When the buyer meets the conditions prescribed by the program, the handling of unrealized revenue is done as follows:

+ In case the seller directly provides goods or services for free or at a discount or discount to the buyer: The unearned revenue corresponds to the fair value of the goods or services provided for free. or the amount that must be discounted or discounted for the buyer is recognized as revenue from selling goods or providing services when the buyer has received goods or services for free or with a discount or discount in accordance with the program's regulations. .

+ Where a third party is obliged to provide free or discounted goods or services to the buyer: If the contract between the seller and that third party is not an agency contract, when the party the third party performs the provision of goods and services, discounts and discounts, the unrealized revenue shall be transferred to the revenue from selling goods and providing services. If the contract is agency in nature, only the difference between the unrealized revenue and the amount payable to the third party is recognized as revenue. The amount paid to a third party is considered the payment of the liability.

1.6.11. Principles of recognition and determination of revenue of construction contracts

a) Revenue from a construction contract includes:

– Initial revenue recorded in the contract;

– Contract performance increases, decreases, bonuses and other payments if they are likely to change revenue, and can be reliably determined:

+ Contract revenue may increase or decrease from time to time, for example: Contractor and customer may agree on changes and requirements that increase or decrease contract revenue in the next period. according to the first approved contract; The revenue agreed in the contract with a fixed price may increase due to the increase of the price; Contractual revenue may be reduced because the contractor fails to comply with the schedule or fails to ensure the construction quality as agreed in the contract; When a fixed-price contract stipulates a fixed price for a unit of finished product, contract revenue will increase or decrease as product volume increases or decreases.

+ Bonuses are additional payments to contractors if the contractor performs the contract to meet or exceed the requirements. The bonus is included in the revenue of the construction contract when two conditions are met: (i) It is certain to meet or exceed a number of specific standards stated in the contract; (ii) The bonus amount is reliably determined.

– Other payments received by the contractor from the customer or another party to cover costs not included in the contract price. Example: Delays caused by customers; Errors in specifications or design and disputes over changes in contract performance. The determination of additional revenue from the above payments is subject to many uncertainties and often depends on the outcome of many negotiations. Therefore, other payments are only included in the revenue of the construction contract when:

+ The agreements have been reached, the customer will accept the compensation;

+ Other payments that are approved by the customer and can be reliably determined.

b) Revenue from construction contract is recognized in 1 of 2 following cases:

– Where the construction contract stipulates that the contractor is paid according to the planned schedule, when the results of the construction contract performance can be estimated reliably, the revenue of the construction contract is recognized in the same manner. corresponding to the completed work as determined by the contractor on the date of the financial statements, regardless of whether the invoice is paid according to the planned progress or not and the amount stated on the invoice;

– In case the construction contract stipulates that the contractor can payment according to the value of the exercised volume, when the outcome of a construction contract can be reliably determined and confirmed by the customer, revenue and contract-related costs are recognized in proportion to the portion of the work completed by the customer. confirmed goods in the period reflected on the issued invoice.

c) When the outcome of a construction contract cannot be reliably estimated, then:

– Revenue is recognized only to the extent of contract costs incurred for which it is probable that reimbursement will be made;

– Contract costs are only recognized as expenses in the period when these costs have been incurred.

1.6.12. For the case of property leasing, where rental payments are received in advance for many periods, the revenue recognition shall be made according to the principle of allocating the rental amount received in advance in accordance with the rental period.

In case the lease period accounts for more than 90% of the useful life of the asset, the enterprise may choose the one-time revenue recognition method for the entire rental amount received in advance if simultaneously satisfying the following conditions: following conditions:

+ The lessee has no right to cancel the lease contract and the lessor is not obliged to return the money received in advance in any case and in any form;

+ The amount received in advance from the lease is not less than 90% of the total rental amount expected to be collected under the contract during the lease term and the lessee must pay the entire rental amount within 12 months from the date of lease. the time of commencement of the lease;

+ Virtually all risks and rewards of ownership of the leased asset have been transferred to the lessee;

+ The lessor must estimate the cost of leasing activities relatively fully.

Enterprises that recognize revenue over the total amount received in advance in this case must disclose in the financial statements about:

+ Difference in revenue and profit if recognized by the method of amortization over the lease period;

+ The effect of revenue recognition in the period on the ability to generate cash, the risk of revenue and profit decline in future periods.

1.6.13. For enterprises performing the task of providing products, goods and services at the request of the State, subsidized or subsidized by the State according to regulations, the revenue from subsidies or price subsidies is the amount of money received by the State. officially announced, or actually subsidized, subsidized prices.

1.6.14. In case of selling products and goods together with replacement products, goods and equipment (preventive in cases where products and goods are damaged), revenue must be allocated to products and goods sold. and products, goods and equipment delivered to customers for replacement to prevent damage. The value of replacement products, goods and equipment is recorded in cost of goods sold.

1.6.15. For construction investment management fee:

- For enterprises assigned to manage investment and construction projects using state budget capital or government bonds or local bonds, in case of making project management cost estimates according to regulations of the State on construction investment using the state budget, the project management expenses reimbursed by the state budget shall not be accounted as revenue but recorded as a reduction in project management expenses.

– In case the enterprise performs project management tasks under the consulting contract, the revenue under the contract is recorded as service provision revenue.

1.6.16. No revenue from sales or service provision is recorded for:

- Value of goods, materials and semi-finished products delivered to outside parties for processing; Value of goods consigned for sale by the method of consignment or agent consignment (not yet determined to be sold);

– The proceeds from the sale of trial products;

– Revenues from financial activities;

- Other incomes.

2. Structure and contents of account 511 – Sales and service provision

Debtor: